Sema.h revision 6bcf27bb9a4b5c3f79cb44c0e4654a6d7619ad89
1//===--- Sema.h - Semantic Analysis & AST Building --------------*- C++ -*-===//
2//
3//                     The LLVM Compiler Infrastructure
4//
5// This file is distributed under the University of Illinois Open Source
6// License. See LICENSE.TXT for details.
7//
8//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
9//
10// This file defines the Sema class, which performs semantic analysis and
11// builds ASTs.
12//
13//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
14
15#ifndef LLVM_CLANG_SEMA_SEMA_H
16#define LLVM_CLANG_SEMA_SEMA_H
17
18#include "clang/AST/Attr.h"
19#include "clang/AST/DeclarationName.h"
20#include "clang/AST/Expr.h"
21#include "clang/AST/ExprObjC.h"
22#include "clang/AST/ExternalASTSource.h"
23#include "clang/AST/MangleNumberingContext.h"
24#include "clang/AST/NSAPI.h"
25#include "clang/AST/PrettyPrinter.h"
26#include "clang/AST/TypeLoc.h"
27#include "clang/Basic/ExpressionTraits.h"
28#include "clang/Basic/LangOptions.h"
29#include "clang/Basic/Module.h"
30#include "clang/Basic/OpenMPKinds.h"
31#include "clang/Basic/Specifiers.h"
32#include "clang/Basic/TemplateKinds.h"
33#include "clang/Basic/TypeTraits.h"
34#include "clang/Sema/AnalysisBasedWarnings.h"
35#include "clang/Sema/DeclSpec.h"
36#include "clang/Sema/ExternalSemaSource.h"
37#include "clang/Sema/IdentifierResolver.h"
38#include "clang/Sema/LocInfoType.h"
39#include "clang/Sema/ObjCMethodList.h"
40#include "clang/Sema/Ownership.h"
41#include "clang/Sema/Scope.h"
42#include "clang/Sema/ScopeInfo.h"
43#include "clang/Sema/TypoCorrection.h"
44#include "clang/Sema/Weak.h"
45#include "llvm/ADT/ArrayRef.h"
46#include "llvm/ADT/Optional.h"
47#include "llvm/ADT/SetVector.h"
48#include "llvm/ADT/SmallPtrSet.h"
49#include "llvm/ADT/SmallVector.h"
50#include "llvm/ADT/TinyPtrVector.h"
51#include "llvm/MC/MCParser/MCAsmParser.h"
52#include <deque>
53#include <memory>
54#include <string>
55#include <vector>
56
57namespace llvm {
58  class APSInt;
59  template <typename ValueT> struct DenseMapInfo;
60  template <typename ValueT, typename ValueInfoT> class DenseSet;
61  class SmallBitVector;
62}
63
64namespace clang {
65  class ADLResult;
66  class ASTConsumer;
67  class ASTContext;
68  class ASTMutationListener;
69  class ASTReader;
70  class ASTWriter;
71  class ArrayType;
72  class AttributeList;
73  class BlockDecl;
74  class CapturedDecl;
75  class CXXBasePath;
76  class CXXBasePaths;
77  class CXXBindTemporaryExpr;
78  typedef SmallVector<CXXBaseSpecifier*, 4> CXXCastPath;
79  class CXXConstructorDecl;
80  class CXXConversionDecl;
81  class CXXDestructorDecl;
82  class CXXFieldCollector;
83  class CXXMemberCallExpr;
84  class CXXMethodDecl;
85  class CXXScopeSpec;
86  class CXXTemporary;
87  class CXXTryStmt;
88  class CallExpr;
89  class ClassTemplateDecl;
90  class ClassTemplatePartialSpecializationDecl;
91  class ClassTemplateSpecializationDecl;
92  class VarTemplatePartialSpecializationDecl;
93  class CodeCompleteConsumer;
94  class CodeCompletionAllocator;
95  class CodeCompletionTUInfo;
96  class CodeCompletionResult;
97  class Decl;
98  class DeclAccessPair;
99  class DeclContext;
100  class DeclRefExpr;
101  class DeclaratorDecl;
102  class DeducedTemplateArgument;
103  class DependentDiagnostic;
104  class DesignatedInitExpr;
105  class Designation;
106  class EnableIfAttr;
107  class EnumConstantDecl;
108  class Expr;
109  class ExtVectorType;
110  class ExternalSemaSource;
111  class FormatAttr;
112  class FriendDecl;
113  class FunctionDecl;
114  class FunctionProtoType;
115  class FunctionTemplateDecl;
116  class ImplicitConversionSequence;
117  class InitListExpr;
118  class InitializationKind;
119  class InitializationSequence;
120  class InitializedEntity;
121  class IntegerLiteral;
122  class LabelStmt;
123  class LambdaExpr;
124  class LangOptions;
125  class LocalInstantiationScope;
126  class LookupResult;
127  class MacroInfo;
128  typedef ArrayRef<std::pair<IdentifierInfo *, SourceLocation>> ModuleIdPath;
129  class ModuleLoader;
130  class MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList;
131  class NamedDecl;
132  class NonNullAttr;
133  class ObjCCategoryDecl;
134  class ObjCCategoryImplDecl;
135  class ObjCCompatibleAliasDecl;
136  class ObjCContainerDecl;
137  class ObjCImplDecl;
138  class ObjCImplementationDecl;
139  class ObjCInterfaceDecl;
140  class ObjCIvarDecl;
141  template <class T> class ObjCList;
142  class ObjCMessageExpr;
143  class ObjCMethodDecl;
144  class ObjCPropertyDecl;
145  class ObjCProtocolDecl;
146  class OMPThreadPrivateDecl;
147  class OMPClause;
148  class OverloadCandidateSet;
149  class OverloadExpr;
150  class ParenListExpr;
151  class ParmVarDecl;
152  class Preprocessor;
153  class PseudoDestructorTypeStorage;
154  class PseudoObjectExpr;
155  class QualType;
156  class StandardConversionSequence;
157  class Stmt;
158  class StringLiteral;
159  class SwitchStmt;
160  class TemplateArgument;
161  class TemplateArgumentList;
162  class TemplateArgumentLoc;
163  class TemplateDecl;
164  class TemplateParameterList;
165  class TemplatePartialOrderingContext;
166  class TemplateTemplateParmDecl;
167  class Token;
168  class TypeAliasDecl;
169  class TypedefDecl;
170  class TypedefNameDecl;
171  class TypeLoc;
172  class UnqualifiedId;
173  class UnresolvedLookupExpr;
174  class UnresolvedMemberExpr;
175  class UnresolvedSetImpl;
176  class UnresolvedSetIterator;
177  class UsingDecl;
178  class UsingShadowDecl;
179  class ValueDecl;
180  class VarDecl;
181  class VarTemplateSpecializationDecl;
182  class VisibilityAttr;
183  class VisibleDeclConsumer;
184  class IndirectFieldDecl;
185  struct DeductionFailureInfo;
186  class TemplateSpecCandidateSet;
187
188namespace sema {
189  class AccessedEntity;
190  class BlockScopeInfo;
191  class CapturedRegionScopeInfo;
192  class CapturingScopeInfo;
193  class CompoundScopeInfo;
194  class DelayedDiagnostic;
195  class DelayedDiagnosticPool;
196  class FunctionScopeInfo;
197  class LambdaScopeInfo;
198  class PossiblyUnreachableDiag;
199  class TemplateDeductionInfo;
200}
201
202// FIXME: No way to easily map from TemplateTypeParmTypes to
203// TemplateTypeParmDecls, so we have this horrible PointerUnion.
204typedef std::pair<llvm::PointerUnion<const TemplateTypeParmType*, NamedDecl*>,
205                  SourceLocation> UnexpandedParameterPack;
206
207/// Sema - This implements semantic analysis and AST building for C.
208class Sema {
209  Sema(const Sema &) LLVM_DELETED_FUNCTION;
210  void operator=(const Sema &) LLVM_DELETED_FUNCTION;
211
212  ///\brief Source of additional semantic information.
213  ExternalSemaSource *ExternalSource;
214
215  ///\brief Whether Sema has generated a multiplexer and has to delete it.
216  bool isMultiplexExternalSource;
217
218  static bool mightHaveNonExternalLinkage(const DeclaratorDecl *FD);
219
220  static bool
221  shouldLinkPossiblyHiddenDecl(const NamedDecl *Old, const NamedDecl *New) {
222    // We are about to link these. It is now safe to compute the linkage of
223    // the new decl. If the new decl has external linkage, we will
224    // link it with the hidden decl (which also has external linkage) and
225    // it will keep having external linkage. If it has internal linkage, we
226    // will not link it. Since it has no previous decls, it will remain
227    // with internal linkage.
228    return !Old->isHidden() || New->isExternallyVisible();
229  }
230
231public:
232  typedef OpaquePtr<DeclGroupRef> DeclGroupPtrTy;
233  typedef OpaquePtr<TemplateName> TemplateTy;
234  typedef OpaquePtr<QualType> TypeTy;
235
236  OpenCLOptions OpenCLFeatures;
237  FPOptions FPFeatures;
238
239  const LangOptions &LangOpts;
240  Preprocessor &PP;
241  ASTContext &Context;
242  ASTConsumer &Consumer;
243  DiagnosticsEngine &Diags;
244  SourceManager &SourceMgr;
245
246  /// \brief Flag indicating whether or not to collect detailed statistics.
247  bool CollectStats;
248
249  /// \brief Code-completion consumer.
250  CodeCompleteConsumer *CodeCompleter;
251
252  /// CurContext - This is the current declaration context of parsing.
253  DeclContext *CurContext;
254
255  /// \brief Generally null except when we temporarily switch decl contexts,
256  /// like in \see ActOnObjCTemporaryExitContainerContext.
257  DeclContext *OriginalLexicalContext;
258
259  /// VAListTagName - The declaration name corresponding to __va_list_tag.
260  /// This is used as part of a hack to omit that class from ADL results.
261  DeclarationName VAListTagName;
262
263  /// PackContext - Manages the stack for \#pragma pack. An alignment
264  /// of 0 indicates default alignment.
265  void *PackContext; // Really a "PragmaPackStack*"
266
267  bool MSStructPragmaOn; // True when \#pragma ms_struct on
268
269  /// \brief Controls member pointer representation format under the MS ABI.
270  LangOptions::PragmaMSPointersToMembersKind
271      MSPointerToMemberRepresentationMethod;
272
273  enum PragmaVtorDispKind {
274    PVDK_Push,          ///< #pragma vtordisp(push, mode)
275    PVDK_Set,           ///< #pragma vtordisp(mode)
276    PVDK_Pop,           ///< #pragma vtordisp(pop)
277    PVDK_Reset          ///< #pragma vtordisp()
278  };
279
280  enum PragmaMsStackAction {
281    PSK_Reset,    // #pragma ()
282    PSK_Set,      // #pragma ("name")
283    PSK_Push,     // #pragma (push[, id])
284    PSK_Push_Set, // #pragma (push[, id], "name")
285    PSK_Pop,      // #pragma (pop[, id])
286    PSK_Pop_Set,  // #pragma (pop[, id], "name")
287  };
288
289  /// \brief Whether to insert vtordisps prior to virtual bases in the Microsoft
290  /// C++ ABI.  Possible values are 0, 1, and 2, which mean:
291  ///
292  /// 0: Suppress all vtordisps
293  /// 1: Insert vtordisps in the presence of vbase overrides and non-trivial
294  ///    structors
295  /// 2: Always insert vtordisps to support RTTI on partially constructed
296  ///    objects
297  ///
298  /// The stack always has at least one element in it.
299  SmallVector<MSVtorDispAttr::Mode, 2> VtorDispModeStack;
300
301  /// \brief Source location for newly created implicit MSInheritanceAttrs
302  SourceLocation ImplicitMSInheritanceAttrLoc;
303
304  template<typename ValueType>
305  struct PragmaStack {
306    struct Slot {
307      llvm::StringRef StackSlotLabel;
308      ValueType Value;
309      SourceLocation PragmaLocation;
310      Slot(llvm::StringRef StackSlotLabel,
311           ValueType Value,
312           SourceLocation PragmaLocation)
313        : StackSlotLabel(StackSlotLabel), Value(Value),
314          PragmaLocation(PragmaLocation) {}
315    };
316    void Act(SourceLocation PragmaLocation,
317             PragmaMsStackAction Action,
318             llvm::StringRef StackSlotLabel,
319             ValueType Value);
320    explicit PragmaStack(const ValueType &Value)
321      : CurrentValue(Value) {}
322    SmallVector<Slot, 2> Stack;
323    ValueType CurrentValue;
324    SourceLocation CurrentPragmaLocation;
325  };
326  // FIXME: We should serialize / deserialize these if they occur in a PCH (but
327  // we shouldn't do so if they're in a module).
328  PragmaStack<StringLiteral *> DataSegStack;
329  PragmaStack<StringLiteral *> BSSSegStack;
330  PragmaStack<StringLiteral *> ConstSegStack;
331  PragmaStack<StringLiteral *> CodeSegStack;
332
333  /// VisContext - Manages the stack for \#pragma GCC visibility.
334  void *VisContext; // Really a "PragmaVisStack*"
335
336  /// \brief This represents the last location of a "#pragma clang optimize off"
337  /// directive if such a directive has not been closed by an "on" yet. If
338  /// optimizations are currently "on", this is set to an invalid location.
339  SourceLocation OptimizeOffPragmaLocation;
340
341  /// \brief Flag indicating if Sema is building a recovery call expression.
342  ///
343  /// This flag is used to avoid building recovery call expressions
344  /// if Sema is already doing so, which would cause infinite recursions.
345  bool IsBuildingRecoveryCallExpr;
346
347  /// ExprNeedsCleanups - True if the current evaluation context
348  /// requires cleanups to be run at its conclusion.
349  bool ExprNeedsCleanups;
350
351  /// ExprCleanupObjects - This is the stack of objects requiring
352  /// cleanup that are created by the current full expression.  The
353  /// element type here is ExprWithCleanups::Object.
354  SmallVector<BlockDecl*, 8> ExprCleanupObjects;
355
356  /// \brief Store a list of either DeclRefExprs or MemberExprs
357  ///  that contain a reference to a variable (constant) that may or may not
358  ///  be odr-used in this Expr, and we won't know until all lvalue-to-rvalue
359  ///  and discarded value conversions have been applied to all subexpressions
360  ///  of the enclosing full expression.  This is cleared at the end of each
361  ///  full expression.
362  llvm::SmallPtrSet<Expr*, 2> MaybeODRUseExprs;
363
364  /// \brief Stack containing information about each of the nested
365  /// function, block, and method scopes that are currently active.
366  ///
367  /// This array is never empty.  Clients should ignore the first
368  /// element, which is used to cache a single FunctionScopeInfo
369  /// that's used to parse every top-level function.
370  SmallVector<sema::FunctionScopeInfo *, 4> FunctionScopes;
371
372  typedef LazyVector<TypedefNameDecl *, ExternalSemaSource,
373                     &ExternalSemaSource::ReadExtVectorDecls, 2, 2>
374    ExtVectorDeclsType;
375
376  /// ExtVectorDecls - This is a list all the extended vector types. This allows
377  /// us to associate a raw vector type with one of the ext_vector type names.
378  /// This is only necessary for issuing pretty diagnostics.
379  ExtVectorDeclsType ExtVectorDecls;
380
381  /// FieldCollector - Collects CXXFieldDecls during parsing of C++ classes.
382  std::unique_ptr<CXXFieldCollector> FieldCollector;
383
384  typedef llvm::SmallSetVector<const NamedDecl*, 16> NamedDeclSetType;
385
386  /// \brief Set containing all declared private fields that are not used.
387  NamedDeclSetType UnusedPrivateFields;
388
389  typedef llvm::SmallPtrSet<const CXXRecordDecl*, 8> RecordDeclSetTy;
390
391  /// PureVirtualClassDiagSet - a set of class declarations which we have
392  /// emitted a list of pure virtual functions. Used to prevent emitting the
393  /// same list more than once.
394  std::unique_ptr<RecordDeclSetTy> PureVirtualClassDiagSet;
395
396  /// ParsingInitForAutoVars - a set of declarations with auto types for which
397  /// we are currently parsing the initializer.
398  llvm::SmallPtrSet<const Decl*, 4> ParsingInitForAutoVars;
399
400  /// \brief A mapping from external names to the most recent
401  /// locally-scoped extern "C" declaration with that name.
402  ///
403  /// This map contains external declarations introduced in local
404  /// scopes, e.g.,
405  ///
406  /// \code
407  /// extern "C" void f() {
408  ///   void foo(int, int);
409  /// }
410  /// \endcode
411  ///
412  /// Here, the name "foo" will be associated with the declaration of
413  /// "foo" within f. This name is not visible outside of
414  /// "f". However, we still find it in two cases:
415  ///
416  ///   - If we are declaring another global or extern "C" entity with
417  ///     the name "foo", we can find "foo" as a previous declaration,
418  ///     so that the types of this external declaration can be checked
419  ///     for compatibility.
420  ///
421  ///   - If we would implicitly declare "foo" (e.g., due to a call to
422  ///     "foo" in C when no prototype or definition is visible), then
423  ///     we find this declaration of "foo" and complain that it is
424  ///     not visible.
425  llvm::DenseMap<DeclarationName, NamedDecl *> LocallyScopedExternCDecls;
426
427  /// \brief Look for a locally scoped extern "C" declaration by the given name.
428  NamedDecl *findLocallyScopedExternCDecl(DeclarationName Name);
429
430  typedef LazyVector<VarDecl *, ExternalSemaSource,
431                     &ExternalSemaSource::ReadTentativeDefinitions, 2, 2>
432    TentativeDefinitionsType;
433
434  /// \brief All the tentative definitions encountered in the TU.
435  TentativeDefinitionsType TentativeDefinitions;
436
437  typedef LazyVector<const DeclaratorDecl *, ExternalSemaSource,
438                     &ExternalSemaSource::ReadUnusedFileScopedDecls, 2, 2>
439    UnusedFileScopedDeclsType;
440
441  /// \brief The set of file scoped decls seen so far that have not been used
442  /// and must warn if not used. Only contains the first declaration.
443  UnusedFileScopedDeclsType UnusedFileScopedDecls;
444
445  typedef LazyVector<CXXConstructorDecl *, ExternalSemaSource,
446                     &ExternalSemaSource::ReadDelegatingConstructors, 2, 2>
447    DelegatingCtorDeclsType;
448
449  /// \brief All the delegating constructors seen so far in the file, used for
450  /// cycle detection at the end of the TU.
451  DelegatingCtorDeclsType DelegatingCtorDecls;
452
453  /// \brief All the overriding destructors seen during a class definition
454  /// (there could be multiple due to nested classes) that had their exception
455  /// spec checks delayed, plus the overridden destructor.
456  SmallVector<std::pair<const CXXDestructorDecl*,
457                              const CXXDestructorDecl*>, 2>
458      DelayedDestructorExceptionSpecChecks;
459
460  /// \brief All the members seen during a class definition which were both
461  /// explicitly defaulted and had explicitly-specified exception
462  /// specifications, along with the function type containing their
463  /// user-specified exception specification. Those exception specifications
464  /// were overridden with the default specifications, but we still need to
465  /// check whether they are compatible with the default specification, and
466  /// we can't do that until the nesting set of class definitions is complete.
467  SmallVector<std::pair<CXXMethodDecl*, const FunctionProtoType*>, 2>
468    DelayedDefaultedMemberExceptionSpecs;
469
470  typedef llvm::DenseMap<const FunctionDecl *, LateParsedTemplate *>
471  LateParsedTemplateMapT;
472  LateParsedTemplateMapT LateParsedTemplateMap;
473
474  /// \brief Callback to the parser to parse templated functions when needed.
475  typedef void LateTemplateParserCB(void *P, LateParsedTemplate &LPT);
476  LateTemplateParserCB *LateTemplateParser;
477  void *OpaqueParser;
478
479  void SetLateTemplateParser(LateTemplateParserCB *LTP, void *P) {
480    LateTemplateParser = LTP;
481    OpaqueParser = P;
482  }
483
484  class DelayedDiagnostics;
485
486  class DelayedDiagnosticsState {
487    sema::DelayedDiagnosticPool *SavedPool;
488    friend class Sema::DelayedDiagnostics;
489  };
490  typedef DelayedDiagnosticsState ParsingDeclState;
491  typedef DelayedDiagnosticsState ProcessingContextState;
492
493  /// A class which encapsulates the logic for delaying diagnostics
494  /// during parsing and other processing.
495  class DelayedDiagnostics {
496    /// \brief The current pool of diagnostics into which delayed
497    /// diagnostics should go.
498    sema::DelayedDiagnosticPool *CurPool;
499
500  public:
501    DelayedDiagnostics() : CurPool(nullptr) {}
502
503    /// Adds a delayed diagnostic.
504    void add(const sema::DelayedDiagnostic &diag); // in DelayedDiagnostic.h
505
506    /// Determines whether diagnostics should be delayed.
507    bool shouldDelayDiagnostics() { return CurPool != nullptr; }
508
509    /// Returns the current delayed-diagnostics pool.
510    sema::DelayedDiagnosticPool *getCurrentPool() const {
511      return CurPool;
512    }
513
514    /// Enter a new scope.  Access and deprecation diagnostics will be
515    /// collected in this pool.
516    DelayedDiagnosticsState push(sema::DelayedDiagnosticPool &pool) {
517      DelayedDiagnosticsState state;
518      state.SavedPool = CurPool;
519      CurPool = &pool;
520      return state;
521    }
522
523    /// Leave a delayed-diagnostic state that was previously pushed.
524    /// Do not emit any of the diagnostics.  This is performed as part
525    /// of the bookkeeping of popping a pool "properly".
526    void popWithoutEmitting(DelayedDiagnosticsState state) {
527      CurPool = state.SavedPool;
528    }
529
530    /// Enter a new scope where access and deprecation diagnostics are
531    /// not delayed.
532    DelayedDiagnosticsState pushUndelayed() {
533      DelayedDiagnosticsState state;
534      state.SavedPool = CurPool;
535      CurPool = nullptr;
536      return state;
537    }
538
539    /// Undo a previous pushUndelayed().
540    void popUndelayed(DelayedDiagnosticsState state) {
541      assert(CurPool == nullptr);
542      CurPool = state.SavedPool;
543    }
544  } DelayedDiagnostics;
545
546  /// A RAII object to temporarily push a declaration context.
547  class ContextRAII {
548  private:
549    Sema &S;
550    DeclContext *SavedContext;
551    ProcessingContextState SavedContextState;
552    QualType SavedCXXThisTypeOverride;
553
554  public:
555    ContextRAII(Sema &S, DeclContext *ContextToPush, bool NewThisContext = true)
556      : S(S), SavedContext(S.CurContext),
557        SavedContextState(S.DelayedDiagnostics.pushUndelayed()),
558        SavedCXXThisTypeOverride(S.CXXThisTypeOverride)
559    {
560      assert(ContextToPush && "pushing null context");
561      S.CurContext = ContextToPush;
562      if (NewThisContext)
563        S.CXXThisTypeOverride = QualType();
564    }
565
566    void pop() {
567      if (!SavedContext) return;
568      S.CurContext = SavedContext;
569      S.DelayedDiagnostics.popUndelayed(SavedContextState);
570      S.CXXThisTypeOverride = SavedCXXThisTypeOverride;
571      SavedContext = nullptr;
572    }
573
574    ~ContextRAII() {
575      pop();
576    }
577  };
578
579  /// \brief RAII object to handle the state changes required to synthesize
580  /// a function body.
581  class SynthesizedFunctionScope {
582    Sema &S;
583    Sema::ContextRAII SavedContext;
584
585  public:
586    SynthesizedFunctionScope(Sema &S, DeclContext *DC)
587      : S(S), SavedContext(S, DC)
588    {
589      S.PushFunctionScope();
590      S.PushExpressionEvaluationContext(Sema::PotentiallyEvaluated);
591    }
592
593    ~SynthesizedFunctionScope() {
594      S.PopExpressionEvaluationContext();
595      S.PopFunctionScopeInfo();
596    }
597  };
598
599  /// WeakUndeclaredIdentifiers - Identifiers contained in
600  /// \#pragma weak before declared. rare. may alias another
601  /// identifier, declared or undeclared
602  llvm::DenseMap<IdentifierInfo*,WeakInfo> WeakUndeclaredIdentifiers;
603
604  /// ExtnameUndeclaredIdentifiers - Identifiers contained in
605  /// \#pragma redefine_extname before declared.  Used in Solaris system headers
606  /// to define functions that occur in multiple standards to call the version
607  /// in the currently selected standard.
608  llvm::DenseMap<IdentifierInfo*,AsmLabelAttr*> ExtnameUndeclaredIdentifiers;
609
610
611  /// \brief Load weak undeclared identifiers from the external source.
612  void LoadExternalWeakUndeclaredIdentifiers();
613
614  /// WeakTopLevelDecl - Translation-unit scoped declarations generated by
615  /// \#pragma weak during processing of other Decls.
616  /// I couldn't figure out a clean way to generate these in-line, so
617  /// we store them here and handle separately -- which is a hack.
618  /// It would be best to refactor this.
619  SmallVector<Decl*,2> WeakTopLevelDecl;
620
621  IdentifierResolver IdResolver;
622
623  /// Translation Unit Scope - useful to Objective-C actions that need
624  /// to lookup file scope declarations in the "ordinary" C decl namespace.
625  /// For example, user-defined classes, built-in "id" type, etc.
626  Scope *TUScope;
627
628  /// \brief The C++ "std" namespace, where the standard library resides.
629  LazyDeclPtr StdNamespace;
630
631  /// \brief The C++ "std::bad_alloc" class, which is defined by the C++
632  /// standard library.
633  LazyDeclPtr StdBadAlloc;
634
635  /// \brief The C++ "std::initializer_list" template, which is defined in
636  /// \<initializer_list>.
637  ClassTemplateDecl *StdInitializerList;
638
639  /// \brief The C++ "type_info" declaration, which is defined in \<typeinfo>.
640  RecordDecl *CXXTypeInfoDecl;
641
642  /// \brief The MSVC "_GUID" struct, which is defined in MSVC header files.
643  RecordDecl *MSVCGuidDecl;
644
645  /// \brief Caches identifiers/selectors for NSFoundation APIs.
646  std::unique_ptr<NSAPI> NSAPIObj;
647
648  /// \brief The declaration of the Objective-C NSNumber class.
649  ObjCInterfaceDecl *NSNumberDecl;
650
651  /// \brief Pointer to NSNumber type (NSNumber *).
652  QualType NSNumberPointer;
653
654  /// \brief The Objective-C NSNumber methods used to create NSNumber literals.
655  ObjCMethodDecl *NSNumberLiteralMethods[NSAPI::NumNSNumberLiteralMethods];
656
657  /// \brief The declaration of the Objective-C NSString class.
658  ObjCInterfaceDecl *NSStringDecl;
659
660  /// \brief Pointer to NSString type (NSString *).
661  QualType NSStringPointer;
662
663  /// \brief The declaration of the stringWithUTF8String: method.
664  ObjCMethodDecl *StringWithUTF8StringMethod;
665
666  /// \brief The declaration of the Objective-C NSArray class.
667  ObjCInterfaceDecl *NSArrayDecl;
668
669  /// \brief The declaration of the arrayWithObjects:count: method.
670  ObjCMethodDecl *ArrayWithObjectsMethod;
671
672  /// \brief The declaration of the Objective-C NSDictionary class.
673  ObjCInterfaceDecl *NSDictionaryDecl;
674
675  /// \brief The declaration of the dictionaryWithObjects:forKeys:count: method.
676  ObjCMethodDecl *DictionaryWithObjectsMethod;
677
678  /// \brief id<NSCopying> type.
679  QualType QIDNSCopying;
680
681  /// \brief will hold 'respondsToSelector:'
682  Selector RespondsToSelectorSel;
683
684  /// A flag to remember whether the implicit forms of operator new and delete
685  /// have been declared.
686  bool GlobalNewDeleteDeclared;
687
688  /// A flag to indicate that we're in a context that permits abstract
689  /// references to fields.  This is really a
690  bool AllowAbstractFieldReference;
691
692  /// \brief Describes how the expressions currently being parsed are
693  /// evaluated at run-time, if at all.
694  enum ExpressionEvaluationContext {
695    /// \brief The current expression and its subexpressions occur within an
696    /// unevaluated operand (C++11 [expr]p7), such as the subexpression of
697    /// \c sizeof, where the type of the expression may be significant but
698    /// no code will be generated to evaluate the value of the expression at
699    /// run time.
700    Unevaluated,
701
702    /// \brief The current expression occurs within an unevaluated
703    /// operand that unconditionally permits abstract references to
704    /// fields, such as a SIZE operator in MS-style inline assembly.
705    UnevaluatedAbstract,
706
707    /// \brief The current context is "potentially evaluated" in C++11 terms,
708    /// but the expression is evaluated at compile-time (like the values of
709    /// cases in a switch statement).
710    ConstantEvaluated,
711
712    /// \brief The current expression is potentially evaluated at run time,
713    /// which means that code may be generated to evaluate the value of the
714    /// expression at run time.
715    PotentiallyEvaluated,
716
717    /// \brief The current expression is potentially evaluated, but any
718    /// declarations referenced inside that expression are only used if
719    /// in fact the current expression is used.
720    ///
721    /// This value is used when parsing default function arguments, for which
722    /// we would like to provide diagnostics (e.g., passing non-POD arguments
723    /// through varargs) but do not want to mark declarations as "referenced"
724    /// until the default argument is used.
725    PotentiallyEvaluatedIfUsed
726  };
727
728  /// \brief Data structure used to record current or nested
729  /// expression evaluation contexts.
730  struct ExpressionEvaluationContextRecord {
731    /// \brief The expression evaluation context.
732    ExpressionEvaluationContext Context;
733
734    /// \brief Whether the enclosing context needed a cleanup.
735    bool ParentNeedsCleanups;
736
737    /// \brief Whether we are in a decltype expression.
738    bool IsDecltype;
739
740    /// \brief The number of active cleanup objects when we entered
741    /// this expression evaluation context.
742    unsigned NumCleanupObjects;
743
744    llvm::SmallPtrSet<Expr*, 2> SavedMaybeODRUseExprs;
745
746    /// \brief The lambdas that are present within this context, if it
747    /// is indeed an unevaluated context.
748    SmallVector<LambdaExpr *, 2> Lambdas;
749
750    /// \brief The declaration that provides context for lambda expressions
751    /// and block literals if the normal declaration context does not
752    /// suffice, e.g., in a default function argument.
753    Decl *ManglingContextDecl;
754
755    /// \brief The context information used to mangle lambda expressions
756    /// and block literals within this context.
757    ///
758    /// This mangling information is allocated lazily, since most contexts
759    /// do not have lambda expressions or block literals.
760    IntrusiveRefCntPtr<MangleNumberingContext> MangleNumbering;
761
762    /// \brief If we are processing a decltype type, a set of call expressions
763    /// for which we have deferred checking the completeness of the return type.
764    SmallVector<CallExpr *, 8> DelayedDecltypeCalls;
765
766    /// \brief If we are processing a decltype type, a set of temporary binding
767    /// expressions for which we have deferred checking the destructor.
768    SmallVector<CXXBindTemporaryExpr *, 8> DelayedDecltypeBinds;
769
770    ExpressionEvaluationContextRecord(ExpressionEvaluationContext Context,
771                                      unsigned NumCleanupObjects,
772                                      bool ParentNeedsCleanups,
773                                      Decl *ManglingContextDecl,
774                                      bool IsDecltype)
775      : Context(Context), ParentNeedsCleanups(ParentNeedsCleanups),
776        IsDecltype(IsDecltype), NumCleanupObjects(NumCleanupObjects),
777        ManglingContextDecl(ManglingContextDecl), MangleNumbering() { }
778
779    /// \brief Retrieve the mangling numbering context, used to consistently
780    /// number constructs like lambdas for mangling.
781    MangleNumberingContext &getMangleNumberingContext(ASTContext &Ctx);
782
783    bool isUnevaluated() const {
784      return Context == Unevaluated || Context == UnevaluatedAbstract;
785    }
786  };
787
788  /// A stack of expression evaluation contexts.
789  SmallVector<ExpressionEvaluationContextRecord, 8> ExprEvalContexts;
790
791  /// \brief Compute the mangling number context for a lambda expression or
792  /// block literal.
793  ///
794  /// \param DC - The DeclContext containing the lambda expression or
795  /// block literal.
796  /// \param[out] ManglingContextDecl - Returns the ManglingContextDecl
797  /// associated with the context, if relevant.
798  MangleNumberingContext *getCurrentMangleNumberContext(
799    const DeclContext *DC,
800    Decl *&ManglingContextDecl);
801
802
803  /// SpecialMemberOverloadResult - The overloading result for a special member
804  /// function.
805  ///
806  /// This is basically a wrapper around PointerIntPair. The lowest bits of the
807  /// integer are used to determine whether overload resolution succeeded.
808  class SpecialMemberOverloadResult : public llvm::FastFoldingSetNode {
809  public:
810    enum Kind {
811      NoMemberOrDeleted,
812      Ambiguous,
813      Success
814    };
815
816  private:
817    llvm::PointerIntPair<CXXMethodDecl*, 2> Pair;
818
819  public:
820    SpecialMemberOverloadResult(const llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID)
821      : FastFoldingSetNode(ID)
822    {}
823
824    CXXMethodDecl *getMethod() const { return Pair.getPointer(); }
825    void setMethod(CXXMethodDecl *MD) { Pair.setPointer(MD); }
826
827    Kind getKind() const { return static_cast<Kind>(Pair.getInt()); }
828    void setKind(Kind K) { Pair.setInt(K); }
829  };
830
831  /// \brief A cache of special member function overload resolution results
832  /// for C++ records.
833  llvm::FoldingSet<SpecialMemberOverloadResult> SpecialMemberCache;
834
835  /// \brief The kind of translation unit we are processing.
836  ///
837  /// When we're processing a complete translation unit, Sema will perform
838  /// end-of-translation-unit semantic tasks (such as creating
839  /// initializers for tentative definitions in C) once parsing has
840  /// completed. Modules and precompiled headers perform different kinds of
841  /// checks.
842  TranslationUnitKind TUKind;
843
844  llvm::BumpPtrAllocator BumpAlloc;
845
846  /// \brief The number of SFINAE diagnostics that have been trapped.
847  unsigned NumSFINAEErrors;
848
849  typedef llvm::DenseMap<ParmVarDecl *, llvm::TinyPtrVector<ParmVarDecl *>>
850    UnparsedDefaultArgInstantiationsMap;
851
852  /// \brief A mapping from parameters with unparsed default arguments to the
853  /// set of instantiations of each parameter.
854  ///
855  /// This mapping is a temporary data structure used when parsing
856  /// nested class templates or nested classes of class templates,
857  /// where we might end up instantiating an inner class before the
858  /// default arguments of its methods have been parsed.
859  UnparsedDefaultArgInstantiationsMap UnparsedDefaultArgInstantiations;
860
861  // Contains the locations of the beginning of unparsed default
862  // argument locations.
863  llvm::DenseMap<ParmVarDecl *, SourceLocation> UnparsedDefaultArgLocs;
864
865  /// UndefinedInternals - all the used, undefined objects which require a
866  /// definition in this translation unit.
867  llvm::DenseMap<NamedDecl *, SourceLocation> UndefinedButUsed;
868
869  /// Obtain a sorted list of functions that are undefined but ODR-used.
870  void getUndefinedButUsed(
871      SmallVectorImpl<std::pair<NamedDecl *, SourceLocation> > &Undefined);
872
873  typedef std::pair<ObjCMethodList, ObjCMethodList> GlobalMethods;
874  typedef llvm::DenseMap<Selector, GlobalMethods> GlobalMethodPool;
875
876  /// Method Pool - allows efficient lookup when typechecking messages to "id".
877  /// We need to maintain a list, since selectors can have differing signatures
878  /// across classes. In Cocoa, this happens to be extremely uncommon (only 1%
879  /// of selectors are "overloaded").
880  /// At the head of the list it is recorded whether there were 0, 1, or >= 2
881  /// methods inside categories with a particular selector.
882  GlobalMethodPool MethodPool;
883
884  /// Method selectors used in a \@selector expression. Used for implementation
885  /// of -Wselector.
886  llvm::DenseMap<Selector, SourceLocation> ReferencedSelectors;
887
888  /// Kinds of C++ special members.
889  enum CXXSpecialMember {
890    CXXDefaultConstructor,
891    CXXCopyConstructor,
892    CXXMoveConstructor,
893    CXXCopyAssignment,
894    CXXMoveAssignment,
895    CXXDestructor,
896    CXXInvalid
897  };
898
899  typedef std::pair<CXXRecordDecl*, CXXSpecialMember> SpecialMemberDecl;
900
901  /// The C++ special members which we are currently in the process of
902  /// declaring. If this process recursively triggers the declaration of the
903  /// same special member, we should act as if it is not yet declared.
904  llvm::SmallSet<SpecialMemberDecl, 4> SpecialMembersBeingDeclared;
905
906  void ReadMethodPool(Selector Sel);
907
908  /// Private Helper predicate to check for 'self'.
909  bool isSelfExpr(Expr *RExpr);
910  bool isSelfExpr(Expr *RExpr, const ObjCMethodDecl *Method);
911
912  /// \brief Cause the active diagnostic on the DiagosticsEngine to be
913  /// emitted. This is closely coupled to the SemaDiagnosticBuilder class and
914  /// should not be used elsewhere.
915  void EmitCurrentDiagnostic(unsigned DiagID);
916
917  /// Records and restores the FP_CONTRACT state on entry/exit of compound
918  /// statements.
919  class FPContractStateRAII {
920  public:
921    FPContractStateRAII(Sema& S)
922      : S(S), OldFPContractState(S.FPFeatures.fp_contract) {}
923    ~FPContractStateRAII() {
924      S.FPFeatures.fp_contract = OldFPContractState;
925    }
926  private:
927    Sema& S;
928    bool OldFPContractState : 1;
929  };
930
931  typedef llvm::MCAsmParserSemaCallback::InlineAsmIdentifierInfo
932    InlineAsmIdentifierInfo;
933
934  void addImplicitTypedef(StringRef Name, QualType T);
935
936public:
937  Sema(Preprocessor &pp, ASTContext &ctxt, ASTConsumer &consumer,
938       TranslationUnitKind TUKind = TU_Complete,
939       CodeCompleteConsumer *CompletionConsumer = nullptr);
940  ~Sema();
941
942  /// \brief Perform initialization that occurs after the parser has been
943  /// initialized but before it parses anything.
944  void Initialize();
945
946  const LangOptions &getLangOpts() const { return LangOpts; }
947  OpenCLOptions &getOpenCLOptions() { return OpenCLFeatures; }
948  FPOptions     &getFPOptions() { return FPFeatures; }
949
950  DiagnosticsEngine &getDiagnostics() const { return Diags; }
951  SourceManager &getSourceManager() const { return SourceMgr; }
952  Preprocessor &getPreprocessor() const { return PP; }
953  ASTContext &getASTContext() const { return Context; }
954  ASTConsumer &getASTConsumer() const { return Consumer; }
955  ASTMutationListener *getASTMutationListener() const;
956  ExternalSemaSource* getExternalSource() const { return ExternalSource; }
957
958  ///\brief Registers an external source. If an external source already exists,
959  /// creates a multiplex external source and appends to it.
960  ///
961  ///\param[in] E - A non-null external sema source.
962  ///
963  void addExternalSource(ExternalSemaSource *E);
964
965  void PrintStats() const;
966
967  /// \brief Helper class that creates diagnostics with optional
968  /// template instantiation stacks.
969  ///
970  /// This class provides a wrapper around the basic DiagnosticBuilder
971  /// class that emits diagnostics. SemaDiagnosticBuilder is
972  /// responsible for emitting the diagnostic (as DiagnosticBuilder
973  /// does) and, if the diagnostic comes from inside a template
974  /// instantiation, printing the template instantiation stack as
975  /// well.
976  class SemaDiagnosticBuilder : public DiagnosticBuilder {
977    Sema &SemaRef;
978    unsigned DiagID;
979
980  public:
981    SemaDiagnosticBuilder(DiagnosticBuilder &DB, Sema &SemaRef, unsigned DiagID)
982      : DiagnosticBuilder(DB), SemaRef(SemaRef), DiagID(DiagID) { }
983
984    ~SemaDiagnosticBuilder() {
985      // If we aren't active, there is nothing to do.
986      if (!isActive()) return;
987
988      // Otherwise, we need to emit the diagnostic. First flush the underlying
989      // DiagnosticBuilder data, and clear the diagnostic builder itself so it
990      // won't emit the diagnostic in its own destructor.
991      //
992      // This seems wasteful, in that as written the DiagnosticBuilder dtor will
993      // do its own needless checks to see if the diagnostic needs to be
994      // emitted. However, because we take care to ensure that the builder
995      // objects never escape, a sufficiently smart compiler will be able to
996      // eliminate that code.
997      FlushCounts();
998      Clear();
999
1000      // Dispatch to Sema to emit the diagnostic.
1001      SemaRef.EmitCurrentDiagnostic(DiagID);
1002    }
1003
1004    /// Teach operator<< to produce an object of the correct type.
1005    template<typename T>
1006    friend const SemaDiagnosticBuilder &operator<<(
1007        const SemaDiagnosticBuilder &Diag, const T &Value) {
1008      const DiagnosticBuilder &BaseDiag = Diag;
1009      BaseDiag << Value;
1010      return Diag;
1011    }
1012  };
1013
1014  /// \brief Emit a diagnostic.
1015  SemaDiagnosticBuilder Diag(SourceLocation Loc, unsigned DiagID) {
1016    DiagnosticBuilder DB = Diags.Report(Loc, DiagID);
1017    return SemaDiagnosticBuilder(DB, *this, DiagID);
1018  }
1019
1020  /// \brief Emit a partial diagnostic.
1021  SemaDiagnosticBuilder Diag(SourceLocation Loc, const PartialDiagnostic& PD);
1022
1023  /// \brief Build a partial diagnostic.
1024  PartialDiagnostic PDiag(unsigned DiagID = 0); // in SemaInternal.h
1025
1026  bool findMacroSpelling(SourceLocation &loc, StringRef name);
1027
1028  /// \brief Get a string to suggest for zero-initialization of a type.
1029  std::string
1030  getFixItZeroInitializerForType(QualType T, SourceLocation Loc) const;
1031  std::string getFixItZeroLiteralForType(QualType T, SourceLocation Loc) const;
1032
1033  /// \brief Calls \c Lexer::getLocForEndOfToken()
1034  SourceLocation getLocForEndOfToken(SourceLocation Loc, unsigned Offset = 0);
1035
1036  /// \brief Retrieve the module loader associated with the preprocessor.
1037  ModuleLoader &getModuleLoader() const;
1038
1039  ExprResult Owned(Expr* E) { return E; }
1040  ExprResult Owned(ExprResult R) { return R; }
1041  StmtResult Owned(Stmt* S) { return S; }
1042
1043  void ActOnEndOfTranslationUnit();
1044
1045  void CheckDelegatingCtorCycles();
1046
1047  Scope *getScopeForContext(DeclContext *Ctx);
1048
1049  void PushFunctionScope();
1050  void PushBlockScope(Scope *BlockScope, BlockDecl *Block);
1051  sema::LambdaScopeInfo *PushLambdaScope();
1052
1053  /// \brief This is used to inform Sema what the current TemplateParameterDepth
1054  /// is during Parsing.  Currently it is used to pass on the depth
1055  /// when parsing generic lambda 'auto' parameters.
1056  void RecordParsingTemplateParameterDepth(unsigned Depth);
1057
1058  void PushCapturedRegionScope(Scope *RegionScope, CapturedDecl *CD,
1059                               RecordDecl *RD,
1060                               CapturedRegionKind K);
1061  void
1062  PopFunctionScopeInfo(const sema::AnalysisBasedWarnings::Policy *WP = nullptr,
1063                       const Decl *D = nullptr,
1064                       const BlockExpr *blkExpr = nullptr);
1065
1066  sema::FunctionScopeInfo *getCurFunction() const {
1067    return FunctionScopes.back();
1068  }
1069
1070  sema::FunctionScopeInfo *getEnclosingFunction() const {
1071    if (FunctionScopes.empty())
1072      return nullptr;
1073
1074    for (int e = FunctionScopes.size()-1; e >= 0; --e) {
1075      if (isa<sema::BlockScopeInfo>(FunctionScopes[e]))
1076        continue;
1077      return FunctionScopes[e];
1078    }
1079    return nullptr;
1080  }
1081
1082  template <typename ExprT>
1083  void recordUseOfEvaluatedWeak(const ExprT *E, bool IsRead=true) {
1084    if (!isUnevaluatedContext())
1085      getCurFunction()->recordUseOfWeak(E, IsRead);
1086  }
1087
1088  void PushCompoundScope();
1089  void PopCompoundScope();
1090
1091  sema::CompoundScopeInfo &getCurCompoundScope() const;
1092
1093  bool hasAnyUnrecoverableErrorsInThisFunction() const;
1094
1095  /// \brief Retrieve the current block, if any.
1096  sema::BlockScopeInfo *getCurBlock();
1097
1098  /// \brief Retrieve the current lambda scope info, if any.
1099  sema::LambdaScopeInfo *getCurLambda();
1100
1101  /// \brief Retrieve the current generic lambda info, if any.
1102  sema::LambdaScopeInfo *getCurGenericLambda();
1103
1104  /// \brief Retrieve the current captured region, if any.
1105  sema::CapturedRegionScopeInfo *getCurCapturedRegion();
1106
1107  /// WeakTopLevelDeclDecls - access to \#pragma weak-generated Decls
1108  SmallVectorImpl<Decl *> &WeakTopLevelDecls() { return WeakTopLevelDecl; }
1109
1110  void ActOnComment(SourceRange Comment);
1111
1112  //===--------------------------------------------------------------------===//
1113  // Type Analysis / Processing: SemaType.cpp.
1114  //
1115
1116  QualType BuildQualifiedType(QualType T, SourceLocation Loc, Qualifiers Qs,
1117                              const DeclSpec *DS = nullptr);
1118  QualType BuildQualifiedType(QualType T, SourceLocation Loc, unsigned CVRA,
1119                              const DeclSpec *DS = nullptr);
1120  QualType BuildPointerType(QualType T,
1121                            SourceLocation Loc, DeclarationName Entity);
1122  QualType BuildReferenceType(QualType T, bool LValueRef,
1123                              SourceLocation Loc, DeclarationName Entity);
1124  QualType BuildArrayType(QualType T, ArrayType::ArraySizeModifier ASM,
1125                          Expr *ArraySize, unsigned Quals,
1126                          SourceRange Brackets, DeclarationName Entity);
1127  QualType BuildExtVectorType(QualType T, Expr *ArraySize,
1128                              SourceLocation AttrLoc);
1129
1130  bool CheckFunctionReturnType(QualType T, SourceLocation Loc);
1131
1132  /// \brief Build a function type.
1133  ///
1134  /// This routine checks the function type according to C++ rules and
1135  /// under the assumption that the result type and parameter types have
1136  /// just been instantiated from a template. It therefore duplicates
1137  /// some of the behavior of GetTypeForDeclarator, but in a much
1138  /// simpler form that is only suitable for this narrow use case.
1139  ///
1140  /// \param T The return type of the function.
1141  ///
1142  /// \param ParamTypes The parameter types of the function. This array
1143  /// will be modified to account for adjustments to the types of the
1144  /// function parameters.
1145  ///
1146  /// \param Loc The location of the entity whose type involves this
1147  /// function type or, if there is no such entity, the location of the
1148  /// type that will have function type.
1149  ///
1150  /// \param Entity The name of the entity that involves the function
1151  /// type, if known.
1152  ///
1153  /// \param EPI Extra information about the function type. Usually this will
1154  /// be taken from an existing function with the same prototype.
1155  ///
1156  /// \returns A suitable function type, if there are no errors. The
1157  /// unqualified type will always be a FunctionProtoType.
1158  /// Otherwise, returns a NULL type.
1159  QualType BuildFunctionType(QualType T,
1160                             llvm::MutableArrayRef<QualType> ParamTypes,
1161                             SourceLocation Loc, DeclarationName Entity,
1162                             const FunctionProtoType::ExtProtoInfo &EPI);
1163
1164  QualType BuildMemberPointerType(QualType T, QualType Class,
1165                                  SourceLocation Loc,
1166                                  DeclarationName Entity);
1167  QualType BuildBlockPointerType(QualType T,
1168                                 SourceLocation Loc, DeclarationName Entity);
1169  QualType BuildParenType(QualType T);
1170  QualType BuildAtomicType(QualType T, SourceLocation Loc);
1171
1172  TypeSourceInfo *GetTypeForDeclarator(Declarator &D, Scope *S);
1173  TypeSourceInfo *GetTypeForDeclaratorCast(Declarator &D, QualType FromTy);
1174  TypeSourceInfo *GetTypeSourceInfoForDeclarator(Declarator &D, QualType T,
1175                                               TypeSourceInfo *ReturnTypeInfo);
1176
1177  /// \brief Package the given type and TSI into a ParsedType.
1178  ParsedType CreateParsedType(QualType T, TypeSourceInfo *TInfo);
1179  DeclarationNameInfo GetNameForDeclarator(Declarator &D);
1180  DeclarationNameInfo GetNameFromUnqualifiedId(const UnqualifiedId &Name);
1181  static QualType GetTypeFromParser(ParsedType Ty,
1182                                    TypeSourceInfo **TInfo = nullptr);
1183  CanThrowResult canThrow(const Expr *E);
1184  const FunctionProtoType *ResolveExceptionSpec(SourceLocation Loc,
1185                                                const FunctionProtoType *FPT);
1186  void UpdateExceptionSpec(FunctionDecl *FD,
1187                           const FunctionProtoType::ExtProtoInfo &EPI);
1188  bool CheckSpecifiedExceptionType(QualType &T, const SourceRange &Range);
1189  bool CheckDistantExceptionSpec(QualType T);
1190  bool CheckEquivalentExceptionSpec(FunctionDecl *Old, FunctionDecl *New);
1191  bool CheckEquivalentExceptionSpec(
1192      const FunctionProtoType *Old, SourceLocation OldLoc,
1193      const FunctionProtoType *New, SourceLocation NewLoc);
1194  bool CheckEquivalentExceptionSpec(
1195      const PartialDiagnostic &DiagID, const PartialDiagnostic & NoteID,
1196      const FunctionProtoType *Old, SourceLocation OldLoc,
1197      const FunctionProtoType *New, SourceLocation NewLoc,
1198      bool *MissingExceptionSpecification = nullptr,
1199      bool *MissingEmptyExceptionSpecification = nullptr,
1200      bool AllowNoexceptAllMatchWithNoSpec = false,
1201      bool IsOperatorNew = false);
1202  bool CheckExceptionSpecSubset(
1203      const PartialDiagnostic &DiagID, const PartialDiagnostic & NoteID,
1204      const FunctionProtoType *Superset, SourceLocation SuperLoc,
1205      const FunctionProtoType *Subset, SourceLocation SubLoc);
1206  bool CheckParamExceptionSpec(const PartialDiagnostic & NoteID,
1207      const FunctionProtoType *Target, SourceLocation TargetLoc,
1208      const FunctionProtoType *Source, SourceLocation SourceLoc);
1209
1210  TypeResult ActOnTypeName(Scope *S, Declarator &D);
1211
1212  /// \brief The parser has parsed the context-sensitive type 'instancetype'
1213  /// in an Objective-C message declaration. Return the appropriate type.
1214  ParsedType ActOnObjCInstanceType(SourceLocation Loc);
1215
1216  /// \brief Abstract class used to diagnose incomplete types.
1217  struct TypeDiagnoser {
1218    bool Suppressed;
1219
1220    TypeDiagnoser(bool Suppressed = false) : Suppressed(Suppressed) { }
1221
1222    virtual void diagnose(Sema &S, SourceLocation Loc, QualType T) = 0;
1223    virtual ~TypeDiagnoser() {}
1224  };
1225
1226  static int getPrintable(int I) { return I; }
1227  static unsigned getPrintable(unsigned I) { return I; }
1228  static bool getPrintable(bool B) { return B; }
1229  static const char * getPrintable(const char *S) { return S; }
1230  static StringRef getPrintable(StringRef S) { return S; }
1231  static const std::string &getPrintable(const std::string &S) { return S; }
1232  static const IdentifierInfo *getPrintable(const IdentifierInfo *II) {
1233    return II;
1234  }
1235  static DeclarationName getPrintable(DeclarationName N) { return N; }
1236  static QualType getPrintable(QualType T) { return T; }
1237  static SourceRange getPrintable(SourceRange R) { return R; }
1238  static SourceRange getPrintable(SourceLocation L) { return L; }
1239  static SourceRange getPrintable(Expr *E) { return E->getSourceRange(); }
1240  static SourceRange getPrintable(TypeLoc TL) { return TL.getSourceRange();}
1241
1242  template<typename T1>
1243  class BoundTypeDiagnoser1 : public TypeDiagnoser {
1244    unsigned DiagID;
1245    const T1 &Arg1;
1246
1247  public:
1248    BoundTypeDiagnoser1(unsigned DiagID, const T1 &Arg1)
1249      : TypeDiagnoser(DiagID == 0), DiagID(DiagID), Arg1(Arg1) { }
1250    void diagnose(Sema &S, SourceLocation Loc, QualType T) override {
1251      if (Suppressed) return;
1252      S.Diag(Loc, DiagID) << getPrintable(Arg1) << T;
1253    }
1254
1255    virtual ~BoundTypeDiagnoser1() { }
1256  };
1257
1258  template<typename T1, typename T2>
1259  class BoundTypeDiagnoser2 : public TypeDiagnoser {
1260    unsigned DiagID;
1261    const T1 &Arg1;
1262    const T2 &Arg2;
1263
1264  public:
1265    BoundTypeDiagnoser2(unsigned DiagID, const T1 &Arg1,
1266                                  const T2 &Arg2)
1267      : TypeDiagnoser(DiagID == 0), DiagID(DiagID), Arg1(Arg1),
1268        Arg2(Arg2) { }
1269
1270    void diagnose(Sema &S, SourceLocation Loc, QualType T) override {
1271      if (Suppressed) return;
1272      S.Diag(Loc, DiagID) << getPrintable(Arg1) << getPrintable(Arg2) << T;
1273    }
1274
1275    virtual ~BoundTypeDiagnoser2() { }
1276  };
1277
1278  template<typename T1, typename T2, typename T3>
1279  class BoundTypeDiagnoser3 : public TypeDiagnoser {
1280    unsigned DiagID;
1281    const T1 &Arg1;
1282    const T2 &Arg2;
1283    const T3 &Arg3;
1284
1285  public:
1286    BoundTypeDiagnoser3(unsigned DiagID, const T1 &Arg1,
1287                                  const T2 &Arg2, const T3 &Arg3)
1288    : TypeDiagnoser(DiagID == 0), DiagID(DiagID), Arg1(Arg1),
1289      Arg2(Arg2), Arg3(Arg3) { }
1290
1291    void diagnose(Sema &S, SourceLocation Loc, QualType T) override {
1292      if (Suppressed) return;
1293      S.Diag(Loc, DiagID)
1294        << getPrintable(Arg1) << getPrintable(Arg2) << getPrintable(Arg3) << T;
1295    }
1296
1297    virtual ~BoundTypeDiagnoser3() { }
1298  };
1299
1300private:
1301  bool RequireCompleteTypeImpl(SourceLocation Loc, QualType T,
1302                           TypeDiagnoser &Diagnoser);
1303public:
1304  bool RequireCompleteType(SourceLocation Loc, QualType T,
1305                           TypeDiagnoser &Diagnoser);
1306  bool RequireCompleteType(SourceLocation Loc, QualType T,
1307                           unsigned DiagID);
1308
1309  template<typename T1>
1310  bool RequireCompleteType(SourceLocation Loc, QualType T,
1311                           unsigned DiagID, const T1 &Arg1) {
1312    BoundTypeDiagnoser1<T1> Diagnoser(DiagID, Arg1);
1313    return RequireCompleteType(Loc, T, Diagnoser);
1314  }
1315
1316  template<typename T1, typename T2>
1317  bool RequireCompleteType(SourceLocation Loc, QualType T,
1318                           unsigned DiagID, const T1 &Arg1, const T2 &Arg2) {
1319    BoundTypeDiagnoser2<T1, T2> Diagnoser(DiagID, Arg1, Arg2);
1320    return RequireCompleteType(Loc, T, Diagnoser);
1321  }
1322
1323  template<typename T1, typename T2, typename T3>
1324  bool RequireCompleteType(SourceLocation Loc, QualType T,
1325                           unsigned DiagID, const T1 &Arg1, const T2 &Arg2,
1326                           const T3 &Arg3) {
1327    BoundTypeDiagnoser3<T1, T2, T3> Diagnoser(DiagID, Arg1, Arg2,
1328                                                        Arg3);
1329    return RequireCompleteType(Loc, T, Diagnoser);
1330  }
1331
1332  bool RequireCompleteExprType(Expr *E, TypeDiagnoser &Diagnoser);
1333  bool RequireCompleteExprType(Expr *E, unsigned DiagID);
1334
1335  template<typename T1>
1336  bool RequireCompleteExprType(Expr *E, unsigned DiagID, const T1 &Arg1) {
1337    BoundTypeDiagnoser1<T1> Diagnoser(DiagID, Arg1);
1338    return RequireCompleteExprType(E, Diagnoser);
1339  }
1340
1341  template<typename T1, typename T2>
1342  bool RequireCompleteExprType(Expr *E, unsigned DiagID, const T1 &Arg1,
1343                               const T2 &Arg2) {
1344    BoundTypeDiagnoser2<T1, T2> Diagnoser(DiagID, Arg1, Arg2);
1345    return RequireCompleteExprType(E, Diagnoser);
1346  }
1347
1348  template<typename T1, typename T2, typename T3>
1349  bool RequireCompleteExprType(Expr *E, unsigned DiagID, const T1 &Arg1,
1350                               const T2 &Arg2, const T3 &Arg3) {
1351    BoundTypeDiagnoser3<T1, T2, T3> Diagnoser(DiagID, Arg1, Arg2,
1352                                                        Arg3);
1353    return RequireCompleteExprType(E, Diagnoser);
1354  }
1355
1356  bool RequireLiteralType(SourceLocation Loc, QualType T,
1357                          TypeDiagnoser &Diagnoser);
1358  bool RequireLiteralType(SourceLocation Loc, QualType T, unsigned DiagID);
1359
1360  template<typename T1>
1361  bool RequireLiteralType(SourceLocation Loc, QualType T,
1362                          unsigned DiagID, const T1 &Arg1) {
1363    BoundTypeDiagnoser1<T1> Diagnoser(DiagID, Arg1);
1364    return RequireLiteralType(Loc, T, Diagnoser);
1365  }
1366
1367  template<typename T1, typename T2>
1368  bool RequireLiteralType(SourceLocation Loc, QualType T,
1369                          unsigned DiagID, const T1 &Arg1, const T2 &Arg2) {
1370    BoundTypeDiagnoser2<T1, T2> Diagnoser(DiagID, Arg1, Arg2);
1371    return RequireLiteralType(Loc, T, Diagnoser);
1372  }
1373
1374  template<typename T1, typename T2, typename T3>
1375  bool RequireLiteralType(SourceLocation Loc, QualType T,
1376                          unsigned DiagID, const T1 &Arg1, const T2 &Arg2,
1377                          const T3 &Arg3) {
1378    BoundTypeDiagnoser3<T1, T2, T3> Diagnoser(DiagID, Arg1, Arg2,
1379                                                        Arg3);
1380    return RequireLiteralType(Loc, T, Diagnoser);
1381  }
1382
1383  QualType getElaboratedType(ElaboratedTypeKeyword Keyword,
1384                             const CXXScopeSpec &SS, QualType T);
1385
1386  QualType BuildTypeofExprType(Expr *E, SourceLocation Loc);
1387  QualType BuildDecltypeType(Expr *E, SourceLocation Loc);
1388  QualType BuildUnaryTransformType(QualType BaseType,
1389                                   UnaryTransformType::UTTKind UKind,
1390                                   SourceLocation Loc);
1391
1392  //===--------------------------------------------------------------------===//
1393  // Symbol table / Decl tracking callbacks: SemaDecl.cpp.
1394  //
1395
1396  /// List of decls defined in a function prototype. This contains EnumConstants
1397  /// that incorrectly end up in translation unit scope because there is no
1398  /// function to pin them on. ActOnFunctionDeclarator reads this list and patches
1399  /// them into the FunctionDecl.
1400  std::vector<NamedDecl*> DeclsInPrototypeScope;
1401
1402  DeclGroupPtrTy ConvertDeclToDeclGroup(Decl *Ptr, Decl *OwnedType = nullptr);
1403
1404  void DiagnoseUseOfUnimplementedSelectors();
1405
1406  bool isSimpleTypeSpecifier(tok::TokenKind Kind) const;
1407
1408  ParsedType getTypeName(const IdentifierInfo &II, SourceLocation NameLoc,
1409                         Scope *S, CXXScopeSpec *SS = nullptr,
1410                         bool isClassName = false,
1411                         bool HasTrailingDot = false,
1412                         ParsedType ObjectType = ParsedType(),
1413                         bool IsCtorOrDtorName = false,
1414                         bool WantNontrivialTypeSourceInfo = false,
1415                         IdentifierInfo **CorrectedII = nullptr);
1416  TypeSpecifierType isTagName(IdentifierInfo &II, Scope *S);
1417  bool isMicrosoftMissingTypename(const CXXScopeSpec *SS, Scope *S);
1418  bool DiagnoseUnknownTypeName(IdentifierInfo *&II,
1419                               SourceLocation IILoc,
1420                               Scope *S,
1421                               CXXScopeSpec *SS,
1422                               ParsedType &SuggestedType,
1423                               bool AllowClassTemplates = false);
1424
1425  /// \brief Describes the result of the name lookup and resolution performed
1426  /// by \c ClassifyName().
1427  enum NameClassificationKind {
1428    NC_Unknown,
1429    NC_Error,
1430    NC_Keyword,
1431    NC_Type,
1432    NC_Expression,
1433    NC_NestedNameSpecifier,
1434    NC_TypeTemplate,
1435    NC_VarTemplate,
1436    NC_FunctionTemplate
1437  };
1438
1439  class NameClassification {
1440    NameClassificationKind Kind;
1441    ExprResult Expr;
1442    TemplateName Template;
1443    ParsedType Type;
1444    const IdentifierInfo *Keyword;
1445
1446    explicit NameClassification(NameClassificationKind Kind) : Kind(Kind) {}
1447
1448  public:
1449    NameClassification(ExprResult Expr) : Kind(NC_Expression), Expr(Expr) {}
1450
1451    NameClassification(ParsedType Type) : Kind(NC_Type), Type(Type) {}
1452
1453    NameClassification(const IdentifierInfo *Keyword)
1454      : Kind(NC_Keyword), Keyword(Keyword) { }
1455
1456    static NameClassification Error() {
1457      return NameClassification(NC_Error);
1458    }
1459
1460    static NameClassification Unknown() {
1461      return NameClassification(NC_Unknown);
1462    }
1463
1464    static NameClassification NestedNameSpecifier() {
1465      return NameClassification(NC_NestedNameSpecifier);
1466    }
1467
1468    static NameClassification TypeTemplate(TemplateName Name) {
1469      NameClassification Result(NC_TypeTemplate);
1470      Result.Template = Name;
1471      return Result;
1472    }
1473
1474    static NameClassification VarTemplate(TemplateName Name) {
1475      NameClassification Result(NC_VarTemplate);
1476      Result.Template = Name;
1477      return Result;
1478    }
1479
1480    static NameClassification FunctionTemplate(TemplateName Name) {
1481      NameClassification Result(NC_FunctionTemplate);
1482      Result.Template = Name;
1483      return Result;
1484    }
1485
1486    NameClassificationKind getKind() const { return Kind; }
1487
1488    ParsedType getType() const {
1489      assert(Kind == NC_Type);
1490      return Type;
1491    }
1492
1493    ExprResult getExpression() const {
1494      assert(Kind == NC_Expression);
1495      return Expr;
1496    }
1497
1498    TemplateName getTemplateName() const {
1499      assert(Kind == NC_TypeTemplate || Kind == NC_FunctionTemplate ||
1500             Kind == NC_VarTemplate);
1501      return Template;
1502    }
1503
1504    TemplateNameKind getTemplateNameKind() const {
1505      switch (Kind) {
1506      case NC_TypeTemplate:
1507        return TNK_Type_template;
1508      case NC_FunctionTemplate:
1509        return TNK_Function_template;
1510      case NC_VarTemplate:
1511        return TNK_Var_template;
1512      default:
1513        llvm_unreachable("unsupported name classification.");
1514      }
1515    }
1516  };
1517
1518  /// \brief Perform name lookup on the given name, classifying it based on
1519  /// the results of name lookup and the following token.
1520  ///
1521  /// This routine is used by the parser to resolve identifiers and help direct
1522  /// parsing. When the identifier cannot be found, this routine will attempt
1523  /// to correct the typo and classify based on the resulting name.
1524  ///
1525  /// \param S The scope in which we're performing name lookup.
1526  ///
1527  /// \param SS The nested-name-specifier that precedes the name.
1528  ///
1529  /// \param Name The identifier. If typo correction finds an alternative name,
1530  /// this pointer parameter will be updated accordingly.
1531  ///
1532  /// \param NameLoc The location of the identifier.
1533  ///
1534  /// \param NextToken The token following the identifier. Used to help
1535  /// disambiguate the name.
1536  ///
1537  /// \param IsAddressOfOperand True if this name is the operand of a unary
1538  ///        address of ('&') expression, assuming it is classified as an
1539  ///        expression.
1540  ///
1541  /// \param CCC The correction callback, if typo correction is desired.
1542  NameClassification ClassifyName(Scope *S,
1543                                  CXXScopeSpec &SS,
1544                                  IdentifierInfo *&Name,
1545                                  SourceLocation NameLoc,
1546                                  const Token &NextToken,
1547                                  bool IsAddressOfOperand,
1548                                  CorrectionCandidateCallback *CCC = nullptr);
1549
1550  Decl *ActOnDeclarator(Scope *S, Declarator &D);
1551
1552  NamedDecl *HandleDeclarator(Scope *S, Declarator &D,
1553                              MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParameterLists);
1554  void RegisterLocallyScopedExternCDecl(NamedDecl *ND, Scope *S);
1555  bool DiagnoseClassNameShadow(DeclContext *DC, DeclarationNameInfo Info);
1556  bool diagnoseQualifiedDeclaration(CXXScopeSpec &SS, DeclContext *DC,
1557                                    DeclarationName Name,
1558                                    SourceLocation Loc);
1559  static bool adjustContextForLocalExternDecl(DeclContext *&DC);
1560  void DiagnoseFunctionSpecifiers(const DeclSpec &DS);
1561  void CheckShadow(Scope *S, VarDecl *D, const LookupResult& R);
1562  void CheckShadow(Scope *S, VarDecl *D);
1563  void CheckCastAlign(Expr *Op, QualType T, SourceRange TRange);
1564  void CheckTypedefForVariablyModifiedType(Scope *S, TypedefNameDecl *D);
1565  NamedDecl* ActOnTypedefDeclarator(Scope* S, Declarator& D, DeclContext* DC,
1566                                    TypeSourceInfo *TInfo,
1567                                    LookupResult &Previous);
1568  NamedDecl* ActOnTypedefNameDecl(Scope* S, DeclContext* DC, TypedefNameDecl *D,
1569                                  LookupResult &Previous, bool &Redeclaration);
1570  NamedDecl *ActOnVariableDeclarator(Scope *S, Declarator &D, DeclContext *DC,
1571                                     TypeSourceInfo *TInfo,
1572                                     LookupResult &Previous,
1573                                     MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParamLists,
1574                                     bool &AddToScope);
1575  // Returns true if the variable declaration is a redeclaration
1576  bool CheckVariableDeclaration(VarDecl *NewVD, LookupResult &Previous);
1577  void CheckVariableDeclarationType(VarDecl *NewVD);
1578  void CheckCompleteVariableDeclaration(VarDecl *var);
1579  void MaybeSuggestAddingStaticToDecl(const FunctionDecl *D);
1580
1581  NamedDecl* ActOnFunctionDeclarator(Scope* S, Declarator& D, DeclContext* DC,
1582                                     TypeSourceInfo *TInfo,
1583                                     LookupResult &Previous,
1584                                     MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParamLists,
1585                                     bool &AddToScope);
1586  bool AddOverriddenMethods(CXXRecordDecl *DC, CXXMethodDecl *MD);
1587
1588  bool CheckConstexprFunctionDecl(const FunctionDecl *FD);
1589  bool CheckConstexprFunctionBody(const FunctionDecl *FD, Stmt *Body);
1590
1591  void DiagnoseHiddenVirtualMethods(CXXMethodDecl *MD);
1592  void FindHiddenVirtualMethods(CXXMethodDecl *MD,
1593                          SmallVectorImpl<CXXMethodDecl*> &OverloadedMethods);
1594  void NoteHiddenVirtualMethods(CXXMethodDecl *MD,
1595                          SmallVectorImpl<CXXMethodDecl*> &OverloadedMethods);
1596  // Returns true if the function declaration is a redeclaration
1597  bool CheckFunctionDeclaration(Scope *S,
1598                                FunctionDecl *NewFD, LookupResult &Previous,
1599                                bool IsExplicitSpecialization);
1600  void CheckMain(FunctionDecl *FD, const DeclSpec &D);
1601  void CheckMSVCRTEntryPoint(FunctionDecl *FD);
1602  Decl *ActOnParamDeclarator(Scope *S, Declarator &D);
1603  ParmVarDecl *BuildParmVarDeclForTypedef(DeclContext *DC,
1604                                          SourceLocation Loc,
1605                                          QualType T);
1606  ParmVarDecl *CheckParameter(DeclContext *DC, SourceLocation StartLoc,
1607                              SourceLocation NameLoc, IdentifierInfo *Name,
1608                              QualType T, TypeSourceInfo *TSInfo,
1609                              StorageClass SC);
1610  void ActOnParamDefaultArgument(Decl *param,
1611                                 SourceLocation EqualLoc,
1612                                 Expr *defarg);
1613  void ActOnParamUnparsedDefaultArgument(Decl *param,
1614                                         SourceLocation EqualLoc,
1615                                         SourceLocation ArgLoc);
1616  void ActOnParamDefaultArgumentError(Decl *param);
1617  bool SetParamDefaultArgument(ParmVarDecl *Param, Expr *DefaultArg,
1618                               SourceLocation EqualLoc);
1619
1620  void AddInitializerToDecl(Decl *dcl, Expr *init, bool DirectInit,
1621                            bool TypeMayContainAuto);
1622  void ActOnUninitializedDecl(Decl *dcl, bool TypeMayContainAuto);
1623  void ActOnInitializerError(Decl *Dcl);
1624  void ActOnCXXForRangeDecl(Decl *D);
1625  void SetDeclDeleted(Decl *dcl, SourceLocation DelLoc);
1626  void SetDeclDefaulted(Decl *dcl, SourceLocation DefaultLoc);
1627  void FinalizeDeclaration(Decl *D);
1628  DeclGroupPtrTy FinalizeDeclaratorGroup(Scope *S, const DeclSpec &DS,
1629                                         ArrayRef<Decl *> Group);
1630  DeclGroupPtrTy BuildDeclaratorGroup(llvm::MutableArrayRef<Decl *> Group,
1631                                      bool TypeMayContainAuto = true);
1632
1633  /// Should be called on all declarations that might have attached
1634  /// documentation comments.
1635  void ActOnDocumentableDecl(Decl *D);
1636  void ActOnDocumentableDecls(ArrayRef<Decl *> Group);
1637
1638  void ActOnFinishKNRParamDeclarations(Scope *S, Declarator &D,
1639                                       SourceLocation LocAfterDecls);
1640  void CheckForFunctionRedefinition(FunctionDecl *FD,
1641                                    const FunctionDecl *EffectiveDefinition =
1642                                        nullptr);
1643  Decl *ActOnStartOfFunctionDef(Scope *S, Declarator &D);
1644  Decl *ActOnStartOfFunctionDef(Scope *S, Decl *D);
1645  void ActOnStartOfObjCMethodDef(Scope *S, Decl *D);
1646  bool isObjCMethodDecl(Decl *D) {
1647    return D && isa<ObjCMethodDecl>(D);
1648  }
1649
1650  /// \brief Determine whether we can delay parsing the body of a function or
1651  /// function template until it is used, assuming we don't care about emitting
1652  /// code for that function.
1653  ///
1654  /// This will be \c false if we may need the body of the function in the
1655  /// middle of parsing an expression (where it's impractical to switch to
1656  /// parsing a different function), for instance, if it's constexpr in C++11
1657  /// or has an 'auto' return type in C++14. These cases are essentially bugs.
1658  bool canDelayFunctionBody(const Declarator &D);
1659
1660  /// \brief Determine whether we can skip parsing the body of a function
1661  /// definition, assuming we don't care about analyzing its body or emitting
1662  /// code for that function.
1663  ///
1664  /// This will be \c false only if we may need the body of the function in
1665  /// order to parse the rest of the program (for instance, if it is
1666  /// \c constexpr in C++11 or has an 'auto' return type in C++14).
1667  bool canSkipFunctionBody(Decl *D);
1668
1669  void computeNRVO(Stmt *Body, sema::FunctionScopeInfo *Scope);
1670  Decl *ActOnFinishFunctionBody(Decl *Decl, Stmt *Body);
1671  Decl *ActOnFinishFunctionBody(Decl *Decl, Stmt *Body, bool IsInstantiation);
1672  Decl *ActOnSkippedFunctionBody(Decl *Decl);
1673  void ActOnFinishInlineMethodDef(CXXMethodDecl *D);
1674
1675  /// ActOnFinishDelayedAttribute - Invoked when we have finished parsing an
1676  /// attribute for which parsing is delayed.
1677  void ActOnFinishDelayedAttribute(Scope *S, Decl *D, ParsedAttributes &Attrs);
1678
1679  /// \brief Diagnose any unused parameters in the given sequence of
1680  /// ParmVarDecl pointers.
1681  void DiagnoseUnusedParameters(ParmVarDecl * const *Begin,
1682                                ParmVarDecl * const *End);
1683
1684  /// \brief Diagnose whether the size of parameters or return value of a
1685  /// function or obj-c method definition is pass-by-value and larger than a
1686  /// specified threshold.
1687  void DiagnoseSizeOfParametersAndReturnValue(ParmVarDecl * const *Begin,
1688                                              ParmVarDecl * const *End,
1689                                              QualType ReturnTy,
1690                                              NamedDecl *D);
1691
1692  void DiagnoseInvalidJumps(Stmt *Body);
1693  Decl *ActOnFileScopeAsmDecl(Expr *expr,
1694                              SourceLocation AsmLoc,
1695                              SourceLocation RParenLoc);
1696
1697  /// \brief Handle a C++11 empty-declaration and attribute-declaration.
1698  Decl *ActOnEmptyDeclaration(Scope *S,
1699                              AttributeList *AttrList,
1700                              SourceLocation SemiLoc);
1701
1702  /// \brief The parser has processed a module import declaration.
1703  ///
1704  /// \param AtLoc The location of the '@' symbol, if any.
1705  ///
1706  /// \param ImportLoc The location of the 'import' keyword.
1707  ///
1708  /// \param Path The module access path.
1709  DeclResult ActOnModuleImport(SourceLocation AtLoc, SourceLocation ImportLoc,
1710                               ModuleIdPath Path);
1711
1712  /// \brief The parser has processed a module import translated from a
1713  /// #include or similar preprocessing directive.
1714  void ActOnModuleInclude(SourceLocation DirectiveLoc, Module *Mod);
1715
1716  /// \brief Create an implicit import of the given module at the given
1717  /// source location, for error recovery, if possible.
1718  ///
1719  /// This routine is typically used when an entity found by name lookup
1720  /// is actually hidden within a module that we know about but the user
1721  /// has forgotten to import.
1722  void createImplicitModuleImportForErrorRecovery(SourceLocation Loc,
1723                                                  Module *Mod);
1724
1725  /// \brief Retrieve a suitable printing policy.
1726  PrintingPolicy getPrintingPolicy() const {
1727    return getPrintingPolicy(Context, PP);
1728  }
1729
1730  /// \brief Retrieve a suitable printing policy.
1731  static PrintingPolicy getPrintingPolicy(const ASTContext &Ctx,
1732                                          const Preprocessor &PP);
1733
1734  /// Scope actions.
1735  void ActOnPopScope(SourceLocation Loc, Scope *S);
1736  void ActOnTranslationUnitScope(Scope *S);
1737
1738  Decl *ParsedFreeStandingDeclSpec(Scope *S, AccessSpecifier AS,
1739                                   DeclSpec &DS);
1740  Decl *ParsedFreeStandingDeclSpec(Scope *S, AccessSpecifier AS,
1741                                   DeclSpec &DS,
1742                                   MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParams,
1743                                   bool IsExplicitInstantiation = false);
1744
1745  Decl *BuildAnonymousStructOrUnion(Scope *S, DeclSpec &DS,
1746                                    AccessSpecifier AS,
1747                                    RecordDecl *Record,
1748                                    const PrintingPolicy &Policy);
1749
1750  Decl *BuildMicrosoftCAnonymousStruct(Scope *S, DeclSpec &DS,
1751                                       RecordDecl *Record);
1752
1753  bool isAcceptableTagRedeclaration(const TagDecl *Previous,
1754                                    TagTypeKind NewTag, bool isDefinition,
1755                                    SourceLocation NewTagLoc,
1756                                    const IdentifierInfo &Name);
1757
1758  enum TagUseKind {
1759    TUK_Reference,   // Reference to a tag:  'struct foo *X;'
1760    TUK_Declaration, // Fwd decl of a tag:   'struct foo;'
1761    TUK_Definition,  // Definition of a tag: 'struct foo { int X; } Y;'
1762    TUK_Friend       // Friend declaration:  'friend struct foo;'
1763  };
1764
1765  Decl *ActOnTag(Scope *S, unsigned TagSpec, TagUseKind TUK,
1766                 SourceLocation KWLoc, CXXScopeSpec &SS,
1767                 IdentifierInfo *Name, SourceLocation NameLoc,
1768                 AttributeList *Attr, AccessSpecifier AS,
1769                 SourceLocation ModulePrivateLoc,
1770                 MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParameterLists,
1771                 bool &OwnedDecl, bool &IsDependent,
1772                 SourceLocation ScopedEnumKWLoc,
1773                 bool ScopedEnumUsesClassTag, TypeResult UnderlyingType,
1774                 bool IsTypeSpecifier);
1775
1776  Decl *ActOnTemplatedFriendTag(Scope *S, SourceLocation FriendLoc,
1777                                unsigned TagSpec, SourceLocation TagLoc,
1778                                CXXScopeSpec &SS,
1779                                IdentifierInfo *Name, SourceLocation NameLoc,
1780                                AttributeList *Attr,
1781                                MultiTemplateParamsArg TempParamLists);
1782
1783  TypeResult ActOnDependentTag(Scope *S,
1784                               unsigned TagSpec,
1785                               TagUseKind TUK,
1786                               const CXXScopeSpec &SS,
1787                               IdentifierInfo *Name,
1788                               SourceLocation TagLoc,
1789                               SourceLocation NameLoc);
1790
1791  void ActOnDefs(Scope *S, Decl *TagD, SourceLocation DeclStart,
1792                 IdentifierInfo *ClassName,
1793                 SmallVectorImpl<Decl *> &Decls);
1794  Decl *ActOnField(Scope *S, Decl *TagD, SourceLocation DeclStart,
1795                   Declarator &D, Expr *BitfieldWidth);
1796
1797  FieldDecl *HandleField(Scope *S, RecordDecl *TagD, SourceLocation DeclStart,
1798                         Declarator &D, Expr *BitfieldWidth,
1799                         InClassInitStyle InitStyle,
1800                         AccessSpecifier AS);
1801  MSPropertyDecl *HandleMSProperty(Scope *S, RecordDecl *TagD,
1802                                   SourceLocation DeclStart,
1803                                   Declarator &D, Expr *BitfieldWidth,
1804                                   InClassInitStyle InitStyle,
1805                                   AccessSpecifier AS,
1806                                   AttributeList *MSPropertyAttr);
1807
1808  FieldDecl *CheckFieldDecl(DeclarationName Name, QualType T,
1809                            TypeSourceInfo *TInfo,
1810                            RecordDecl *Record, SourceLocation Loc,
1811                            bool Mutable, Expr *BitfieldWidth,
1812                            InClassInitStyle InitStyle,
1813                            SourceLocation TSSL,
1814                            AccessSpecifier AS, NamedDecl *PrevDecl,
1815                            Declarator *D = nullptr);
1816
1817  bool CheckNontrivialField(FieldDecl *FD);
1818  void DiagnoseNontrivial(const CXXRecordDecl *Record, CXXSpecialMember CSM);
1819  bool SpecialMemberIsTrivial(CXXMethodDecl *MD, CXXSpecialMember CSM,
1820                              bool Diagnose = false);
1821  CXXSpecialMember getSpecialMember(const CXXMethodDecl *MD);
1822  void ActOnLastBitfield(SourceLocation DeclStart,
1823                         SmallVectorImpl<Decl *> &AllIvarDecls);
1824  Decl *ActOnIvar(Scope *S, SourceLocation DeclStart,
1825                  Declarator &D, Expr *BitfieldWidth,
1826                  tok::ObjCKeywordKind visibility);
1827
1828  // This is used for both record definitions and ObjC interface declarations.
1829  void ActOnFields(Scope* S, SourceLocation RecLoc, Decl *TagDecl,
1830                   ArrayRef<Decl *> Fields,
1831                   SourceLocation LBrac, SourceLocation RBrac,
1832                   AttributeList *AttrList);
1833
1834  /// ActOnTagStartDefinition - Invoked when we have entered the
1835  /// scope of a tag's definition (e.g., for an enumeration, class,
1836  /// struct, or union).
1837  void ActOnTagStartDefinition(Scope *S, Decl *TagDecl);
1838
1839  Decl *ActOnObjCContainerStartDefinition(Decl *IDecl);
1840
1841  /// ActOnStartCXXMemberDeclarations - Invoked when we have parsed a
1842  /// C++ record definition's base-specifiers clause and are starting its
1843  /// member declarations.
1844  void ActOnStartCXXMemberDeclarations(Scope *S, Decl *TagDecl,
1845                                       SourceLocation FinalLoc,
1846                                       bool IsFinalSpelledSealed,
1847                                       SourceLocation LBraceLoc);
1848
1849  /// ActOnTagFinishDefinition - Invoked once we have finished parsing
1850  /// the definition of a tag (enumeration, class, struct, or union).
1851  void ActOnTagFinishDefinition(Scope *S, Decl *TagDecl,
1852                                SourceLocation RBraceLoc);
1853
1854  void ActOnObjCContainerFinishDefinition();
1855
1856  /// \brief Invoked when we must temporarily exit the objective-c container
1857  /// scope for parsing/looking-up C constructs.
1858  ///
1859  /// Must be followed by a call to \see ActOnObjCReenterContainerContext
1860  void ActOnObjCTemporaryExitContainerContext(DeclContext *DC);
1861  void ActOnObjCReenterContainerContext(DeclContext *DC);
1862
1863  /// ActOnTagDefinitionError - Invoked when there was an unrecoverable
1864  /// error parsing the definition of a tag.
1865  void ActOnTagDefinitionError(Scope *S, Decl *TagDecl);
1866
1867  EnumConstantDecl *CheckEnumConstant(EnumDecl *Enum,
1868                                      EnumConstantDecl *LastEnumConst,
1869                                      SourceLocation IdLoc,
1870                                      IdentifierInfo *Id,
1871                                      Expr *val);
1872  bool CheckEnumUnderlyingType(TypeSourceInfo *TI);
1873  bool CheckEnumRedeclaration(SourceLocation EnumLoc, bool IsScoped,
1874                              QualType EnumUnderlyingTy, const EnumDecl *Prev);
1875
1876  Decl *ActOnEnumConstant(Scope *S, Decl *EnumDecl, Decl *LastEnumConstant,
1877                          SourceLocation IdLoc, IdentifierInfo *Id,
1878                          AttributeList *Attrs,
1879                          SourceLocation EqualLoc, Expr *Val);
1880  void ActOnEnumBody(SourceLocation EnumLoc, SourceLocation LBraceLoc,
1881                     SourceLocation RBraceLoc, Decl *EnumDecl,
1882                     ArrayRef<Decl *> Elements,
1883                     Scope *S, AttributeList *Attr);
1884
1885  DeclContext *getContainingDC(DeclContext *DC);
1886
1887  /// Set the current declaration context until it gets popped.
1888  void PushDeclContext(Scope *S, DeclContext *DC);
1889  void PopDeclContext();
1890
1891  /// EnterDeclaratorContext - Used when we must lookup names in the context
1892  /// of a declarator's nested name specifier.
1893  void EnterDeclaratorContext(Scope *S, DeclContext *DC);
1894  void ExitDeclaratorContext(Scope *S);
1895
1896  /// Push the parameters of D, which must be a function, into scope.
1897  void ActOnReenterFunctionContext(Scope* S, Decl* D);
1898  void ActOnExitFunctionContext();
1899
1900  DeclContext *getFunctionLevelDeclContext();
1901
1902  /// getCurFunctionDecl - If inside of a function body, this returns a pointer
1903  /// to the function decl for the function being parsed.  If we're currently
1904  /// in a 'block', this returns the containing context.
1905  FunctionDecl *getCurFunctionDecl();
1906
1907  /// getCurMethodDecl - If inside of a method body, this returns a pointer to
1908  /// the method decl for the method being parsed.  If we're currently
1909  /// in a 'block', this returns the containing context.
1910  ObjCMethodDecl *getCurMethodDecl();
1911
1912  /// getCurFunctionOrMethodDecl - Return the Decl for the current ObjC method
1913  /// or C function we're in, otherwise return null.  If we're currently
1914  /// in a 'block', this returns the containing context.
1915  NamedDecl *getCurFunctionOrMethodDecl();
1916
1917  /// Add this decl to the scope shadowed decl chains.
1918  void PushOnScopeChains(NamedDecl *D, Scope *S, bool AddToContext = true);
1919
1920  /// \brief Make the given externally-produced declaration visible at the
1921  /// top level scope.
1922  ///
1923  /// \param D The externally-produced declaration to push.
1924  ///
1925  /// \param Name The name of the externally-produced declaration.
1926  void pushExternalDeclIntoScope(NamedDecl *D, DeclarationName Name);
1927
1928  /// isDeclInScope - If 'Ctx' is a function/method, isDeclInScope returns true
1929  /// if 'D' is in Scope 'S', otherwise 'S' is ignored and isDeclInScope returns
1930  /// true if 'D' belongs to the given declaration context.
1931  ///
1932  /// \param AllowInlineNamespace If \c true, allow the declaration to be in the
1933  ///        enclosing namespace set of the context, rather than contained
1934  ///        directly within it.
1935  bool isDeclInScope(NamedDecl *D, DeclContext *Ctx, Scope *S = nullptr,
1936                     bool AllowInlineNamespace = false);
1937
1938  /// Finds the scope corresponding to the given decl context, if it
1939  /// happens to be an enclosing scope.  Otherwise return NULL.
1940  static Scope *getScopeForDeclContext(Scope *S, DeclContext *DC);
1941
1942  /// Subroutines of ActOnDeclarator().
1943  TypedefDecl *ParseTypedefDecl(Scope *S, Declarator &D, QualType T,
1944                                TypeSourceInfo *TInfo);
1945  bool isIncompatibleTypedef(TypeDecl *Old, TypedefNameDecl *New);
1946
1947  /// Attribute merging methods. Return true if a new attribute was added.
1948  AvailabilityAttr *mergeAvailabilityAttr(NamedDecl *D, SourceRange Range,
1949                                          IdentifierInfo *Platform,
1950                                          VersionTuple Introduced,
1951                                          VersionTuple Deprecated,
1952                                          VersionTuple Obsoleted,
1953                                          bool IsUnavailable,
1954                                          StringRef Message,
1955                                          bool Override,
1956                                          unsigned AttrSpellingListIndex);
1957  TypeVisibilityAttr *mergeTypeVisibilityAttr(Decl *D, SourceRange Range,
1958                                       TypeVisibilityAttr::VisibilityType Vis,
1959                                              unsigned AttrSpellingListIndex);
1960  VisibilityAttr *mergeVisibilityAttr(Decl *D, SourceRange Range,
1961                                      VisibilityAttr::VisibilityType Vis,
1962                                      unsigned AttrSpellingListIndex);
1963  DLLImportAttr *mergeDLLImportAttr(Decl *D, SourceRange Range,
1964                                    unsigned AttrSpellingListIndex);
1965  DLLExportAttr *mergeDLLExportAttr(Decl *D, SourceRange Range,
1966                                    unsigned AttrSpellingListIndex);
1967  MSInheritanceAttr *
1968  mergeMSInheritanceAttr(Decl *D, SourceRange Range, bool BestCase,
1969                         unsigned AttrSpellingListIndex,
1970                         MSInheritanceAttr::Spelling SemanticSpelling);
1971  FormatAttr *mergeFormatAttr(Decl *D, SourceRange Range,
1972                              IdentifierInfo *Format, int FormatIdx,
1973                              int FirstArg, unsigned AttrSpellingListIndex);
1974  SectionAttr *mergeSectionAttr(Decl *D, SourceRange Range, StringRef Name,
1975                                unsigned AttrSpellingListIndex);
1976
1977  /// \brief Describes the kind of merge to perform for availability
1978  /// attributes (including "deprecated", "unavailable", and "availability").
1979  enum AvailabilityMergeKind {
1980    /// \brief Don't merge availability attributes at all.
1981    AMK_None,
1982    /// \brief Merge availability attributes for a redeclaration, which requires
1983    /// an exact match.
1984    AMK_Redeclaration,
1985    /// \brief Merge availability attributes for an override, which requires
1986    /// an exact match or a weakening of constraints.
1987    AMK_Override
1988  };
1989
1990  void mergeDeclAttributes(NamedDecl *New, Decl *Old,
1991                           AvailabilityMergeKind AMK = AMK_Redeclaration);
1992  void MergeTypedefNameDecl(TypedefNameDecl *New, LookupResult &OldDecls);
1993  bool MergeFunctionDecl(FunctionDecl *New, NamedDecl *&Old, Scope *S,
1994                         bool MergeTypeWithOld);
1995  bool MergeCompatibleFunctionDecls(FunctionDecl *New, FunctionDecl *Old,
1996                                    Scope *S, bool MergeTypeWithOld);
1997  void mergeObjCMethodDecls(ObjCMethodDecl *New, ObjCMethodDecl *Old);
1998  void MergeVarDecl(VarDecl *New, LookupResult &Previous);
1999  void MergeVarDeclTypes(VarDecl *New, VarDecl *Old, bool MergeTypeWithOld);
2000  void MergeVarDeclExceptionSpecs(VarDecl *New, VarDecl *Old);
2001  bool MergeCXXFunctionDecl(FunctionDecl *New, FunctionDecl *Old, Scope *S);
2002
2003  // AssignmentAction - This is used by all the assignment diagnostic functions
2004  // to represent what is actually causing the operation
2005  enum AssignmentAction {
2006    AA_Assigning,
2007    AA_Passing,
2008    AA_Returning,
2009    AA_Converting,
2010    AA_Initializing,
2011    AA_Sending,
2012    AA_Casting,
2013    AA_Passing_CFAudited
2014  };
2015
2016  /// C++ Overloading.
2017  enum OverloadKind {
2018    /// This is a legitimate overload: the existing declarations are
2019    /// functions or function templates with different signatures.
2020    Ovl_Overload,
2021
2022    /// This is not an overload because the signature exactly matches
2023    /// an existing declaration.
2024    Ovl_Match,
2025
2026    /// This is not an overload because the lookup results contain a
2027    /// non-function.
2028    Ovl_NonFunction
2029  };
2030  OverloadKind CheckOverload(Scope *S,
2031                             FunctionDecl *New,
2032                             const LookupResult &OldDecls,
2033                             NamedDecl *&OldDecl,
2034                             bool IsForUsingDecl);
2035  bool IsOverload(FunctionDecl *New, FunctionDecl *Old, bool IsForUsingDecl);
2036
2037  /// \brief Checks availability of the function depending on the current
2038  /// function context.Inside an unavailable function,unavailability is ignored.
2039  ///
2040  /// \returns true if \p FD is unavailable and current context is inside
2041  /// an available function, false otherwise.
2042  bool isFunctionConsideredUnavailable(FunctionDecl *FD);
2043
2044  ImplicitConversionSequence
2045  TryImplicitConversion(Expr *From, QualType ToType,
2046                        bool SuppressUserConversions,
2047                        bool AllowExplicit,
2048                        bool InOverloadResolution,
2049                        bool CStyle,
2050                        bool AllowObjCWritebackConversion);
2051
2052  bool IsIntegralPromotion(Expr *From, QualType FromType, QualType ToType);
2053  bool IsFloatingPointPromotion(QualType FromType, QualType ToType);
2054  bool IsComplexPromotion(QualType FromType, QualType ToType);
2055  bool IsPointerConversion(Expr *From, QualType FromType, QualType ToType,
2056                           bool InOverloadResolution,
2057                           QualType& ConvertedType, bool &IncompatibleObjC);
2058  bool isObjCPointerConversion(QualType FromType, QualType ToType,
2059                               QualType& ConvertedType, bool &IncompatibleObjC);
2060  bool isObjCWritebackConversion(QualType FromType, QualType ToType,
2061                                 QualType &ConvertedType);
2062  bool IsBlockPointerConversion(QualType FromType, QualType ToType,
2063                                QualType& ConvertedType);
2064  bool FunctionParamTypesAreEqual(const FunctionProtoType *OldType,
2065                                  const FunctionProtoType *NewType,
2066                                  unsigned *ArgPos = nullptr);
2067  void HandleFunctionTypeMismatch(PartialDiagnostic &PDiag,
2068                                  QualType FromType, QualType ToType);
2069
2070  CastKind PrepareCastToObjCObjectPointer(ExprResult &E);
2071  bool CheckPointerConversion(Expr *From, QualType ToType,
2072                              CastKind &Kind,
2073                              CXXCastPath& BasePath,
2074                              bool IgnoreBaseAccess);
2075  bool IsMemberPointerConversion(Expr *From, QualType FromType, QualType ToType,
2076                                 bool InOverloadResolution,
2077                                 QualType &ConvertedType);
2078  bool CheckMemberPointerConversion(Expr *From, QualType ToType,
2079                                    CastKind &Kind,
2080                                    CXXCastPath &BasePath,
2081                                    bool IgnoreBaseAccess);
2082  bool IsQualificationConversion(QualType FromType, QualType ToType,
2083                                 bool CStyle, bool &ObjCLifetimeConversion);
2084  bool IsNoReturnConversion(QualType FromType, QualType ToType,
2085                            QualType &ResultTy);
2086  bool DiagnoseMultipleUserDefinedConversion(Expr *From, QualType ToType);
2087  bool isSameOrCompatibleFunctionType(CanQualType Param, CanQualType Arg);
2088
2089  ExprResult PerformMoveOrCopyInitialization(const InitializedEntity &Entity,
2090                                             const VarDecl *NRVOCandidate,
2091                                             QualType ResultType,
2092                                             Expr *Value,
2093                                             bool AllowNRVO = true);
2094
2095  bool CanPerformCopyInitialization(const InitializedEntity &Entity,
2096                                    ExprResult Init);
2097  ExprResult PerformCopyInitialization(const InitializedEntity &Entity,
2098                                       SourceLocation EqualLoc,
2099                                       ExprResult Init,
2100                                       bool TopLevelOfInitList = false,
2101                                       bool AllowExplicit = false);
2102  ExprResult PerformObjectArgumentInitialization(Expr *From,
2103                                                 NestedNameSpecifier *Qualifier,
2104                                                 NamedDecl *FoundDecl,
2105                                                 CXXMethodDecl *Method);
2106
2107  ExprResult PerformContextuallyConvertToBool(Expr *From);
2108  ExprResult PerformContextuallyConvertToObjCPointer(Expr *From);
2109
2110  /// Contexts in which a converted constant expression is required.
2111  enum CCEKind {
2112    CCEK_CaseValue,   ///< Expression in a case label.
2113    CCEK_Enumerator,  ///< Enumerator value with fixed underlying type.
2114    CCEK_TemplateArg, ///< Value of a non-type template parameter.
2115    CCEK_NewExpr      ///< Constant expression in a noptr-new-declarator.
2116  };
2117  ExprResult CheckConvertedConstantExpression(Expr *From, QualType T,
2118                                              llvm::APSInt &Value, CCEKind CCE);
2119
2120  /// \brief Abstract base class used to perform a contextual implicit
2121  /// conversion from an expression to any type passing a filter.
2122  class ContextualImplicitConverter {
2123  public:
2124    bool Suppress;
2125    bool SuppressConversion;
2126
2127    ContextualImplicitConverter(bool Suppress = false,
2128                                bool SuppressConversion = false)
2129        : Suppress(Suppress), SuppressConversion(SuppressConversion) {}
2130
2131    /// \brief Determine whether the specified type is a valid destination type
2132    /// for this conversion.
2133    virtual bool match(QualType T) = 0;
2134
2135    /// \brief Emits a diagnostic complaining that the expression does not have
2136    /// integral or enumeration type.
2137    virtual SemaDiagnosticBuilder
2138    diagnoseNoMatch(Sema &S, SourceLocation Loc, QualType T) = 0;
2139
2140    /// \brief Emits a diagnostic when the expression has incomplete class type.
2141    virtual SemaDiagnosticBuilder
2142    diagnoseIncomplete(Sema &S, SourceLocation Loc, QualType T) = 0;
2143
2144    /// \brief Emits a diagnostic when the only matching conversion function
2145    /// is explicit.
2146    virtual SemaDiagnosticBuilder diagnoseExplicitConv(
2147        Sema &S, SourceLocation Loc, QualType T, QualType ConvTy) = 0;
2148
2149    /// \brief Emits a note for the explicit conversion function.
2150    virtual SemaDiagnosticBuilder
2151    noteExplicitConv(Sema &S, CXXConversionDecl *Conv, QualType ConvTy) = 0;
2152
2153    /// \brief Emits a diagnostic when there are multiple possible conversion
2154    /// functions.
2155    virtual SemaDiagnosticBuilder
2156    diagnoseAmbiguous(Sema &S, SourceLocation Loc, QualType T) = 0;
2157
2158    /// \brief Emits a note for one of the candidate conversions.
2159    virtual SemaDiagnosticBuilder
2160    noteAmbiguous(Sema &S, CXXConversionDecl *Conv, QualType ConvTy) = 0;
2161
2162    /// \brief Emits a diagnostic when we picked a conversion function
2163    /// (for cases when we are not allowed to pick a conversion function).
2164    virtual SemaDiagnosticBuilder diagnoseConversion(
2165        Sema &S, SourceLocation Loc, QualType T, QualType ConvTy) = 0;
2166
2167    virtual ~ContextualImplicitConverter() {}
2168  };
2169
2170  class ICEConvertDiagnoser : public ContextualImplicitConverter {
2171    bool AllowScopedEnumerations;
2172
2173  public:
2174    ICEConvertDiagnoser(bool AllowScopedEnumerations,
2175                        bool Suppress, bool SuppressConversion)
2176        : ContextualImplicitConverter(Suppress, SuppressConversion),
2177          AllowScopedEnumerations(AllowScopedEnumerations) {}
2178
2179    /// Match an integral or (possibly scoped) enumeration type.
2180    bool match(QualType T) override;
2181
2182    SemaDiagnosticBuilder
2183    diagnoseNoMatch(Sema &S, SourceLocation Loc, QualType T) override {
2184      return diagnoseNotInt(S, Loc, T);
2185    }
2186
2187    /// \brief Emits a diagnostic complaining that the expression does not have
2188    /// integral or enumeration type.
2189    virtual SemaDiagnosticBuilder
2190    diagnoseNotInt(Sema &S, SourceLocation Loc, QualType T) = 0;
2191  };
2192
2193  /// Perform a contextual implicit conversion.
2194  ExprResult PerformContextualImplicitConversion(
2195      SourceLocation Loc, Expr *FromE, ContextualImplicitConverter &Converter);
2196
2197
2198  enum ObjCSubscriptKind {
2199    OS_Array,
2200    OS_Dictionary,
2201    OS_Error
2202  };
2203  ObjCSubscriptKind CheckSubscriptingKind(Expr *FromE);
2204
2205  // Note that LK_String is intentionally after the other literals, as
2206  // this is used for diagnostics logic.
2207  enum ObjCLiteralKind {
2208    LK_Array,
2209    LK_Dictionary,
2210    LK_Numeric,
2211    LK_Boxed,
2212    LK_String,
2213    LK_Block,
2214    LK_None
2215  };
2216  ObjCLiteralKind CheckLiteralKind(Expr *FromE);
2217
2218  ExprResult PerformObjectMemberConversion(Expr *From,
2219                                           NestedNameSpecifier *Qualifier,
2220                                           NamedDecl *FoundDecl,
2221                                           NamedDecl *Member);
2222
2223  // Members have to be NamespaceDecl* or TranslationUnitDecl*.
2224  // TODO: make this is a typesafe union.
2225  typedef llvm::SmallPtrSet<DeclContext   *, 16> AssociatedNamespaceSet;
2226  typedef llvm::SmallPtrSet<CXXRecordDecl *, 16> AssociatedClassSet;
2227
2228  void AddOverloadCandidate(FunctionDecl *Function,
2229                            DeclAccessPair FoundDecl,
2230                            ArrayRef<Expr *> Args,
2231                            OverloadCandidateSet& CandidateSet,
2232                            bool SuppressUserConversions = false,
2233                            bool PartialOverloading = false,
2234                            bool AllowExplicit = false);
2235  void AddFunctionCandidates(const UnresolvedSetImpl &Functions,
2236                      ArrayRef<Expr *> Args,
2237                      OverloadCandidateSet &CandidateSet,
2238                      bool SuppressUserConversions = false,
2239                      TemplateArgumentListInfo *ExplicitTemplateArgs = nullptr);
2240  void AddMethodCandidate(DeclAccessPair FoundDecl,
2241                          QualType ObjectType,
2242                          Expr::Classification ObjectClassification,
2243                          ArrayRef<Expr *> Args,
2244                          OverloadCandidateSet& CandidateSet,
2245                          bool SuppressUserConversion = false);
2246  void AddMethodCandidate(CXXMethodDecl *Method,
2247                          DeclAccessPair FoundDecl,
2248                          CXXRecordDecl *ActingContext, QualType ObjectType,
2249                          Expr::Classification ObjectClassification,
2250                          ArrayRef<Expr *> Args,
2251                          OverloadCandidateSet& CandidateSet,
2252                          bool SuppressUserConversions = false);
2253  void AddMethodTemplateCandidate(FunctionTemplateDecl *MethodTmpl,
2254                                  DeclAccessPair FoundDecl,
2255                                  CXXRecordDecl *ActingContext,
2256                                 TemplateArgumentListInfo *ExplicitTemplateArgs,
2257                                  QualType ObjectType,
2258                                  Expr::Classification ObjectClassification,
2259                                  ArrayRef<Expr *> Args,
2260                                  OverloadCandidateSet& CandidateSet,
2261                                  bool SuppressUserConversions = false);
2262  void AddTemplateOverloadCandidate(FunctionTemplateDecl *FunctionTemplate,
2263                                    DeclAccessPair FoundDecl,
2264                                 TemplateArgumentListInfo *ExplicitTemplateArgs,
2265                                    ArrayRef<Expr *> Args,
2266                                    OverloadCandidateSet& CandidateSet,
2267                                    bool SuppressUserConversions = false);
2268  void AddConversionCandidate(CXXConversionDecl *Conversion,
2269                              DeclAccessPair FoundDecl,
2270                              CXXRecordDecl *ActingContext,
2271                              Expr *From, QualType ToType,
2272                              OverloadCandidateSet& CandidateSet,
2273                              bool AllowObjCConversionOnExplicit);
2274  void AddTemplateConversionCandidate(FunctionTemplateDecl *FunctionTemplate,
2275                                      DeclAccessPair FoundDecl,
2276                                      CXXRecordDecl *ActingContext,
2277                                      Expr *From, QualType ToType,
2278                                      OverloadCandidateSet &CandidateSet,
2279                                      bool AllowObjCConversionOnExplicit);
2280  void AddSurrogateCandidate(CXXConversionDecl *Conversion,
2281                             DeclAccessPair FoundDecl,
2282                             CXXRecordDecl *ActingContext,
2283                             const FunctionProtoType *Proto,
2284                             Expr *Object, ArrayRef<Expr *> Args,
2285                             OverloadCandidateSet& CandidateSet);
2286  void AddMemberOperatorCandidates(OverloadedOperatorKind Op,
2287                                   SourceLocation OpLoc, ArrayRef<Expr *> Args,
2288                                   OverloadCandidateSet& CandidateSet,
2289                                   SourceRange OpRange = SourceRange());
2290  void AddBuiltinCandidate(QualType ResultTy, QualType *ParamTys,
2291                           ArrayRef<Expr *> Args,
2292                           OverloadCandidateSet& CandidateSet,
2293                           bool IsAssignmentOperator = false,
2294                           unsigned NumContextualBoolArguments = 0);
2295  void AddBuiltinOperatorCandidates(OverloadedOperatorKind Op,
2296                                    SourceLocation OpLoc, ArrayRef<Expr *> Args,
2297                                    OverloadCandidateSet& CandidateSet);
2298  void AddArgumentDependentLookupCandidates(DeclarationName Name,
2299                                            SourceLocation Loc,
2300                                            ArrayRef<Expr *> Args,
2301                                TemplateArgumentListInfo *ExplicitTemplateArgs,
2302                                            OverloadCandidateSet& CandidateSet,
2303                                            bool PartialOverloading = false);
2304
2305  // Emit as a 'note' the specific overload candidate
2306  void NoteOverloadCandidate(FunctionDecl *Fn, QualType DestType = QualType());
2307
2308  // Emit as a series of 'note's all template and non-templates
2309  // identified by the expression Expr
2310  void NoteAllOverloadCandidates(Expr* E, QualType DestType = QualType());
2311
2312  /// Check the enable_if expressions on the given function. Returns the first
2313  /// failing attribute, or NULL if they were all successful.
2314  EnableIfAttr *CheckEnableIf(FunctionDecl *Function, ArrayRef<Expr *> Args,
2315                              bool MissingImplicitThis = false);
2316
2317  // [PossiblyAFunctionType]  -->   [Return]
2318  // NonFunctionType --> NonFunctionType
2319  // R (A) --> R(A)
2320  // R (*)(A) --> R (A)
2321  // R (&)(A) --> R (A)
2322  // R (S::*)(A) --> R (A)
2323  QualType ExtractUnqualifiedFunctionType(QualType PossiblyAFunctionType);
2324
2325  FunctionDecl *
2326  ResolveAddressOfOverloadedFunction(Expr *AddressOfExpr,
2327                                     QualType TargetType,
2328                                     bool Complain,
2329                                     DeclAccessPair &Found,
2330                                     bool *pHadMultipleCandidates = nullptr);
2331
2332  FunctionDecl *
2333  ResolveSingleFunctionTemplateSpecialization(OverloadExpr *ovl,
2334                                              bool Complain = false,
2335                                              DeclAccessPair *Found = nullptr);
2336
2337  bool ResolveAndFixSingleFunctionTemplateSpecialization(
2338                      ExprResult &SrcExpr,
2339                      bool DoFunctionPointerConverion = false,
2340                      bool Complain = false,
2341                      const SourceRange& OpRangeForComplaining = SourceRange(),
2342                      QualType DestTypeForComplaining = QualType(),
2343                      unsigned DiagIDForComplaining = 0);
2344
2345
2346  Expr *FixOverloadedFunctionReference(Expr *E,
2347                                       DeclAccessPair FoundDecl,
2348                                       FunctionDecl *Fn);
2349  ExprResult FixOverloadedFunctionReference(ExprResult,
2350                                            DeclAccessPair FoundDecl,
2351                                            FunctionDecl *Fn);
2352
2353  void AddOverloadedCallCandidates(UnresolvedLookupExpr *ULE,
2354                                   ArrayRef<Expr *> Args,
2355                                   OverloadCandidateSet &CandidateSet,
2356                                   bool PartialOverloading = false);
2357
2358  // An enum used to represent the different possible results of building a
2359  // range-based for loop.
2360  enum ForRangeStatus {
2361    FRS_Success,
2362    FRS_NoViableFunction,
2363    FRS_DiagnosticIssued
2364  };
2365
2366  // An enum to represent whether something is dealing with a call to begin()
2367  // or a call to end() in a range-based for loop.
2368  enum BeginEndFunction {
2369    BEF_begin,
2370    BEF_end
2371  };
2372
2373  ForRangeStatus BuildForRangeBeginEndCall(Scope *S, SourceLocation Loc,
2374                                           SourceLocation RangeLoc,
2375                                           VarDecl *Decl,
2376                                           BeginEndFunction BEF,
2377                                           const DeclarationNameInfo &NameInfo,
2378                                           LookupResult &MemberLookup,
2379                                           OverloadCandidateSet *CandidateSet,
2380                                           Expr *Range, ExprResult *CallExpr);
2381
2382  ExprResult BuildOverloadedCallExpr(Scope *S, Expr *Fn,
2383                                     UnresolvedLookupExpr *ULE,
2384                                     SourceLocation LParenLoc,
2385                                     MultiExprArg Args,
2386                                     SourceLocation RParenLoc,
2387                                     Expr *ExecConfig,
2388                                     bool AllowTypoCorrection=true);
2389
2390  bool buildOverloadedCallSet(Scope *S, Expr *Fn, UnresolvedLookupExpr *ULE,
2391                              MultiExprArg Args, SourceLocation RParenLoc,
2392                              OverloadCandidateSet *CandidateSet,
2393                              ExprResult *Result);
2394
2395  ExprResult CreateOverloadedUnaryOp(SourceLocation OpLoc,
2396                                     unsigned Opc,
2397                                     const UnresolvedSetImpl &Fns,
2398                                     Expr *input);
2399
2400  ExprResult CreateOverloadedBinOp(SourceLocation OpLoc,
2401                                   unsigned Opc,
2402                                   const UnresolvedSetImpl &Fns,
2403                                   Expr *LHS, Expr *RHS);
2404
2405  ExprResult CreateOverloadedArraySubscriptExpr(SourceLocation LLoc,
2406                                                SourceLocation RLoc,
2407                                                Expr *Base,Expr *Idx);
2408
2409  ExprResult
2410  BuildCallToMemberFunction(Scope *S, Expr *MemExpr,
2411                            SourceLocation LParenLoc,
2412                            MultiExprArg Args,
2413                            SourceLocation RParenLoc);
2414  ExprResult
2415  BuildCallToObjectOfClassType(Scope *S, Expr *Object, SourceLocation LParenLoc,
2416                               MultiExprArg Args,
2417                               SourceLocation RParenLoc);
2418
2419  ExprResult BuildOverloadedArrowExpr(Scope *S, Expr *Base,
2420                                      SourceLocation OpLoc,
2421                                      bool *NoArrowOperatorFound = nullptr);
2422
2423  /// CheckCallReturnType - Checks that a call expression's return type is
2424  /// complete. Returns true on failure. The location passed in is the location
2425  /// that best represents the call.
2426  bool CheckCallReturnType(QualType ReturnType, SourceLocation Loc,
2427                           CallExpr *CE, FunctionDecl *FD);
2428
2429  /// Helpers for dealing with blocks and functions.
2430  bool CheckParmsForFunctionDef(ParmVarDecl *const *Param,
2431                                ParmVarDecl *const *ParamEnd,
2432                                bool CheckParameterNames);
2433  void CheckCXXDefaultArguments(FunctionDecl *FD);
2434  void CheckExtraCXXDefaultArguments(Declarator &D);
2435  Scope *getNonFieldDeclScope(Scope *S);
2436
2437  /// \name Name lookup
2438  ///
2439  /// These routines provide name lookup that is used during semantic
2440  /// analysis to resolve the various kinds of names (identifiers,
2441  /// overloaded operator names, constructor names, etc.) into zero or
2442  /// more declarations within a particular scope. The major entry
2443  /// points are LookupName, which performs unqualified name lookup,
2444  /// and LookupQualifiedName, which performs qualified name lookup.
2445  ///
2446  /// All name lookup is performed based on some specific criteria,
2447  /// which specify what names will be visible to name lookup and how
2448  /// far name lookup should work. These criteria are important both
2449  /// for capturing language semantics (certain lookups will ignore
2450  /// certain names, for example) and for performance, since name
2451  /// lookup is often a bottleneck in the compilation of C++. Name
2452  /// lookup criteria is specified via the LookupCriteria enumeration.
2453  ///
2454  /// The results of name lookup can vary based on the kind of name
2455  /// lookup performed, the current language, and the translation
2456  /// unit. In C, for example, name lookup will either return nothing
2457  /// (no entity found) or a single declaration. In C++, name lookup
2458  /// can additionally refer to a set of overloaded functions or
2459  /// result in an ambiguity. All of the possible results of name
2460  /// lookup are captured by the LookupResult class, which provides
2461  /// the ability to distinguish among them.
2462  //@{
2463
2464  /// @brief Describes the kind of name lookup to perform.
2465  enum LookupNameKind {
2466    /// Ordinary name lookup, which finds ordinary names (functions,
2467    /// variables, typedefs, etc.) in C and most kinds of names
2468    /// (functions, variables, members, types, etc.) in C++.
2469    LookupOrdinaryName = 0,
2470    /// Tag name lookup, which finds the names of enums, classes,
2471    /// structs, and unions.
2472    LookupTagName,
2473    /// Label name lookup.
2474    LookupLabel,
2475    /// Member name lookup, which finds the names of
2476    /// class/struct/union members.
2477    LookupMemberName,
2478    /// Look up of an operator name (e.g., operator+) for use with
2479    /// operator overloading. This lookup is similar to ordinary name
2480    /// lookup, but will ignore any declarations that are class members.
2481    LookupOperatorName,
2482    /// Look up of a name that precedes the '::' scope resolution
2483    /// operator in C++. This lookup completely ignores operator, object,
2484    /// function, and enumerator names (C++ [basic.lookup.qual]p1).
2485    LookupNestedNameSpecifierName,
2486    /// Look up a namespace name within a C++ using directive or
2487    /// namespace alias definition, ignoring non-namespace names (C++
2488    /// [basic.lookup.udir]p1).
2489    LookupNamespaceName,
2490    /// Look up all declarations in a scope with the given name,
2491    /// including resolved using declarations.  This is appropriate
2492    /// for checking redeclarations for a using declaration.
2493    LookupUsingDeclName,
2494    /// Look up an ordinary name that is going to be redeclared as a
2495    /// name with linkage. This lookup ignores any declarations that
2496    /// are outside of the current scope unless they have linkage. See
2497    /// C99 6.2.2p4-5 and C++ [basic.link]p6.
2498    LookupRedeclarationWithLinkage,
2499    /// Look up a friend of a local class. This lookup does not look
2500    /// outside the innermost non-class scope. See C++11 [class.friend]p11.
2501    LookupLocalFriendName,
2502    /// Look up the name of an Objective-C protocol.
2503    LookupObjCProtocolName,
2504    /// Look up implicit 'self' parameter of an objective-c method.
2505    LookupObjCImplicitSelfParam,
2506    /// \brief Look up any declaration with any name.
2507    LookupAnyName
2508  };
2509
2510  /// \brief Specifies whether (or how) name lookup is being performed for a
2511  /// redeclaration (vs. a reference).
2512  enum RedeclarationKind {
2513    /// \brief The lookup is a reference to this name that is not for the
2514    /// purpose of redeclaring the name.
2515    NotForRedeclaration = 0,
2516    /// \brief The lookup results will be used for redeclaration of a name,
2517    /// if an entity by that name already exists.
2518    ForRedeclaration
2519  };
2520
2521  /// \brief The possible outcomes of name lookup for a literal operator.
2522  enum LiteralOperatorLookupResult {
2523    /// \brief The lookup resulted in an error.
2524    LOLR_Error,
2525    /// \brief The lookup found a single 'cooked' literal operator, which
2526    /// expects a normal literal to be built and passed to it.
2527    LOLR_Cooked,
2528    /// \brief The lookup found a single 'raw' literal operator, which expects
2529    /// a string literal containing the spelling of the literal token.
2530    LOLR_Raw,
2531    /// \brief The lookup found an overload set of literal operator templates,
2532    /// which expect the characters of the spelling of the literal token to be
2533    /// passed as a non-type template argument pack.
2534    LOLR_Template,
2535    /// \brief The lookup found an overload set of literal operator templates,
2536    /// which expect the character type and characters of the spelling of the
2537    /// string literal token to be passed as template arguments.
2538    LOLR_StringTemplate
2539  };
2540
2541  SpecialMemberOverloadResult *LookupSpecialMember(CXXRecordDecl *D,
2542                                                   CXXSpecialMember SM,
2543                                                   bool ConstArg,
2544                                                   bool VolatileArg,
2545                                                   bool RValueThis,
2546                                                   bool ConstThis,
2547                                                   bool VolatileThis);
2548
2549private:
2550  bool CppLookupName(LookupResult &R, Scope *S);
2551
2552  // \brief The set of known/encountered (unique, canonicalized) NamespaceDecls.
2553  //
2554  // The boolean value will be true to indicate that the namespace was loaded
2555  // from an AST/PCH file, or false otherwise.
2556  llvm::MapVector<NamespaceDecl*, bool> KnownNamespaces;
2557
2558  /// \brief Whether we have already loaded known namespaces from an extenal
2559  /// source.
2560  bool LoadedExternalKnownNamespaces;
2561
2562public:
2563  /// \brief Look up a name, looking for a single declaration.  Return
2564  /// null if the results were absent, ambiguous, or overloaded.
2565  ///
2566  /// It is preferable to use the elaborated form and explicitly handle
2567  /// ambiguity and overloaded.
2568  NamedDecl *LookupSingleName(Scope *S, DeclarationName Name,
2569                              SourceLocation Loc,
2570                              LookupNameKind NameKind,
2571                              RedeclarationKind Redecl
2572                                = NotForRedeclaration);
2573  bool LookupName(LookupResult &R, Scope *S,
2574                  bool AllowBuiltinCreation = false);
2575  bool LookupQualifiedName(LookupResult &R, DeclContext *LookupCtx,
2576                           bool InUnqualifiedLookup = false);
2577  bool LookupParsedName(LookupResult &R, Scope *S, CXXScopeSpec *SS,
2578                        bool AllowBuiltinCreation = false,
2579                        bool EnteringContext = false);
2580  ObjCProtocolDecl *LookupProtocol(IdentifierInfo *II, SourceLocation IdLoc,
2581                                   RedeclarationKind Redecl
2582                                     = NotForRedeclaration);
2583
2584  void LookupOverloadedOperatorName(OverloadedOperatorKind Op, Scope *S,
2585                                    QualType T1, QualType T2,
2586                                    UnresolvedSetImpl &Functions);
2587  void addOverloadedOperatorToUnresolvedSet(UnresolvedSetImpl &Functions,
2588                                            DeclAccessPair Operator,
2589                                            QualType T1, QualType T2);
2590
2591  LabelDecl *LookupOrCreateLabel(IdentifierInfo *II, SourceLocation IdentLoc,
2592                                 SourceLocation GnuLabelLoc = SourceLocation());
2593
2594  DeclContextLookupResult LookupConstructors(CXXRecordDecl *Class);
2595  CXXConstructorDecl *LookupDefaultConstructor(CXXRecordDecl *Class);
2596  CXXConstructorDecl *LookupCopyingConstructor(CXXRecordDecl *Class,
2597                                               unsigned Quals);
2598  CXXMethodDecl *LookupCopyingAssignment(CXXRecordDecl *Class, unsigned Quals,
2599                                         bool RValueThis, unsigned ThisQuals);
2600  CXXConstructorDecl *LookupMovingConstructor(CXXRecordDecl *Class,
2601                                              unsigned Quals);
2602  CXXMethodDecl *LookupMovingAssignment(CXXRecordDecl *Class, unsigned Quals,
2603                                        bool RValueThis, unsigned ThisQuals);
2604  CXXDestructorDecl *LookupDestructor(CXXRecordDecl *Class);
2605
2606  bool checkLiteralOperatorId(const CXXScopeSpec &SS, const UnqualifiedId &Id);
2607  LiteralOperatorLookupResult LookupLiteralOperator(Scope *S, LookupResult &R,
2608                                                    ArrayRef<QualType> ArgTys,
2609                                                    bool AllowRaw,
2610                                                    bool AllowTemplate,
2611                                                    bool AllowStringTemplate);
2612  bool isKnownName(StringRef name);
2613
2614  void ArgumentDependentLookup(DeclarationName Name, SourceLocation Loc,
2615                               ArrayRef<Expr *> Args, ADLResult &Functions);
2616
2617  void LookupVisibleDecls(Scope *S, LookupNameKind Kind,
2618                          VisibleDeclConsumer &Consumer,
2619                          bool IncludeGlobalScope = true);
2620  void LookupVisibleDecls(DeclContext *Ctx, LookupNameKind Kind,
2621                          VisibleDeclConsumer &Consumer,
2622                          bool IncludeGlobalScope = true);
2623
2624  enum CorrectTypoKind {
2625    CTK_NonError,     // CorrectTypo used in a non error recovery situation.
2626    CTK_ErrorRecovery // CorrectTypo used in normal error recovery.
2627  };
2628
2629  TypoCorrection CorrectTypo(const DeclarationNameInfo &Typo,
2630                             Sema::LookupNameKind LookupKind,
2631                             Scope *S, CXXScopeSpec *SS,
2632                             CorrectionCandidateCallback &CCC,
2633                             CorrectTypoKind Mode,
2634                             DeclContext *MemberContext = nullptr,
2635                             bool EnteringContext = false,
2636                             const ObjCObjectPointerType *OPT = nullptr,
2637                             bool RecordFailure = true);
2638
2639  void diagnoseTypo(const TypoCorrection &Correction,
2640                    const PartialDiagnostic &TypoDiag,
2641                    bool ErrorRecovery = true);
2642
2643  void diagnoseTypo(const TypoCorrection &Correction,
2644                    const PartialDiagnostic &TypoDiag,
2645                    const PartialDiagnostic &PrevNote,
2646                    bool ErrorRecovery = true);
2647
2648  void FindAssociatedClassesAndNamespaces(SourceLocation InstantiationLoc,
2649                                          ArrayRef<Expr *> Args,
2650                                   AssociatedNamespaceSet &AssociatedNamespaces,
2651                                   AssociatedClassSet &AssociatedClasses);
2652
2653  void FilterLookupForScope(LookupResult &R, DeclContext *Ctx, Scope *S,
2654                            bool ConsiderLinkage, bool AllowInlineNamespace);
2655
2656  void DiagnoseAmbiguousLookup(LookupResult &Result);
2657  //@}
2658
2659  ObjCInterfaceDecl *getObjCInterfaceDecl(IdentifierInfo *&Id,
2660                                          SourceLocation IdLoc,
2661                                          bool TypoCorrection = false);
2662  NamedDecl *LazilyCreateBuiltin(IdentifierInfo *II, unsigned ID,
2663                                 Scope *S, bool ForRedeclaration,
2664                                 SourceLocation Loc);
2665  NamedDecl *ImplicitlyDefineFunction(SourceLocation Loc, IdentifierInfo &II,
2666                                      Scope *S);
2667  void AddKnownFunctionAttributes(FunctionDecl *FD);
2668
2669  // More parsing and symbol table subroutines.
2670
2671  void ProcessPragmaWeak(Scope *S, Decl *D);
2672  // Decl attributes - this routine is the top level dispatcher.
2673  void ProcessDeclAttributes(Scope *S, Decl *D, const Declarator &PD);
2674  void ProcessDeclAttributeList(Scope *S, Decl *D, const AttributeList *AL,
2675                                bool IncludeCXX11Attributes = true);
2676  bool ProcessAccessDeclAttributeList(AccessSpecDecl *ASDecl,
2677                                      const AttributeList *AttrList);
2678
2679  void checkUnusedDeclAttributes(Declarator &D);
2680
2681  bool CheckRegparmAttr(const AttributeList &attr, unsigned &value);
2682  bool CheckCallingConvAttr(const AttributeList &attr, CallingConv &CC,
2683                            const FunctionDecl *FD = nullptr);
2684  bool CheckNoReturnAttr(const AttributeList &attr);
2685  bool checkStringLiteralArgumentAttr(const AttributeList &Attr,
2686                                      unsigned ArgNum, StringRef &Str,
2687                                      SourceLocation *ArgLocation = nullptr);
2688  bool checkMSInheritanceAttrOnDefinition(
2689      CXXRecordDecl *RD, SourceRange Range, bool BestCase,
2690      MSInheritanceAttr::Spelling SemanticSpelling);
2691
2692  void CheckAlignasUnderalignment(Decl *D);
2693
2694  /// Adjust the calling convention of a method to be the ABI default if it
2695  /// wasn't specified explicitly.  This handles method types formed from
2696  /// function type typedefs and typename template arguments.
2697  void adjustMemberFunctionCC(QualType &T, bool IsStatic);
2698
2699  // Check if there is an explicit attribute, but only look through parens.
2700  // The intent is to look for an attribute on the current declarator, but not
2701  // one that came from a typedef.
2702  bool hasExplicitCallingConv(QualType &T);
2703
2704  /// Get the outermost AttributedType node that sets a calling convention.
2705  /// Valid types should not have multiple attributes with different CCs.
2706  const AttributedType *getCallingConvAttributedType(QualType T) const;
2707
2708  /// \brief Stmt attributes - this routine is the top level dispatcher.
2709  StmtResult ProcessStmtAttributes(Stmt *Stmt, AttributeList *Attrs,
2710                                   SourceRange Range);
2711
2712  void WarnConflictingTypedMethods(ObjCMethodDecl *Method,
2713                                   ObjCMethodDecl *MethodDecl,
2714                                   bool IsProtocolMethodDecl);
2715
2716  void CheckConflictingOverridingMethod(ObjCMethodDecl *Method,
2717                                   ObjCMethodDecl *Overridden,
2718                                   bool IsProtocolMethodDecl);
2719
2720  /// WarnExactTypedMethods - This routine issues a warning if method
2721  /// implementation declaration matches exactly that of its declaration.
2722  void WarnExactTypedMethods(ObjCMethodDecl *Method,
2723                             ObjCMethodDecl *MethodDecl,
2724                             bool IsProtocolMethodDecl);
2725
2726  typedef llvm::SmallPtrSet<Selector, 8> SelectorSet;
2727  typedef llvm::DenseMap<Selector, ObjCMethodDecl*> ProtocolsMethodsMap;
2728
2729  /// CheckImplementationIvars - This routine checks if the instance variables
2730  /// listed in the implelementation match those listed in the interface.
2731  void CheckImplementationIvars(ObjCImplementationDecl *ImpDecl,
2732                                ObjCIvarDecl **Fields, unsigned nIvars,
2733                                SourceLocation Loc);
2734
2735  /// ImplMethodsVsClassMethods - This is main routine to warn if any method
2736  /// remains unimplemented in the class or category \@implementation.
2737  void ImplMethodsVsClassMethods(Scope *S, ObjCImplDecl* IMPDecl,
2738                                 ObjCContainerDecl* IDecl,
2739                                 bool IncompleteImpl = false);
2740
2741  /// DiagnoseUnimplementedProperties - This routine warns on those properties
2742  /// which must be implemented by this implementation.
2743  void DiagnoseUnimplementedProperties(Scope *S, ObjCImplDecl* IMPDecl,
2744                                       ObjCContainerDecl *CDecl,
2745                                       bool SynthesizeProperties);
2746
2747  /// DefaultSynthesizeProperties - This routine default synthesizes all
2748  /// properties which must be synthesized in the class's \@implementation.
2749  void DefaultSynthesizeProperties (Scope *S, ObjCImplDecl* IMPDecl,
2750                                    ObjCInterfaceDecl *IDecl);
2751  void DefaultSynthesizeProperties(Scope *S, Decl *D);
2752
2753  /// IvarBacksCurrentMethodAccessor - This routine returns 'true' if 'IV' is
2754  /// an ivar synthesized for 'Method' and 'Method' is a property accessor
2755  /// declared in class 'IFace'.
2756  bool IvarBacksCurrentMethodAccessor(ObjCInterfaceDecl *IFace,
2757                                      ObjCMethodDecl *Method, ObjCIvarDecl *IV);
2758
2759  /// DiagnoseUnusedBackingIvarInAccessor - Issue an 'unused' warning if ivar which
2760  /// backs the property is not used in the property's accessor.
2761  void DiagnoseUnusedBackingIvarInAccessor(Scope *S,
2762                                           const ObjCImplementationDecl *ImplD);
2763
2764  /// GetIvarBackingPropertyAccessor - If method is a property setter/getter and
2765  /// it property has a backing ivar, returns this ivar; otherwise, returns NULL.
2766  /// It also returns ivar's property on success.
2767  ObjCIvarDecl *GetIvarBackingPropertyAccessor(const ObjCMethodDecl *Method,
2768                                               const ObjCPropertyDecl *&PDecl) const;
2769
2770  /// Called by ActOnProperty to handle \@property declarations in
2771  /// class extensions.
2772  ObjCPropertyDecl *HandlePropertyInClassExtension(Scope *S,
2773                      SourceLocation AtLoc,
2774                      SourceLocation LParenLoc,
2775                      FieldDeclarator &FD,
2776                      Selector GetterSel,
2777                      Selector SetterSel,
2778                      const bool isAssign,
2779                      const bool isReadWrite,
2780                      const unsigned Attributes,
2781                      const unsigned AttributesAsWritten,
2782                      bool *isOverridingProperty,
2783                      TypeSourceInfo *T,
2784                      tok::ObjCKeywordKind MethodImplKind);
2785
2786  /// Called by ActOnProperty and HandlePropertyInClassExtension to
2787  /// handle creating the ObjcPropertyDecl for a category or \@interface.
2788  ObjCPropertyDecl *CreatePropertyDecl(Scope *S,
2789                                       ObjCContainerDecl *CDecl,
2790                                       SourceLocation AtLoc,
2791                                       SourceLocation LParenLoc,
2792                                       FieldDeclarator &FD,
2793                                       Selector GetterSel,
2794                                       Selector SetterSel,
2795                                       const bool isAssign,
2796                                       const bool isReadWrite,
2797                                       const unsigned Attributes,
2798                                       const unsigned AttributesAsWritten,
2799                                       TypeSourceInfo *T,
2800                                       tok::ObjCKeywordKind MethodImplKind,
2801                                       DeclContext *lexicalDC = nullptr);
2802
2803  /// AtomicPropertySetterGetterRules - This routine enforces the rule (via
2804  /// warning) when atomic property has one but not the other user-declared
2805  /// setter or getter.
2806  void AtomicPropertySetterGetterRules(ObjCImplDecl* IMPDecl,
2807                                       ObjCContainerDecl* IDecl);
2808
2809  void DiagnoseOwningPropertyGetterSynthesis(const ObjCImplementationDecl *D);
2810
2811  void DiagnoseMissingDesignatedInitOverrides(
2812                                          const ObjCImplementationDecl *ImplD,
2813                                          const ObjCInterfaceDecl *IFD);
2814
2815  void DiagnoseDuplicateIvars(ObjCInterfaceDecl *ID, ObjCInterfaceDecl *SID);
2816
2817  enum MethodMatchStrategy {
2818    MMS_loose,
2819    MMS_strict
2820  };
2821
2822  /// MatchTwoMethodDeclarations - Checks if two methods' type match and returns
2823  /// true, or false, accordingly.
2824  bool MatchTwoMethodDeclarations(const ObjCMethodDecl *Method,
2825                                  const ObjCMethodDecl *PrevMethod,
2826                                  MethodMatchStrategy strategy = MMS_strict);
2827
2828  /// MatchAllMethodDeclarations - Check methods declaraed in interface or
2829  /// or protocol against those declared in their implementations.
2830  void MatchAllMethodDeclarations(const SelectorSet &InsMap,
2831                                  const SelectorSet &ClsMap,
2832                                  SelectorSet &InsMapSeen,
2833                                  SelectorSet &ClsMapSeen,
2834                                  ObjCImplDecl* IMPDecl,
2835                                  ObjCContainerDecl* IDecl,
2836                                  bool &IncompleteImpl,
2837                                  bool ImmediateClass,
2838                                  bool WarnCategoryMethodImpl=false);
2839
2840  /// CheckCategoryVsClassMethodMatches - Checks that methods implemented in
2841  /// category matches with those implemented in its primary class and
2842  /// warns each time an exact match is found.
2843  void CheckCategoryVsClassMethodMatches(ObjCCategoryImplDecl *CatIMP);
2844
2845  /// \brief Add the given method to the list of globally-known methods.
2846  void addMethodToGlobalList(ObjCMethodList *List, ObjCMethodDecl *Method);
2847
2848private:
2849  /// AddMethodToGlobalPool - Add an instance or factory method to the global
2850  /// pool. See descriptoin of AddInstanceMethodToGlobalPool.
2851  void AddMethodToGlobalPool(ObjCMethodDecl *Method, bool impl, bool instance);
2852
2853  /// LookupMethodInGlobalPool - Returns the instance or factory method and
2854  /// optionally warns if there are multiple signatures.
2855  ObjCMethodDecl *LookupMethodInGlobalPool(Selector Sel, SourceRange R,
2856                                           bool receiverIdOrClass,
2857                                           bool warn, bool instance);
2858
2859  /// \brief Record the typo correction failure and return an empty correction.
2860  TypoCorrection FailedCorrection(IdentifierInfo *Typo, SourceLocation TypoLoc,
2861                                  bool RecordFailure = true,
2862                                  bool IsUnqualifiedLookup = false) {
2863    if (IsUnqualifiedLookup)
2864      (void)UnqualifiedTyposCorrected[Typo];
2865    if (RecordFailure)
2866      TypoCorrectionFailures[Typo].insert(TypoLoc);
2867    return TypoCorrection();
2868  }
2869
2870public:
2871  /// AddInstanceMethodToGlobalPool - All instance methods in a translation
2872  /// unit are added to a global pool. This allows us to efficiently associate
2873  /// a selector with a method declaraation for purposes of typechecking
2874  /// messages sent to "id" (where the class of the object is unknown).
2875  void AddInstanceMethodToGlobalPool(ObjCMethodDecl *Method, bool impl=false) {
2876    AddMethodToGlobalPool(Method, impl, /*instance*/true);
2877  }
2878
2879  /// AddFactoryMethodToGlobalPool - Same as above, but for factory methods.
2880  void AddFactoryMethodToGlobalPool(ObjCMethodDecl *Method, bool impl=false) {
2881    AddMethodToGlobalPool(Method, impl, /*instance*/false);
2882  }
2883
2884  /// AddAnyMethodToGlobalPool - Add any method, instance or factory to global
2885  /// pool.
2886  void AddAnyMethodToGlobalPool(Decl *D);
2887
2888  /// LookupInstanceMethodInGlobalPool - Returns the method and warns if
2889  /// there are multiple signatures.
2890  ObjCMethodDecl *LookupInstanceMethodInGlobalPool(Selector Sel, SourceRange R,
2891                                                   bool receiverIdOrClass=false,
2892                                                   bool warn=true) {
2893    return LookupMethodInGlobalPool(Sel, R, receiverIdOrClass,
2894                                    warn, /*instance*/true);
2895  }
2896
2897  /// LookupFactoryMethodInGlobalPool - Returns the method and warns if
2898  /// there are multiple signatures.
2899  ObjCMethodDecl *LookupFactoryMethodInGlobalPool(Selector Sel, SourceRange R,
2900                                                  bool receiverIdOrClass=false,
2901                                                  bool warn=true) {
2902    return LookupMethodInGlobalPool(Sel, R, receiverIdOrClass,
2903                                    warn, /*instance*/false);
2904  }
2905
2906  const ObjCMethodDecl *SelectorsForTypoCorrection(Selector Sel,
2907                              QualType ObjectType=QualType());
2908  /// LookupImplementedMethodInGlobalPool - Returns the method which has an
2909  /// implementation.
2910  ObjCMethodDecl *LookupImplementedMethodInGlobalPool(Selector Sel);
2911
2912  /// CollectIvarsToConstructOrDestruct - Collect those ivars which require
2913  /// initialization.
2914  void CollectIvarsToConstructOrDestruct(ObjCInterfaceDecl *OI,
2915                                  SmallVectorImpl<ObjCIvarDecl*> &Ivars);
2916
2917  //===--------------------------------------------------------------------===//
2918  // Statement Parsing Callbacks: SemaStmt.cpp.
2919public:
2920  class FullExprArg {
2921  public:
2922    FullExprArg(Sema &actions) : E(nullptr) { }
2923
2924    // FIXME: The const_cast here is ugly. RValue references would make this
2925    // much nicer (or we could duplicate a bunch of the move semantics
2926    // emulation code from Ownership.h).
2927    FullExprArg(const FullExprArg& Other) : E(Other.E) {}
2928
2929    ExprResult release() {
2930      return E;
2931    }
2932
2933    Expr *get() const { return E; }
2934
2935    Expr *operator->() {
2936      return E;
2937    }
2938
2939  private:
2940    // FIXME: No need to make the entire Sema class a friend when it's just
2941    // Sema::MakeFullExpr that needs access to the constructor below.
2942    friend class Sema;
2943
2944    explicit FullExprArg(Expr *expr) : E(expr) {}
2945
2946    Expr *E;
2947  };
2948
2949  FullExprArg MakeFullExpr(Expr *Arg) {
2950    return MakeFullExpr(Arg, Arg ? Arg->getExprLoc() : SourceLocation());
2951  }
2952  FullExprArg MakeFullExpr(Expr *Arg, SourceLocation CC) {
2953    return FullExprArg(ActOnFinishFullExpr(Arg, CC).release());
2954  }
2955  FullExprArg MakeFullDiscardedValueExpr(Expr *Arg) {
2956    ExprResult FE =
2957      ActOnFinishFullExpr(Arg, Arg ? Arg->getExprLoc() : SourceLocation(),
2958                          /*DiscardedValue*/ true);
2959    return FullExprArg(FE.release());
2960  }
2961
2962  StmtResult ActOnExprStmt(ExprResult Arg);
2963  StmtResult ActOnExprStmtError();
2964
2965  StmtResult ActOnNullStmt(SourceLocation SemiLoc,
2966                           bool HasLeadingEmptyMacro = false);
2967
2968  void ActOnStartOfCompoundStmt();
2969  void ActOnFinishOfCompoundStmt();
2970  StmtResult ActOnCompoundStmt(SourceLocation L, SourceLocation R,
2971                               ArrayRef<Stmt *> Elts, bool isStmtExpr);
2972
2973  /// \brief A RAII object to enter scope of a compound statement.
2974  class CompoundScopeRAII {
2975  public:
2976    CompoundScopeRAII(Sema &S): S(S) {
2977      S.ActOnStartOfCompoundStmt();
2978    }
2979
2980    ~CompoundScopeRAII() {
2981      S.ActOnFinishOfCompoundStmt();
2982    }
2983
2984  private:
2985    Sema &S;
2986  };
2987
2988  StmtResult ActOnDeclStmt(DeclGroupPtrTy Decl,
2989                                   SourceLocation StartLoc,
2990                                   SourceLocation EndLoc);
2991  void ActOnForEachDeclStmt(DeclGroupPtrTy Decl);
2992  StmtResult ActOnForEachLValueExpr(Expr *E);
2993  StmtResult ActOnCaseStmt(SourceLocation CaseLoc, Expr *LHSVal,
2994                                   SourceLocation DotDotDotLoc, Expr *RHSVal,
2995                                   SourceLocation ColonLoc);
2996  void ActOnCaseStmtBody(Stmt *CaseStmt, Stmt *SubStmt);
2997
2998  StmtResult ActOnDefaultStmt(SourceLocation DefaultLoc,
2999                                      SourceLocation ColonLoc,
3000                                      Stmt *SubStmt, Scope *CurScope);
3001  StmtResult ActOnLabelStmt(SourceLocation IdentLoc, LabelDecl *TheDecl,
3002                            SourceLocation ColonLoc, Stmt *SubStmt);
3003
3004  StmtResult ActOnAttributedStmt(SourceLocation AttrLoc,
3005                                 ArrayRef<const Attr*> Attrs,
3006                                 Stmt *SubStmt);
3007
3008  StmtResult ActOnIfStmt(SourceLocation IfLoc,
3009                         FullExprArg CondVal, Decl *CondVar,
3010                         Stmt *ThenVal,
3011                         SourceLocation ElseLoc, Stmt *ElseVal);
3012  StmtResult ActOnStartOfSwitchStmt(SourceLocation SwitchLoc,
3013                                            Expr *Cond,
3014                                            Decl *CondVar);
3015  StmtResult ActOnFinishSwitchStmt(SourceLocation SwitchLoc,
3016                                           Stmt *Switch, Stmt *Body);
3017  StmtResult ActOnWhileStmt(SourceLocation WhileLoc,
3018                            FullExprArg Cond,
3019                            Decl *CondVar, Stmt *Body);
3020  StmtResult ActOnDoStmt(SourceLocation DoLoc, Stmt *Body,
3021                                 SourceLocation WhileLoc,
3022                                 SourceLocation CondLParen, Expr *Cond,
3023                                 SourceLocation CondRParen);
3024
3025  StmtResult ActOnForStmt(SourceLocation ForLoc,
3026                          SourceLocation LParenLoc,
3027                          Stmt *First, FullExprArg Second,
3028                          Decl *SecondVar,
3029                          FullExprArg Third,
3030                          SourceLocation RParenLoc,
3031                          Stmt *Body);
3032  ExprResult CheckObjCForCollectionOperand(SourceLocation forLoc,
3033                                           Expr *collection);
3034  StmtResult ActOnObjCForCollectionStmt(SourceLocation ForColLoc,
3035                                        Stmt *First, Expr *collection,
3036                                        SourceLocation RParenLoc);
3037  StmtResult FinishObjCForCollectionStmt(Stmt *ForCollection, Stmt *Body);
3038
3039  enum BuildForRangeKind {
3040    /// Initial building of a for-range statement.
3041    BFRK_Build,
3042    /// Instantiation or recovery rebuild of a for-range statement. Don't
3043    /// attempt any typo-correction.
3044    BFRK_Rebuild,
3045    /// Determining whether a for-range statement could be built. Avoid any
3046    /// unnecessary or irreversible actions.
3047    BFRK_Check
3048  };
3049
3050  StmtResult ActOnCXXForRangeStmt(SourceLocation ForLoc, Stmt *LoopVar,
3051                                  SourceLocation ColonLoc, Expr *Collection,
3052                                  SourceLocation RParenLoc,
3053                                  BuildForRangeKind Kind);
3054  StmtResult BuildCXXForRangeStmt(SourceLocation ForLoc,
3055                                  SourceLocation ColonLoc,
3056                                  Stmt *RangeDecl, Stmt *BeginEndDecl,
3057                                  Expr *Cond, Expr *Inc,
3058                                  Stmt *LoopVarDecl,
3059                                  SourceLocation RParenLoc,
3060                                  BuildForRangeKind Kind);
3061  StmtResult FinishCXXForRangeStmt(Stmt *ForRange, Stmt *Body);
3062
3063  StmtResult ActOnGotoStmt(SourceLocation GotoLoc,
3064                           SourceLocation LabelLoc,
3065                           LabelDecl *TheDecl);
3066  StmtResult ActOnIndirectGotoStmt(SourceLocation GotoLoc,
3067                                   SourceLocation StarLoc,
3068                                   Expr *DestExp);
3069  StmtResult ActOnContinueStmt(SourceLocation ContinueLoc, Scope *CurScope);
3070  StmtResult ActOnBreakStmt(SourceLocation BreakLoc, Scope *CurScope);
3071
3072  void ActOnCapturedRegionStart(SourceLocation Loc, Scope *CurScope,
3073                                CapturedRegionKind Kind, unsigned NumParams);
3074  typedef std::pair<StringRef, QualType> CapturedParamNameType;
3075  void ActOnCapturedRegionStart(SourceLocation Loc, Scope *CurScope,
3076                                CapturedRegionKind Kind,
3077                                ArrayRef<CapturedParamNameType> Params);
3078  StmtResult ActOnCapturedRegionEnd(Stmt *S);
3079  void ActOnCapturedRegionError();
3080  RecordDecl *CreateCapturedStmtRecordDecl(CapturedDecl *&CD,
3081                                           SourceLocation Loc,
3082                                           unsigned NumParams);
3083  VarDecl *getCopyElisionCandidate(QualType ReturnType, Expr *E,
3084                                   bool AllowFunctionParameters);
3085  bool isCopyElisionCandidate(QualType ReturnType, const VarDecl *VD,
3086                              bool AllowFunctionParameters);
3087
3088  StmtResult ActOnReturnStmt(SourceLocation ReturnLoc, Expr *RetValExp,
3089                             Scope *CurScope);
3090  StmtResult BuildReturnStmt(SourceLocation ReturnLoc, Expr *RetValExp);
3091  StmtResult ActOnCapScopeReturnStmt(SourceLocation ReturnLoc, Expr *RetValExp);
3092
3093  StmtResult ActOnGCCAsmStmt(SourceLocation AsmLoc, bool IsSimple,
3094                             bool IsVolatile, unsigned NumOutputs,
3095                             unsigned NumInputs, IdentifierInfo **Names,
3096                             MultiExprArg Constraints, MultiExprArg Exprs,
3097                             Expr *AsmString, MultiExprArg Clobbers,
3098                             SourceLocation RParenLoc);
3099
3100  ExprResult LookupInlineAsmIdentifier(CXXScopeSpec &SS,
3101                                       SourceLocation TemplateKWLoc,
3102                                       UnqualifiedId &Id,
3103                                       InlineAsmIdentifierInfo &Info,
3104                                       bool IsUnevaluatedContext);
3105  bool LookupInlineAsmField(StringRef Base, StringRef Member,
3106                            unsigned &Offset, SourceLocation AsmLoc);
3107  StmtResult ActOnMSAsmStmt(SourceLocation AsmLoc, SourceLocation LBraceLoc,
3108                            ArrayRef<Token> AsmToks,
3109                            StringRef AsmString,
3110                            unsigned NumOutputs, unsigned NumInputs,
3111                            ArrayRef<StringRef> Constraints,
3112                            ArrayRef<StringRef> Clobbers,
3113                            ArrayRef<Expr*> Exprs,
3114                            SourceLocation EndLoc);
3115
3116  VarDecl *BuildObjCExceptionDecl(TypeSourceInfo *TInfo, QualType ExceptionType,
3117                                  SourceLocation StartLoc,
3118                                  SourceLocation IdLoc, IdentifierInfo *Id,
3119                                  bool Invalid = false);
3120
3121  Decl *ActOnObjCExceptionDecl(Scope *S, Declarator &D);
3122
3123  StmtResult ActOnObjCAtCatchStmt(SourceLocation AtLoc, SourceLocation RParen,
3124                                  Decl *Parm, Stmt *Body);
3125
3126  StmtResult ActOnObjCAtFinallyStmt(SourceLocation AtLoc, Stmt *Body);
3127
3128  StmtResult ActOnObjCAtTryStmt(SourceLocation AtLoc, Stmt *Try,
3129                                MultiStmtArg Catch, Stmt *Finally);
3130
3131  StmtResult BuildObjCAtThrowStmt(SourceLocation AtLoc, Expr *Throw);
3132  StmtResult ActOnObjCAtThrowStmt(SourceLocation AtLoc, Expr *Throw,
3133                                  Scope *CurScope);
3134  ExprResult ActOnObjCAtSynchronizedOperand(SourceLocation atLoc,
3135                                            Expr *operand);
3136  StmtResult ActOnObjCAtSynchronizedStmt(SourceLocation AtLoc,
3137                                         Expr *SynchExpr,
3138                                         Stmt *SynchBody);
3139
3140  StmtResult ActOnObjCAutoreleasePoolStmt(SourceLocation AtLoc, Stmt *Body);
3141
3142  VarDecl *BuildExceptionDeclaration(Scope *S, TypeSourceInfo *TInfo,
3143                                     SourceLocation StartLoc,
3144                                     SourceLocation IdLoc,
3145                                     IdentifierInfo *Id);
3146
3147  Decl *ActOnExceptionDeclarator(Scope *S, Declarator &D);
3148
3149  StmtResult ActOnCXXCatchBlock(SourceLocation CatchLoc,
3150                                Decl *ExDecl, Stmt *HandlerBlock);
3151  StmtResult ActOnCXXTryBlock(SourceLocation TryLoc, Stmt *TryBlock,
3152                              ArrayRef<Stmt *> Handlers);
3153
3154  StmtResult ActOnSEHTryBlock(bool IsCXXTry, // try (true) or __try (false) ?
3155                              SourceLocation TryLoc, Stmt *TryBlock,
3156                              Stmt *Handler);
3157
3158  StmtResult ActOnSEHExceptBlock(SourceLocation Loc,
3159                                 Expr *FilterExpr,
3160                                 Stmt *Block);
3161
3162  StmtResult ActOnSEHFinallyBlock(SourceLocation Loc,
3163                                  Stmt *Block);
3164
3165  void DiagnoseReturnInConstructorExceptionHandler(CXXTryStmt *TryBlock);
3166
3167  bool ShouldWarnIfUnusedFileScopedDecl(const DeclaratorDecl *D) const;
3168
3169  /// \brief If it's a file scoped decl that must warn if not used, keep track
3170  /// of it.
3171  void MarkUnusedFileScopedDecl(const DeclaratorDecl *D);
3172
3173  /// DiagnoseUnusedExprResult - If the statement passed in is an expression
3174  /// whose result is unused, warn.
3175  void DiagnoseUnusedExprResult(const Stmt *S);
3176  void DiagnoseUnusedDecl(const NamedDecl *ND);
3177
3178  /// Emit \p DiagID if statement located on \p StmtLoc has a suspicious null
3179  /// statement as a \p Body, and it is located on the same line.
3180  ///
3181  /// This helps prevent bugs due to typos, such as:
3182  ///     if (condition);
3183  ///       do_stuff();
3184  void DiagnoseEmptyStmtBody(SourceLocation StmtLoc,
3185                             const Stmt *Body,
3186                             unsigned DiagID);
3187
3188  /// Warn if a for/while loop statement \p S, which is followed by
3189  /// \p PossibleBody, has a suspicious null statement as a body.
3190  void DiagnoseEmptyLoopBody(const Stmt *S,
3191                             const Stmt *PossibleBody);
3192
3193  ParsingDeclState PushParsingDeclaration(sema::DelayedDiagnosticPool &pool) {
3194    return DelayedDiagnostics.push(pool);
3195  }
3196  void PopParsingDeclaration(ParsingDeclState state, Decl *decl);
3197
3198  typedef ProcessingContextState ParsingClassState;
3199  ParsingClassState PushParsingClass() {
3200    return DelayedDiagnostics.pushUndelayed();
3201  }
3202  void PopParsingClass(ParsingClassState state) {
3203    DelayedDiagnostics.popUndelayed(state);
3204  }
3205
3206  void redelayDiagnostics(sema::DelayedDiagnosticPool &pool);
3207
3208  enum AvailabilityDiagnostic { AD_Deprecation, AD_Unavailable };
3209
3210  void EmitAvailabilityWarning(AvailabilityDiagnostic AD,
3211                               NamedDecl *D, StringRef Message,
3212                               SourceLocation Loc,
3213                               const ObjCInterfaceDecl *UnknownObjCClass,
3214                               const ObjCPropertyDecl  *ObjCProperty);
3215
3216  void HandleDelayedAvailabilityCheck(sema::DelayedDiagnostic &DD, Decl *Ctx);
3217
3218  bool makeUnavailableInSystemHeader(SourceLocation loc,
3219                                     StringRef message);
3220
3221  //===--------------------------------------------------------------------===//
3222  // Expression Parsing Callbacks: SemaExpr.cpp.
3223
3224  bool CanUseDecl(NamedDecl *D);
3225  bool DiagnoseUseOfDecl(NamedDecl *D, SourceLocation Loc,
3226                         const ObjCInterfaceDecl *UnknownObjCClass=nullptr);
3227  void NoteDeletedFunction(FunctionDecl *FD);
3228  std::string getDeletedOrUnavailableSuffix(const FunctionDecl *FD);
3229  bool DiagnosePropertyAccessorMismatch(ObjCPropertyDecl *PD,
3230                                        ObjCMethodDecl *Getter,
3231                                        SourceLocation Loc);
3232  void DiagnoseSentinelCalls(NamedDecl *D, SourceLocation Loc,
3233                             ArrayRef<Expr *> Args);
3234
3235  void PushExpressionEvaluationContext(ExpressionEvaluationContext NewContext,
3236                                       Decl *LambdaContextDecl = nullptr,
3237                                       bool IsDecltype = false);
3238  enum ReuseLambdaContextDecl_t { ReuseLambdaContextDecl };
3239  void PushExpressionEvaluationContext(ExpressionEvaluationContext NewContext,
3240                                       ReuseLambdaContextDecl_t,
3241                                       bool IsDecltype = false);
3242  void PopExpressionEvaluationContext();
3243
3244  void DiscardCleanupsInEvaluationContext();
3245
3246  ExprResult TransformToPotentiallyEvaluated(Expr *E);
3247  ExprResult HandleExprEvaluationContextForTypeof(Expr *E);
3248
3249  ExprResult ActOnConstantExpression(ExprResult Res);
3250
3251  // Functions for marking a declaration referenced.  These functions also
3252  // contain the relevant logic for marking if a reference to a function or
3253  // variable is an odr-use (in the C++11 sense).  There are separate variants
3254  // for expressions referring to a decl; these exist because odr-use marking
3255  // needs to be delayed for some constant variables when we build one of the
3256  // named expressions.
3257  void MarkAnyDeclReferenced(SourceLocation Loc, Decl *D, bool OdrUse);
3258  void MarkFunctionReferenced(SourceLocation Loc, FunctionDecl *Func);
3259  void MarkVariableReferenced(SourceLocation Loc, VarDecl *Var);
3260  void MarkDeclRefReferenced(DeclRefExpr *E);
3261  void MarkMemberReferenced(MemberExpr *E);
3262
3263  void UpdateMarkingForLValueToRValue(Expr *E);
3264  void CleanupVarDeclMarking();
3265
3266  enum TryCaptureKind {
3267    TryCapture_Implicit, TryCapture_ExplicitByVal, TryCapture_ExplicitByRef
3268  };
3269
3270  /// \brief Try to capture the given variable.
3271  ///
3272  /// \param Var The variable to capture.
3273  ///
3274  /// \param Loc The location at which the capture occurs.
3275  ///
3276  /// \param Kind The kind of capture, which may be implicit (for either a
3277  /// block or a lambda), or explicit by-value or by-reference (for a lambda).
3278  ///
3279  /// \param EllipsisLoc The location of the ellipsis, if one is provided in
3280  /// an explicit lambda capture.
3281  ///
3282  /// \param BuildAndDiagnose Whether we are actually supposed to add the
3283  /// captures or diagnose errors. If false, this routine merely check whether
3284  /// the capture can occur without performing the capture itself or complaining
3285  /// if the variable cannot be captured.
3286  ///
3287  /// \param CaptureType Will be set to the type of the field used to capture
3288  /// this variable in the innermost block or lambda. Only valid when the
3289  /// variable can be captured.
3290  ///
3291  /// \param DeclRefType Will be set to the type of a reference to the capture
3292  /// from within the current scope. Only valid when the variable can be
3293  /// captured.
3294  ///
3295  /// \param FunctionScopeIndexToStopAt If non-null, it points to the index
3296  /// of the FunctionScopeInfo stack beyond which we do not attempt to capture.
3297  /// This is useful when enclosing lambdas must speculatively capture
3298  /// variables that may or may not be used in certain specializations of
3299  /// a nested generic lambda.
3300  ///
3301  /// \returns true if an error occurred (i.e., the variable cannot be
3302  /// captured) and false if the capture succeeded.
3303  bool tryCaptureVariable(VarDecl *Var, SourceLocation Loc, TryCaptureKind Kind,
3304                          SourceLocation EllipsisLoc, bool BuildAndDiagnose,
3305                          QualType &CaptureType,
3306                          QualType &DeclRefType,
3307                          const unsigned *const FunctionScopeIndexToStopAt);
3308
3309  /// \brief Try to capture the given variable.
3310  bool tryCaptureVariable(VarDecl *Var, SourceLocation Loc,
3311                          TryCaptureKind Kind = TryCapture_Implicit,
3312                          SourceLocation EllipsisLoc = SourceLocation());
3313
3314  /// \brief Given a variable, determine the type that a reference to that
3315  /// variable will have in the given scope.
3316  QualType getCapturedDeclRefType(VarDecl *Var, SourceLocation Loc);
3317
3318  void MarkDeclarationsReferencedInType(SourceLocation Loc, QualType T);
3319  void MarkDeclarationsReferencedInExpr(Expr *E,
3320                                        bool SkipLocalVariables = false);
3321
3322  /// \brief Try to recover by turning the given expression into a
3323  /// call.  Returns true if recovery was attempted or an error was
3324  /// emitted; this may also leave the ExprResult invalid.
3325  bool tryToRecoverWithCall(ExprResult &E, const PartialDiagnostic &PD,
3326                            bool ForceComplain = false,
3327                            bool (*IsPlausibleResult)(QualType) = nullptr);
3328
3329  /// \brief Figure out if an expression could be turned into a call.
3330  bool tryExprAsCall(Expr &E, QualType &ZeroArgCallReturnTy,
3331                     UnresolvedSetImpl &NonTemplateOverloads);
3332
3333  /// \brief Conditionally issue a diagnostic based on the current
3334  /// evaluation context.
3335  ///
3336  /// \param Statement If Statement is non-null, delay reporting the
3337  /// diagnostic until the function body is parsed, and then do a basic
3338  /// reachability analysis to determine if the statement is reachable.
3339  /// If it is unreachable, the diagnostic will not be emitted.
3340  bool DiagRuntimeBehavior(SourceLocation Loc, const Stmt *Statement,
3341                           const PartialDiagnostic &PD);
3342
3343  // Primary Expressions.
3344  SourceRange getExprRange(Expr *E) const;
3345
3346  ExprResult ActOnIdExpression(Scope *S, CXXScopeSpec &SS,
3347                               SourceLocation TemplateKWLoc,
3348                               UnqualifiedId &Id,
3349                               bool HasTrailingLParen, bool IsAddressOfOperand,
3350                               CorrectionCandidateCallback *CCC = nullptr,
3351                               bool IsInlineAsmIdentifier = false);
3352
3353  void DecomposeUnqualifiedId(const UnqualifiedId &Id,
3354                              TemplateArgumentListInfo &Buffer,
3355                              DeclarationNameInfo &NameInfo,
3356                              const TemplateArgumentListInfo *&TemplateArgs);
3357
3358  bool
3359  DiagnoseEmptyLookup(Scope *S, CXXScopeSpec &SS, LookupResult &R,
3360                      CorrectionCandidateCallback &CCC,
3361                      TemplateArgumentListInfo *ExplicitTemplateArgs = nullptr,
3362                      ArrayRef<Expr *> Args = None);
3363
3364  ExprResult LookupInObjCMethod(LookupResult &LookUp, Scope *S,
3365                                IdentifierInfo *II,
3366                                bool AllowBuiltinCreation=false);
3367
3368  ExprResult ActOnDependentIdExpression(const CXXScopeSpec &SS,
3369                                        SourceLocation TemplateKWLoc,
3370                                        const DeclarationNameInfo &NameInfo,
3371                                        bool isAddressOfOperand,
3372                                const TemplateArgumentListInfo *TemplateArgs);
3373
3374  ExprResult BuildDeclRefExpr(ValueDecl *D, QualType Ty,
3375                              ExprValueKind VK,
3376                              SourceLocation Loc,
3377                              const CXXScopeSpec *SS = nullptr);
3378  ExprResult
3379  BuildDeclRefExpr(ValueDecl *D, QualType Ty, ExprValueKind VK,
3380                   const DeclarationNameInfo &NameInfo,
3381                   const CXXScopeSpec *SS = nullptr,
3382                   NamedDecl *FoundD = nullptr,
3383                   const TemplateArgumentListInfo *TemplateArgs = nullptr);
3384  ExprResult
3385  BuildAnonymousStructUnionMemberReference(
3386      const CXXScopeSpec &SS,
3387      SourceLocation nameLoc,
3388      IndirectFieldDecl *indirectField,
3389      DeclAccessPair FoundDecl = DeclAccessPair::make(nullptr, AS_none),
3390      Expr *baseObjectExpr = nullptr,
3391      SourceLocation opLoc = SourceLocation());
3392
3393  ExprResult BuildPossibleImplicitMemberExpr(const CXXScopeSpec &SS,
3394                                             SourceLocation TemplateKWLoc,
3395                                             LookupResult &R,
3396                                const TemplateArgumentListInfo *TemplateArgs);
3397  ExprResult BuildImplicitMemberExpr(const CXXScopeSpec &SS,
3398                                     SourceLocation TemplateKWLoc,
3399                                     LookupResult &R,
3400                                const TemplateArgumentListInfo *TemplateArgs,
3401                                     bool IsDefiniteInstance);
3402  bool UseArgumentDependentLookup(const CXXScopeSpec &SS,
3403                                  const LookupResult &R,
3404                                  bool HasTrailingLParen);
3405
3406  ExprResult BuildQualifiedDeclarationNameExpr(CXXScopeSpec &SS,
3407                                         const DeclarationNameInfo &NameInfo,
3408                                               bool IsAddressOfOperand);
3409  ExprResult BuildDependentDeclRefExpr(const CXXScopeSpec &SS,
3410                                       SourceLocation TemplateKWLoc,
3411                                const DeclarationNameInfo &NameInfo,
3412                                const TemplateArgumentListInfo *TemplateArgs);
3413
3414  ExprResult BuildDeclarationNameExpr(const CXXScopeSpec &SS,
3415                                      LookupResult &R,
3416                                      bool NeedsADL);
3417  ExprResult BuildDeclarationNameExpr(
3418      const CXXScopeSpec &SS, const DeclarationNameInfo &NameInfo, NamedDecl *D,
3419      NamedDecl *FoundD = nullptr,
3420      const TemplateArgumentListInfo *TemplateArgs = nullptr);
3421
3422  ExprResult BuildLiteralOperatorCall(LookupResult &R,
3423                      DeclarationNameInfo &SuffixInfo,
3424                      ArrayRef<Expr *> Args,
3425                      SourceLocation LitEndLoc,
3426                      TemplateArgumentListInfo *ExplicitTemplateArgs = nullptr);
3427
3428  ExprResult BuildPredefinedExpr(SourceLocation Loc,
3429                                 PredefinedExpr::IdentType IT);
3430  ExprResult ActOnPredefinedExpr(SourceLocation Loc, tok::TokenKind Kind);
3431  ExprResult ActOnIntegerConstant(SourceLocation Loc, uint64_t Val);
3432  ExprResult ActOnNumericConstant(const Token &Tok, Scope *UDLScope = nullptr);
3433  ExprResult ActOnCharacterConstant(const Token &Tok,
3434                                    Scope *UDLScope = nullptr);
3435  ExprResult ActOnParenExpr(SourceLocation L, SourceLocation R, Expr *E);
3436  ExprResult ActOnParenListExpr(SourceLocation L,
3437                                SourceLocation R,
3438                                MultiExprArg Val);
3439
3440  /// ActOnStringLiteral - The specified tokens were lexed as pasted string
3441  /// fragments (e.g. "foo" "bar" L"baz").
3442  ExprResult ActOnStringLiteral(const Token *StringToks, unsigned NumStringToks,
3443                                Scope *UDLScope = nullptr);
3444
3445  ExprResult ActOnGenericSelectionExpr(SourceLocation KeyLoc,
3446                                       SourceLocation DefaultLoc,
3447                                       SourceLocation RParenLoc,
3448                                       Expr *ControllingExpr,
3449                                       ArrayRef<ParsedType> ArgTypes,
3450                                       ArrayRef<Expr *> ArgExprs);
3451  ExprResult CreateGenericSelectionExpr(SourceLocation KeyLoc,
3452                                        SourceLocation DefaultLoc,
3453                                        SourceLocation RParenLoc,
3454                                        Expr *ControllingExpr,
3455                                        ArrayRef<TypeSourceInfo *> Types,
3456                                        ArrayRef<Expr *> Exprs);
3457
3458  // Binary/Unary Operators.  'Tok' is the token for the operator.
3459  ExprResult CreateBuiltinUnaryOp(SourceLocation OpLoc, UnaryOperatorKind Opc,
3460                                  Expr *InputExpr);
3461  ExprResult BuildUnaryOp(Scope *S, SourceLocation OpLoc,
3462                          UnaryOperatorKind Opc, Expr *Input);
3463  ExprResult ActOnUnaryOp(Scope *S, SourceLocation OpLoc,
3464                          tok::TokenKind Op, Expr *Input);
3465
3466  QualType CheckAddressOfOperand(ExprResult &Operand, SourceLocation OpLoc);
3467
3468  ExprResult CreateUnaryExprOrTypeTraitExpr(TypeSourceInfo *TInfo,
3469                                            SourceLocation OpLoc,
3470                                            UnaryExprOrTypeTrait ExprKind,
3471                                            SourceRange R);
3472  ExprResult CreateUnaryExprOrTypeTraitExpr(Expr *E, SourceLocation OpLoc,
3473                                            UnaryExprOrTypeTrait ExprKind);
3474  ExprResult
3475    ActOnUnaryExprOrTypeTraitExpr(SourceLocation OpLoc,
3476                                  UnaryExprOrTypeTrait ExprKind,
3477                                  bool IsType, void *TyOrEx,
3478                                  const SourceRange &ArgRange);
3479
3480  ExprResult CheckPlaceholderExpr(Expr *E);
3481  bool CheckVecStepExpr(Expr *E);
3482
3483  bool CheckUnaryExprOrTypeTraitOperand(Expr *E, UnaryExprOrTypeTrait ExprKind);
3484  bool CheckUnaryExprOrTypeTraitOperand(QualType ExprType, SourceLocation OpLoc,
3485                                        SourceRange ExprRange,
3486                                        UnaryExprOrTypeTrait ExprKind);
3487  ExprResult ActOnSizeofParameterPackExpr(Scope *S,
3488                                          SourceLocation OpLoc,
3489                                          IdentifierInfo &Name,
3490                                          SourceLocation NameLoc,
3491                                          SourceLocation RParenLoc);
3492  ExprResult ActOnPostfixUnaryOp(Scope *S, SourceLocation OpLoc,
3493                                 tok::TokenKind Kind, Expr *Input);
3494
3495  ExprResult ActOnArraySubscriptExpr(Scope *S, Expr *Base, SourceLocation LLoc,
3496                                     Expr *Idx, SourceLocation RLoc);
3497  ExprResult CreateBuiltinArraySubscriptExpr(Expr *Base, SourceLocation LLoc,
3498                                             Expr *Idx, SourceLocation RLoc);
3499
3500  ExprResult BuildMemberReferenceExpr(Expr *Base, QualType BaseType,
3501                                      SourceLocation OpLoc, bool IsArrow,
3502                                      CXXScopeSpec &SS,
3503                                      SourceLocation TemplateKWLoc,
3504                                      NamedDecl *FirstQualifierInScope,
3505                                const DeclarationNameInfo &NameInfo,
3506                                const TemplateArgumentListInfo *TemplateArgs);
3507
3508  // This struct is for use by ActOnMemberAccess to allow
3509  // BuildMemberReferenceExpr to be able to reinvoke ActOnMemberAccess after
3510  // changing the access operator from a '.' to a '->' (to see if that is the
3511  // change needed to fix an error about an unknown member, e.g. when the class
3512  // defines a custom operator->).
3513  struct ActOnMemberAccessExtraArgs {
3514    Scope *S;
3515    UnqualifiedId &Id;
3516    Decl *ObjCImpDecl;
3517    bool HasTrailingLParen;
3518  };
3519
3520  ExprResult
3521  BuildMemberReferenceExpr(Expr *Base, QualType BaseType, SourceLocation OpLoc,
3522                           bool IsArrow, const CXXScopeSpec &SS,
3523                           SourceLocation TemplateKWLoc,
3524                           NamedDecl *FirstQualifierInScope, LookupResult &R,
3525                           const TemplateArgumentListInfo *TemplateArgs,
3526                           bool SuppressQualifierCheck = false,
3527                           ActOnMemberAccessExtraArgs *ExtraArgs = nullptr);
3528
3529  ExprResult PerformMemberExprBaseConversion(Expr *Base, bool IsArrow);
3530  ExprResult LookupMemberExpr(LookupResult &R, ExprResult &Base,
3531                              bool &IsArrow, SourceLocation OpLoc,
3532                              CXXScopeSpec &SS,
3533                              Decl *ObjCImpDecl,
3534                              bool HasTemplateArgs);
3535
3536  bool CheckQualifiedMemberReference(Expr *BaseExpr, QualType BaseType,
3537                                     const CXXScopeSpec &SS,
3538                                     const LookupResult &R);
3539
3540  ExprResult ActOnDependentMemberExpr(Expr *Base, QualType BaseType,
3541                                      bool IsArrow, SourceLocation OpLoc,
3542                                      const CXXScopeSpec &SS,
3543                                      SourceLocation TemplateKWLoc,
3544                                      NamedDecl *FirstQualifierInScope,
3545                               const DeclarationNameInfo &NameInfo,
3546                               const TemplateArgumentListInfo *TemplateArgs);
3547
3548  ExprResult ActOnMemberAccessExpr(Scope *S, Expr *Base,
3549                                   SourceLocation OpLoc,
3550                                   tok::TokenKind OpKind,
3551                                   CXXScopeSpec &SS,
3552                                   SourceLocation TemplateKWLoc,
3553                                   UnqualifiedId &Member,
3554                                   Decl *ObjCImpDecl,
3555                                   bool HasTrailingLParen);
3556
3557  void ActOnDefaultCtorInitializers(Decl *CDtorDecl);
3558  bool ConvertArgumentsForCall(CallExpr *Call, Expr *Fn,
3559                               FunctionDecl *FDecl,
3560                               const FunctionProtoType *Proto,
3561                               ArrayRef<Expr *> Args,
3562                               SourceLocation RParenLoc,
3563                               bool ExecConfig = false);
3564  void CheckStaticArrayArgument(SourceLocation CallLoc,
3565                                ParmVarDecl *Param,
3566                                const Expr *ArgExpr);
3567
3568  /// ActOnCallExpr - Handle a call to Fn with the specified array of arguments.
3569  /// This provides the location of the left/right parens and a list of comma
3570  /// locations.
3571  ExprResult ActOnCallExpr(Scope *S, Expr *Fn, SourceLocation LParenLoc,
3572                           MultiExprArg ArgExprs, SourceLocation RParenLoc,
3573                           Expr *ExecConfig = nullptr,
3574                           bool IsExecConfig = false);
3575  ExprResult BuildResolvedCallExpr(Expr *Fn, NamedDecl *NDecl,
3576                                   SourceLocation LParenLoc,
3577                                   ArrayRef<Expr *> Arg,
3578                                   SourceLocation RParenLoc,
3579                                   Expr *Config = nullptr,
3580                                   bool IsExecConfig = false);
3581
3582  ExprResult ActOnCUDAExecConfigExpr(Scope *S, SourceLocation LLLLoc,
3583                                     MultiExprArg ExecConfig,
3584                                     SourceLocation GGGLoc);
3585
3586  ExprResult ActOnCastExpr(Scope *S, SourceLocation LParenLoc,
3587                           Declarator &D, ParsedType &Ty,
3588                           SourceLocation RParenLoc, Expr *CastExpr);
3589  ExprResult BuildCStyleCastExpr(SourceLocation LParenLoc,
3590                                 TypeSourceInfo *Ty,
3591                                 SourceLocation RParenLoc,
3592                                 Expr *Op);
3593  CastKind PrepareScalarCast(ExprResult &src, QualType destType);
3594
3595  /// \brief Build an altivec or OpenCL literal.
3596  ExprResult BuildVectorLiteral(SourceLocation LParenLoc,
3597                                SourceLocation RParenLoc, Expr *E,
3598                                TypeSourceInfo *TInfo);
3599
3600  ExprResult MaybeConvertParenListExprToParenExpr(Scope *S, Expr *ME);
3601
3602  ExprResult ActOnCompoundLiteral(SourceLocation LParenLoc,
3603                                  ParsedType Ty,
3604                                  SourceLocation RParenLoc,
3605                                  Expr *InitExpr);
3606
3607  ExprResult BuildCompoundLiteralExpr(SourceLocation LParenLoc,
3608                                      TypeSourceInfo *TInfo,
3609                                      SourceLocation RParenLoc,
3610                                      Expr *LiteralExpr);
3611
3612  ExprResult ActOnInitList(SourceLocation LBraceLoc,
3613                           MultiExprArg InitArgList,
3614                           SourceLocation RBraceLoc);
3615
3616  ExprResult ActOnDesignatedInitializer(Designation &Desig,
3617                                        SourceLocation Loc,
3618                                        bool GNUSyntax,
3619                                        ExprResult Init);
3620
3621  ExprResult ActOnBinOp(Scope *S, SourceLocation TokLoc,
3622                        tok::TokenKind Kind, Expr *LHSExpr, Expr *RHSExpr);
3623  ExprResult BuildBinOp(Scope *S, SourceLocation OpLoc,
3624                        BinaryOperatorKind Opc, Expr *LHSExpr, Expr *RHSExpr);
3625  ExprResult CreateBuiltinBinOp(SourceLocation OpLoc, BinaryOperatorKind Opc,
3626                                Expr *LHSExpr, Expr *RHSExpr);
3627
3628  /// ActOnConditionalOp - Parse a ?: operation.  Note that 'LHS' may be null
3629  /// in the case of a the GNU conditional expr extension.
3630  ExprResult ActOnConditionalOp(SourceLocation QuestionLoc,
3631                                SourceLocation ColonLoc,
3632                                Expr *CondExpr, Expr *LHSExpr, Expr *RHSExpr);
3633
3634  /// ActOnAddrLabel - Parse the GNU address of label extension: "&&foo".
3635  ExprResult ActOnAddrLabel(SourceLocation OpLoc, SourceLocation LabLoc,
3636                            LabelDecl *TheDecl);
3637
3638  void ActOnStartStmtExpr();
3639  ExprResult ActOnStmtExpr(SourceLocation LPLoc, Stmt *SubStmt,
3640                           SourceLocation RPLoc); // "({..})"
3641  void ActOnStmtExprError();
3642
3643  // __builtin_offsetof(type, identifier(.identifier|[expr])*)
3644  struct OffsetOfComponent {
3645    SourceLocation LocStart, LocEnd;
3646    bool isBrackets;  // true if [expr], false if .ident
3647    union {
3648      IdentifierInfo *IdentInfo;
3649      Expr *E;
3650    } U;
3651  };
3652
3653  /// __builtin_offsetof(type, a.b[123][456].c)
3654  ExprResult BuildBuiltinOffsetOf(SourceLocation BuiltinLoc,
3655                                  TypeSourceInfo *TInfo,
3656                                  OffsetOfComponent *CompPtr,
3657                                  unsigned NumComponents,
3658                                  SourceLocation RParenLoc);
3659  ExprResult ActOnBuiltinOffsetOf(Scope *S,
3660                                  SourceLocation BuiltinLoc,
3661                                  SourceLocation TypeLoc,
3662                                  ParsedType ParsedArgTy,
3663                                  OffsetOfComponent *CompPtr,
3664                                  unsigned NumComponents,
3665                                  SourceLocation RParenLoc);
3666
3667  // __builtin_choose_expr(constExpr, expr1, expr2)
3668  ExprResult ActOnChooseExpr(SourceLocation BuiltinLoc,
3669                             Expr *CondExpr, Expr *LHSExpr,
3670                             Expr *RHSExpr, SourceLocation RPLoc);
3671
3672  // __builtin_va_arg(expr, type)
3673  ExprResult ActOnVAArg(SourceLocation BuiltinLoc, Expr *E, ParsedType Ty,
3674                        SourceLocation RPLoc);
3675  ExprResult BuildVAArgExpr(SourceLocation BuiltinLoc, Expr *E,
3676                            TypeSourceInfo *TInfo, SourceLocation RPLoc);
3677
3678  // __null
3679  ExprResult ActOnGNUNullExpr(SourceLocation TokenLoc);
3680
3681  bool CheckCaseExpression(Expr *E);
3682
3683  /// \brief Describes the result of an "if-exists" condition check.
3684  enum IfExistsResult {
3685    /// \brief The symbol exists.
3686    IER_Exists,
3687
3688    /// \brief The symbol does not exist.
3689    IER_DoesNotExist,
3690
3691    /// \brief The name is a dependent name, so the results will differ
3692    /// from one instantiation to the next.
3693    IER_Dependent,
3694
3695    /// \brief An error occurred.
3696    IER_Error
3697  };
3698
3699  IfExistsResult
3700  CheckMicrosoftIfExistsSymbol(Scope *S, CXXScopeSpec &SS,
3701                               const DeclarationNameInfo &TargetNameInfo);
3702
3703  IfExistsResult
3704  CheckMicrosoftIfExistsSymbol(Scope *S, SourceLocation KeywordLoc,
3705                               bool IsIfExists, CXXScopeSpec &SS,
3706                               UnqualifiedId &Name);
3707
3708  StmtResult BuildMSDependentExistsStmt(SourceLocation KeywordLoc,
3709                                        bool IsIfExists,
3710                                        NestedNameSpecifierLoc QualifierLoc,
3711                                        DeclarationNameInfo NameInfo,
3712                                        Stmt *Nested);
3713  StmtResult ActOnMSDependentExistsStmt(SourceLocation KeywordLoc,
3714                                        bool IsIfExists,
3715                                        CXXScopeSpec &SS, UnqualifiedId &Name,
3716                                        Stmt *Nested);
3717
3718  //===------------------------- "Block" Extension ------------------------===//
3719
3720  /// ActOnBlockStart - This callback is invoked when a block literal is
3721  /// started.
3722  void ActOnBlockStart(SourceLocation CaretLoc, Scope *CurScope);
3723
3724  /// ActOnBlockArguments - This callback allows processing of block arguments.
3725  /// If there are no arguments, this is still invoked.
3726  void ActOnBlockArguments(SourceLocation CaretLoc, Declarator &ParamInfo,
3727                           Scope *CurScope);
3728
3729  /// ActOnBlockError - If there is an error parsing a block, this callback
3730  /// is invoked to pop the information about the block from the action impl.
3731  void ActOnBlockError(SourceLocation CaretLoc, Scope *CurScope);
3732
3733  /// ActOnBlockStmtExpr - This is called when the body of a block statement
3734  /// literal was successfully completed.  ^(int x){...}
3735  ExprResult ActOnBlockStmtExpr(SourceLocation CaretLoc, Stmt *Body,
3736                                Scope *CurScope);
3737
3738  //===---------------------------- Clang Extensions ----------------------===//
3739
3740  /// __builtin_convertvector(...)
3741  ExprResult ActOnConvertVectorExpr(Expr *E, ParsedType ParsedDestTy,
3742                                    SourceLocation BuiltinLoc,
3743                                    SourceLocation RParenLoc);
3744
3745  //===---------------------------- OpenCL Features -----------------------===//
3746
3747  /// __builtin_astype(...)
3748  ExprResult ActOnAsTypeExpr(Expr *E, ParsedType ParsedDestTy,
3749                             SourceLocation BuiltinLoc,
3750                             SourceLocation RParenLoc);
3751
3752  //===---------------------------- C++ Features --------------------------===//
3753
3754  // Act on C++ namespaces
3755  Decl *ActOnStartNamespaceDef(Scope *S, SourceLocation InlineLoc,
3756                               SourceLocation NamespaceLoc,
3757                               SourceLocation IdentLoc,
3758                               IdentifierInfo *Ident,
3759                               SourceLocation LBrace,
3760                               AttributeList *AttrList);
3761  void ActOnFinishNamespaceDef(Decl *Dcl, SourceLocation RBrace);
3762
3763  NamespaceDecl *getStdNamespace() const;
3764  NamespaceDecl *getOrCreateStdNamespace();
3765
3766  CXXRecordDecl *getStdBadAlloc() const;
3767
3768  /// \brief Tests whether Ty is an instance of std::initializer_list and, if
3769  /// it is and Element is not NULL, assigns the element type to Element.
3770  bool isStdInitializerList(QualType Ty, QualType *Element);
3771
3772  /// \brief Looks for the std::initializer_list template and instantiates it
3773  /// with Element, or emits an error if it's not found.
3774  ///
3775  /// \returns The instantiated template, or null on error.
3776  QualType BuildStdInitializerList(QualType Element, SourceLocation Loc);
3777
3778  /// \brief Determine whether Ctor is an initializer-list constructor, as
3779  /// defined in [dcl.init.list]p2.
3780  bool isInitListConstructor(const CXXConstructorDecl *Ctor);
3781
3782  Decl *ActOnUsingDirective(Scope *CurScope,
3783                            SourceLocation UsingLoc,
3784                            SourceLocation NamespcLoc,
3785                            CXXScopeSpec &SS,
3786                            SourceLocation IdentLoc,
3787                            IdentifierInfo *NamespcName,
3788                            AttributeList *AttrList);
3789
3790  void PushUsingDirective(Scope *S, UsingDirectiveDecl *UDir);
3791
3792  Decl *ActOnNamespaceAliasDef(Scope *CurScope,
3793                               SourceLocation NamespaceLoc,
3794                               SourceLocation AliasLoc,
3795                               IdentifierInfo *Alias,
3796                               CXXScopeSpec &SS,
3797                               SourceLocation IdentLoc,
3798                               IdentifierInfo *Ident);
3799
3800  void HideUsingShadowDecl(Scope *S, UsingShadowDecl *Shadow);
3801  bool CheckUsingShadowDecl(UsingDecl *UD, NamedDecl *Target,
3802                            const LookupResult &PreviousDecls,
3803                            UsingShadowDecl *&PrevShadow);
3804  UsingShadowDecl *BuildUsingShadowDecl(Scope *S, UsingDecl *UD,
3805                                        NamedDecl *Target,
3806                                        UsingShadowDecl *PrevDecl);
3807
3808  bool CheckUsingDeclRedeclaration(SourceLocation UsingLoc,
3809                                   bool HasTypenameKeyword,
3810                                   const CXXScopeSpec &SS,
3811                                   SourceLocation NameLoc,
3812                                   const LookupResult &Previous);
3813  bool CheckUsingDeclQualifier(SourceLocation UsingLoc,
3814                               const CXXScopeSpec &SS,
3815                               const DeclarationNameInfo &NameInfo,
3816                               SourceLocation NameLoc);
3817
3818  NamedDecl *BuildUsingDeclaration(Scope *S, AccessSpecifier AS,
3819                                   SourceLocation UsingLoc,
3820                                   CXXScopeSpec &SS,
3821                                   DeclarationNameInfo NameInfo,
3822                                   AttributeList *AttrList,
3823                                   bool IsInstantiation,
3824                                   bool HasTypenameKeyword,
3825                                   SourceLocation TypenameLoc);
3826
3827  bool CheckInheritingConstructorUsingDecl(UsingDecl *UD);
3828
3829  Decl *ActOnUsingDeclaration(Scope *CurScope,
3830                              AccessSpecifier AS,
3831                              bool HasUsingKeyword,
3832                              SourceLocation UsingLoc,
3833                              CXXScopeSpec &SS,
3834                              UnqualifiedId &Name,
3835                              AttributeList *AttrList,
3836                              bool HasTypenameKeyword,
3837                              SourceLocation TypenameLoc);
3838  Decl *ActOnAliasDeclaration(Scope *CurScope,
3839                              AccessSpecifier AS,
3840                              MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParams,
3841                              SourceLocation UsingLoc,
3842                              UnqualifiedId &Name,
3843                              AttributeList *AttrList,
3844                              TypeResult Type);
3845
3846  /// BuildCXXConstructExpr - Creates a complete call to a constructor,
3847  /// including handling of its default argument expressions.
3848  ///
3849  /// \param ConstructKind - a CXXConstructExpr::ConstructionKind
3850  ExprResult
3851  BuildCXXConstructExpr(SourceLocation ConstructLoc, QualType DeclInitType,
3852                        CXXConstructorDecl *Constructor, MultiExprArg Exprs,
3853                        bool HadMultipleCandidates, bool IsListInitialization,
3854                        bool RequiresZeroInit, unsigned ConstructKind,
3855                        SourceRange ParenRange);
3856
3857  // FIXME: Can re remove this and have the above BuildCXXConstructExpr check if
3858  // the constructor can be elidable?
3859  ExprResult
3860  BuildCXXConstructExpr(SourceLocation ConstructLoc, QualType DeclInitType,
3861                        CXXConstructorDecl *Constructor, bool Elidable,
3862                        MultiExprArg Exprs, bool HadMultipleCandidates,
3863                        bool IsListInitialization, bool RequiresZeroInit,
3864                        unsigned ConstructKind, SourceRange ParenRange);
3865
3866  /// BuildCXXDefaultArgExpr - Creates a CXXDefaultArgExpr, instantiating
3867  /// the default expr if needed.
3868  ExprResult BuildCXXDefaultArgExpr(SourceLocation CallLoc,
3869                                    FunctionDecl *FD,
3870                                    ParmVarDecl *Param);
3871
3872  /// FinalizeVarWithDestructor - Prepare for calling destructor on the
3873  /// constructed variable.
3874  void FinalizeVarWithDestructor(VarDecl *VD, const RecordType *DeclInitType);
3875
3876  /// \brief Helper class that collects exception specifications for
3877  /// implicitly-declared special member functions.
3878  class ImplicitExceptionSpecification {
3879    // Pointer to allow copying
3880    Sema *Self;
3881    // We order exception specifications thus:
3882    // noexcept is the most restrictive, but is only used in C++11.
3883    // throw() comes next.
3884    // Then a throw(collected exceptions)
3885    // Finally no specification, which is expressed as noexcept(false).
3886    // throw(...) is used instead if any called function uses it.
3887    ExceptionSpecificationType ComputedEST;
3888    llvm::SmallPtrSet<CanQualType, 4> ExceptionsSeen;
3889    SmallVector<QualType, 4> Exceptions;
3890
3891    void ClearExceptions() {
3892      ExceptionsSeen.clear();
3893      Exceptions.clear();
3894    }
3895
3896  public:
3897    explicit ImplicitExceptionSpecification(Sema &Self)
3898      : Self(&Self), ComputedEST(EST_BasicNoexcept) {
3899      if (!Self.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11)
3900        ComputedEST = EST_DynamicNone;
3901    }
3902
3903    /// \brief Get the computed exception specification type.
3904    ExceptionSpecificationType getExceptionSpecType() const {
3905      assert(ComputedEST != EST_ComputedNoexcept &&
3906             "noexcept(expr) should not be a possible result");
3907      return ComputedEST;
3908    }
3909
3910    /// \brief The number of exceptions in the exception specification.
3911    unsigned size() const { return Exceptions.size(); }
3912
3913    /// \brief The set of exceptions in the exception specification.
3914    const QualType *data() const { return Exceptions.data(); }
3915
3916    /// \brief Integrate another called method into the collected data.
3917    void CalledDecl(SourceLocation CallLoc, const CXXMethodDecl *Method);
3918
3919    /// \brief Integrate an invoked expression into the collected data.
3920    void CalledExpr(Expr *E);
3921
3922    /// \brief Overwrite an EPI's exception specification with this
3923    /// computed exception specification.
3924    void getEPI(FunctionProtoType::ExtProtoInfo &EPI) const {
3925      EPI.ExceptionSpecType = getExceptionSpecType();
3926      if (EPI.ExceptionSpecType == EST_Dynamic) {
3927        EPI.NumExceptions = size();
3928        EPI.Exceptions = data();
3929      } else if (EPI.ExceptionSpecType == EST_None) {
3930        /// C++11 [except.spec]p14:
3931        ///   The exception-specification is noexcept(false) if the set of
3932        ///   potential exceptions of the special member function contains "any"
3933        EPI.ExceptionSpecType = EST_ComputedNoexcept;
3934        EPI.NoexceptExpr = Self->ActOnCXXBoolLiteral(SourceLocation(),
3935                                                     tok::kw_false).take();
3936      }
3937    }
3938    FunctionProtoType::ExtProtoInfo getEPI() const {
3939      FunctionProtoType::ExtProtoInfo EPI;
3940      getEPI(EPI);
3941      return EPI;
3942    }
3943  };
3944
3945  /// \brief Determine what sort of exception specification a defaulted
3946  /// copy constructor of a class will have.
3947  ImplicitExceptionSpecification
3948  ComputeDefaultedDefaultCtorExceptionSpec(SourceLocation Loc,
3949                                           CXXMethodDecl *MD);
3950
3951  /// \brief Determine what sort of exception specification a defaulted
3952  /// default constructor of a class will have, and whether the parameter
3953  /// will be const.
3954  ImplicitExceptionSpecification
3955  ComputeDefaultedCopyCtorExceptionSpec(CXXMethodDecl *MD);
3956
3957  /// \brief Determine what sort of exception specification a defautled
3958  /// copy assignment operator of a class will have, and whether the
3959  /// parameter will be const.
3960  ImplicitExceptionSpecification
3961  ComputeDefaultedCopyAssignmentExceptionSpec(CXXMethodDecl *MD);
3962
3963  /// \brief Determine what sort of exception specification a defaulted move
3964  /// constructor of a class will have.
3965  ImplicitExceptionSpecification
3966  ComputeDefaultedMoveCtorExceptionSpec(CXXMethodDecl *MD);
3967
3968  /// \brief Determine what sort of exception specification a defaulted move
3969  /// assignment operator of a class will have.
3970  ImplicitExceptionSpecification
3971  ComputeDefaultedMoveAssignmentExceptionSpec(CXXMethodDecl *MD);
3972
3973  /// \brief Determine what sort of exception specification a defaulted
3974  /// destructor of a class will have.
3975  ImplicitExceptionSpecification
3976  ComputeDefaultedDtorExceptionSpec(CXXMethodDecl *MD);
3977
3978  /// \brief Determine what sort of exception specification an inheriting
3979  /// constructor of a class will have.
3980  ImplicitExceptionSpecification
3981  ComputeInheritingCtorExceptionSpec(CXXConstructorDecl *CD);
3982
3983  /// \brief Evaluate the implicit exception specification for a defaulted
3984  /// special member function.
3985  void EvaluateImplicitExceptionSpec(SourceLocation Loc, CXXMethodDecl *MD);
3986
3987  /// \brief Check the given exception-specification and update the
3988  /// extended prototype information with the results.
3989  void checkExceptionSpecification(ExceptionSpecificationType EST,
3990                                   ArrayRef<ParsedType> DynamicExceptions,
3991                                   ArrayRef<SourceRange> DynamicExceptionRanges,
3992                                   Expr *NoexceptExpr,
3993                                   SmallVectorImpl<QualType> &Exceptions,
3994                                   FunctionProtoType::ExtProtoInfo &EPI);
3995
3996  /// \brief Determine if a special member function should have a deleted
3997  /// definition when it is defaulted.
3998  bool ShouldDeleteSpecialMember(CXXMethodDecl *MD, CXXSpecialMember CSM,
3999                                 bool Diagnose = false);
4000
4001  /// \brief Declare the implicit default constructor for the given class.
4002  ///
4003  /// \param ClassDecl The class declaration into which the implicit
4004  /// default constructor will be added.
4005  ///
4006  /// \returns The implicitly-declared default constructor.
4007  CXXConstructorDecl *DeclareImplicitDefaultConstructor(
4008                                                     CXXRecordDecl *ClassDecl);
4009
4010  /// DefineImplicitDefaultConstructor - Checks for feasibility of
4011  /// defining this constructor as the default constructor.
4012  void DefineImplicitDefaultConstructor(SourceLocation CurrentLocation,
4013                                        CXXConstructorDecl *Constructor);
4014
4015  /// \brief Declare the implicit destructor for the given class.
4016  ///
4017  /// \param ClassDecl The class declaration into which the implicit
4018  /// destructor will be added.
4019  ///
4020  /// \returns The implicitly-declared destructor.
4021  CXXDestructorDecl *DeclareImplicitDestructor(CXXRecordDecl *ClassDecl);
4022
4023  /// DefineImplicitDestructor - Checks for feasibility of
4024  /// defining this destructor as the default destructor.
4025  void DefineImplicitDestructor(SourceLocation CurrentLocation,
4026                                CXXDestructorDecl *Destructor);
4027
4028  /// \brief Build an exception spec for destructors that don't have one.
4029  ///
4030  /// C++11 says that user-defined destructors with no exception spec get one
4031  /// that looks as if the destructor was implicitly declared.
4032  void AdjustDestructorExceptionSpec(CXXRecordDecl *ClassDecl,
4033                                     CXXDestructorDecl *Destructor);
4034
4035  /// \brief Declare all inheriting constructors for the given class.
4036  ///
4037  /// \param ClassDecl The class declaration into which the inheriting
4038  /// constructors will be added.
4039  void DeclareInheritingConstructors(CXXRecordDecl *ClassDecl);
4040
4041  /// \brief Define the specified inheriting constructor.
4042  void DefineInheritingConstructor(SourceLocation UseLoc,
4043                                   CXXConstructorDecl *Constructor);
4044
4045  /// \brief Declare the implicit copy constructor for the given class.
4046  ///
4047  /// \param ClassDecl The class declaration into which the implicit
4048  /// copy constructor will be added.
4049  ///
4050  /// \returns The implicitly-declared copy constructor.
4051  CXXConstructorDecl *DeclareImplicitCopyConstructor(CXXRecordDecl *ClassDecl);
4052
4053  /// DefineImplicitCopyConstructor - Checks for feasibility of
4054  /// defining this constructor as the copy constructor.
4055  void DefineImplicitCopyConstructor(SourceLocation CurrentLocation,
4056                                     CXXConstructorDecl *Constructor);
4057
4058  /// \brief Declare the implicit move constructor for the given class.
4059  ///
4060  /// \param ClassDecl The Class declaration into which the implicit
4061  /// move constructor will be added.
4062  ///
4063  /// \returns The implicitly-declared move constructor, or NULL if it wasn't
4064  /// declared.
4065  CXXConstructorDecl *DeclareImplicitMoveConstructor(CXXRecordDecl *ClassDecl);
4066
4067  /// DefineImplicitMoveConstructor - Checks for feasibility of
4068  /// defining this constructor as the move constructor.
4069  void DefineImplicitMoveConstructor(SourceLocation CurrentLocation,
4070                                     CXXConstructorDecl *Constructor);
4071
4072  /// \brief Declare the implicit copy assignment operator for the given class.
4073  ///
4074  /// \param ClassDecl The class declaration into which the implicit
4075  /// copy assignment operator will be added.
4076  ///
4077  /// \returns The implicitly-declared copy assignment operator.
4078  CXXMethodDecl *DeclareImplicitCopyAssignment(CXXRecordDecl *ClassDecl);
4079
4080  /// \brief Defines an implicitly-declared copy assignment operator.
4081  void DefineImplicitCopyAssignment(SourceLocation CurrentLocation,
4082                                    CXXMethodDecl *MethodDecl);
4083
4084  /// \brief Declare the implicit move assignment operator for the given class.
4085  ///
4086  /// \param ClassDecl The Class declaration into which the implicit
4087  /// move assignment operator will be added.
4088  ///
4089  /// \returns The implicitly-declared move assignment operator, or NULL if it
4090  /// wasn't declared.
4091  CXXMethodDecl *DeclareImplicitMoveAssignment(CXXRecordDecl *ClassDecl);
4092
4093  /// \brief Defines an implicitly-declared move assignment operator.
4094  void DefineImplicitMoveAssignment(SourceLocation CurrentLocation,
4095                                    CXXMethodDecl *MethodDecl);
4096
4097  /// \brief Force the declaration of any implicitly-declared members of this
4098  /// class.
4099  void ForceDeclarationOfImplicitMembers(CXXRecordDecl *Class);
4100
4101  /// \brief Determine whether the given function is an implicitly-deleted
4102  /// special member function.
4103  bool isImplicitlyDeleted(FunctionDecl *FD);
4104
4105  /// \brief Check whether 'this' shows up in the type of a static member
4106  /// function after the (naturally empty) cv-qualifier-seq would be.
4107  ///
4108  /// \returns true if an error occurred.
4109  bool checkThisInStaticMemberFunctionType(CXXMethodDecl *Method);
4110
4111  /// \brief Whether this' shows up in the exception specification of a static
4112  /// member function.
4113  bool checkThisInStaticMemberFunctionExceptionSpec(CXXMethodDecl *Method);
4114
4115  /// \brief Check whether 'this' shows up in the attributes of the given
4116  /// static member function.
4117  ///
4118  /// \returns true if an error occurred.
4119  bool checkThisInStaticMemberFunctionAttributes(CXXMethodDecl *Method);
4120
4121  /// MaybeBindToTemporary - If the passed in expression has a record type with
4122  /// a non-trivial destructor, this will return CXXBindTemporaryExpr. Otherwise
4123  /// it simply returns the passed in expression.
4124  ExprResult MaybeBindToTemporary(Expr *E);
4125
4126  bool CompleteConstructorCall(CXXConstructorDecl *Constructor,
4127                               MultiExprArg ArgsPtr,
4128                               SourceLocation Loc,
4129                               SmallVectorImpl<Expr*> &ConvertedArgs,
4130                               bool AllowExplicit = false,
4131                               bool IsListInitialization = false);
4132
4133  ParsedType getInheritingConstructorName(CXXScopeSpec &SS,
4134                                          SourceLocation NameLoc,
4135                                          IdentifierInfo &Name);
4136
4137  ParsedType getDestructorName(SourceLocation TildeLoc,
4138                               IdentifierInfo &II, SourceLocation NameLoc,
4139                               Scope *S, CXXScopeSpec &SS,
4140                               ParsedType ObjectType,
4141                               bool EnteringContext);
4142
4143  ParsedType getDestructorType(const DeclSpec& DS, ParsedType ObjectType);
4144
4145  // Checks that reinterpret casts don't have undefined behavior.
4146  void CheckCompatibleReinterpretCast(QualType SrcType, QualType DestType,
4147                                      bool IsDereference, SourceRange Range);
4148
4149  /// ActOnCXXNamedCast - Parse {dynamic,static,reinterpret,const}_cast's.
4150  ExprResult ActOnCXXNamedCast(SourceLocation OpLoc,
4151                               tok::TokenKind Kind,
4152                               SourceLocation LAngleBracketLoc,
4153                               Declarator &D,
4154                               SourceLocation RAngleBracketLoc,
4155                               SourceLocation LParenLoc,
4156                               Expr *E,
4157                               SourceLocation RParenLoc);
4158
4159  ExprResult BuildCXXNamedCast(SourceLocation OpLoc,
4160                               tok::TokenKind Kind,
4161                               TypeSourceInfo *Ty,
4162                               Expr *E,
4163                               SourceRange AngleBrackets,
4164                               SourceRange Parens);
4165
4166  ExprResult BuildCXXTypeId(QualType TypeInfoType,
4167                            SourceLocation TypeidLoc,
4168                            TypeSourceInfo *Operand,
4169                            SourceLocation RParenLoc);
4170  ExprResult BuildCXXTypeId(QualType TypeInfoType,
4171                            SourceLocation TypeidLoc,
4172                            Expr *Operand,
4173                            SourceLocation RParenLoc);
4174
4175  /// ActOnCXXTypeid - Parse typeid( something ).
4176  ExprResult ActOnCXXTypeid(SourceLocation OpLoc,
4177                            SourceLocation LParenLoc, bool isType,
4178                            void *TyOrExpr,
4179                            SourceLocation RParenLoc);
4180
4181  ExprResult BuildCXXUuidof(QualType TypeInfoType,
4182                            SourceLocation TypeidLoc,
4183                            TypeSourceInfo *Operand,
4184                            SourceLocation RParenLoc);
4185  ExprResult BuildCXXUuidof(QualType TypeInfoType,
4186                            SourceLocation TypeidLoc,
4187                            Expr *Operand,
4188                            SourceLocation RParenLoc);
4189
4190  /// ActOnCXXUuidof - Parse __uuidof( something ).
4191  ExprResult ActOnCXXUuidof(SourceLocation OpLoc,
4192                            SourceLocation LParenLoc, bool isType,
4193                            void *TyOrExpr,
4194                            SourceLocation RParenLoc);
4195
4196
4197  //// ActOnCXXThis -  Parse 'this' pointer.
4198  ExprResult ActOnCXXThis(SourceLocation loc);
4199
4200  /// \brief Try to retrieve the type of the 'this' pointer.
4201  ///
4202  /// \returns The type of 'this', if possible. Otherwise, returns a NULL type.
4203  QualType getCurrentThisType();
4204
4205  /// \brief When non-NULL, the C++ 'this' expression is allowed despite the
4206  /// current context not being a non-static member function. In such cases,
4207  /// this provides the type used for 'this'.
4208  QualType CXXThisTypeOverride;
4209
4210  /// \brief RAII object used to temporarily allow the C++ 'this' expression
4211  /// to be used, with the given qualifiers on the current class type.
4212  class CXXThisScopeRAII {
4213    Sema &S;
4214    QualType OldCXXThisTypeOverride;
4215    bool Enabled;
4216
4217  public:
4218    /// \brief Introduce a new scope where 'this' may be allowed (when enabled),
4219    /// using the given declaration (which is either a class template or a
4220    /// class) along with the given qualifiers.
4221    /// along with the qualifiers placed on '*this'.
4222    CXXThisScopeRAII(Sema &S, Decl *ContextDecl, unsigned CXXThisTypeQuals,
4223                     bool Enabled = true);
4224
4225    ~CXXThisScopeRAII();
4226  };
4227
4228  /// \brief Make sure the value of 'this' is actually available in the current
4229  /// context, if it is a potentially evaluated context.
4230  ///
4231  /// \param Loc The location at which the capture of 'this' occurs.
4232  ///
4233  /// \param Explicit Whether 'this' is explicitly captured in a lambda
4234  /// capture list.
4235  ///
4236  /// \param FunctionScopeIndexToStopAt If non-null, it points to the index
4237  /// of the FunctionScopeInfo stack beyond which we do not attempt to capture.
4238  /// This is useful when enclosing lambdas must speculatively capture
4239  /// 'this' that may or may not be used in certain specializations of
4240  /// a nested generic lambda (depending on whether the name resolves to
4241  /// a non-static member function or a static function).
4242  /// \return returns 'true' if failed, 'false' if success.
4243  bool CheckCXXThisCapture(SourceLocation Loc, bool Explicit = false,
4244      bool BuildAndDiagnose = true,
4245      const unsigned *const FunctionScopeIndexToStopAt = nullptr);
4246
4247  /// \brief Determine whether the given type is the type of *this that is used
4248  /// outside of the body of a member function for a type that is currently
4249  /// being defined.
4250  bool isThisOutsideMemberFunctionBody(QualType BaseType);
4251
4252  /// ActOnCXXBoolLiteral - Parse {true,false} literals.
4253  ExprResult ActOnCXXBoolLiteral(SourceLocation OpLoc, tok::TokenKind Kind);
4254
4255
4256  /// ActOnObjCBoolLiteral - Parse {__objc_yes,__objc_no} literals.
4257  ExprResult ActOnObjCBoolLiteral(SourceLocation OpLoc, tok::TokenKind Kind);
4258
4259  /// ActOnCXXNullPtrLiteral - Parse 'nullptr'.
4260  ExprResult ActOnCXXNullPtrLiteral(SourceLocation Loc);
4261
4262  //// ActOnCXXThrow -  Parse throw expressions.
4263  ExprResult ActOnCXXThrow(Scope *S, SourceLocation OpLoc, Expr *expr);
4264  ExprResult BuildCXXThrow(SourceLocation OpLoc, Expr *Ex,
4265                           bool IsThrownVarInScope);
4266  ExprResult CheckCXXThrowOperand(SourceLocation ThrowLoc, Expr *E,
4267                                  bool IsThrownVarInScope);
4268
4269  /// ActOnCXXTypeConstructExpr - Parse construction of a specified type.
4270  /// Can be interpreted either as function-style casting ("int(x)")
4271  /// or class type construction ("ClassType(x,y,z)")
4272  /// or creation of a value-initialized type ("int()").
4273  ExprResult ActOnCXXTypeConstructExpr(ParsedType TypeRep,
4274                                       SourceLocation LParenLoc,
4275                                       MultiExprArg Exprs,
4276                                       SourceLocation RParenLoc);
4277
4278  ExprResult BuildCXXTypeConstructExpr(TypeSourceInfo *Type,
4279                                       SourceLocation LParenLoc,
4280                                       MultiExprArg Exprs,
4281                                       SourceLocation RParenLoc);
4282
4283  /// ActOnCXXNew - Parsed a C++ 'new' expression.
4284  ExprResult ActOnCXXNew(SourceLocation StartLoc, bool UseGlobal,
4285                         SourceLocation PlacementLParen,
4286                         MultiExprArg PlacementArgs,
4287                         SourceLocation PlacementRParen,
4288                         SourceRange TypeIdParens, Declarator &D,
4289                         Expr *Initializer);
4290  ExprResult BuildCXXNew(SourceRange Range, bool UseGlobal,
4291                         SourceLocation PlacementLParen,
4292                         MultiExprArg PlacementArgs,
4293                         SourceLocation PlacementRParen,
4294                         SourceRange TypeIdParens,
4295                         QualType AllocType,
4296                         TypeSourceInfo *AllocTypeInfo,
4297                         Expr *ArraySize,
4298                         SourceRange DirectInitRange,
4299                         Expr *Initializer,
4300                         bool TypeMayContainAuto = true);
4301
4302  bool CheckAllocatedType(QualType AllocType, SourceLocation Loc,
4303                          SourceRange R);
4304  bool FindAllocationFunctions(SourceLocation StartLoc, SourceRange Range,
4305                               bool UseGlobal, QualType AllocType, bool IsArray,
4306                               MultiExprArg PlaceArgs,
4307                               FunctionDecl *&OperatorNew,
4308                               FunctionDecl *&OperatorDelete);
4309  bool FindAllocationOverload(SourceLocation StartLoc, SourceRange Range,
4310                              DeclarationName Name, MultiExprArg Args,
4311                              DeclContext *Ctx,
4312                              bool AllowMissing, FunctionDecl *&Operator,
4313                              bool Diagnose = true);
4314  void DeclareGlobalNewDelete();
4315  void DeclareGlobalAllocationFunction(DeclarationName Name, QualType Return,
4316                                       QualType Param1,
4317                                       QualType Param2 = QualType(),
4318                                       bool addMallocAttr = false);
4319
4320  bool FindDeallocationFunction(SourceLocation StartLoc, CXXRecordDecl *RD,
4321                                DeclarationName Name, FunctionDecl* &Operator,
4322                                bool Diagnose = true);
4323  FunctionDecl *FindUsualDeallocationFunction(SourceLocation StartLoc,
4324                                              bool CanProvideSize,
4325                                              DeclarationName Name);
4326
4327  /// ActOnCXXDelete - Parsed a C++ 'delete' expression
4328  ExprResult ActOnCXXDelete(SourceLocation StartLoc,
4329                            bool UseGlobal, bool ArrayForm,
4330                            Expr *Operand);
4331
4332  DeclResult ActOnCXXConditionDeclaration(Scope *S, Declarator &D);
4333  ExprResult CheckConditionVariable(VarDecl *ConditionVar,
4334                                    SourceLocation StmtLoc,
4335                                    bool ConvertToBoolean);
4336
4337  ExprResult ActOnNoexceptExpr(SourceLocation KeyLoc, SourceLocation LParen,
4338                               Expr *Operand, SourceLocation RParen);
4339  ExprResult BuildCXXNoexceptExpr(SourceLocation KeyLoc, Expr *Operand,
4340                                  SourceLocation RParen);
4341
4342  /// \brief Parsed one of the type trait support pseudo-functions.
4343  ExprResult ActOnTypeTrait(TypeTrait Kind, SourceLocation KWLoc,
4344                            ArrayRef<ParsedType> Args,
4345                            SourceLocation RParenLoc);
4346  ExprResult BuildTypeTrait(TypeTrait Kind, SourceLocation KWLoc,
4347                            ArrayRef<TypeSourceInfo *> Args,
4348                            SourceLocation RParenLoc);
4349
4350  /// ActOnArrayTypeTrait - Parsed one of the bianry type trait support
4351  /// pseudo-functions.
4352  ExprResult ActOnArrayTypeTrait(ArrayTypeTrait ATT,
4353                                 SourceLocation KWLoc,
4354                                 ParsedType LhsTy,
4355                                 Expr *DimExpr,
4356                                 SourceLocation RParen);
4357
4358  ExprResult BuildArrayTypeTrait(ArrayTypeTrait ATT,
4359                                 SourceLocation KWLoc,
4360                                 TypeSourceInfo *TSInfo,
4361                                 Expr *DimExpr,
4362                                 SourceLocation RParen);
4363
4364  /// ActOnExpressionTrait - Parsed one of the unary type trait support
4365  /// pseudo-functions.
4366  ExprResult ActOnExpressionTrait(ExpressionTrait OET,
4367                                  SourceLocation KWLoc,
4368                                  Expr *Queried,
4369                                  SourceLocation RParen);
4370
4371  ExprResult BuildExpressionTrait(ExpressionTrait OET,
4372                                  SourceLocation KWLoc,
4373                                  Expr *Queried,
4374                                  SourceLocation RParen);
4375
4376  ExprResult ActOnStartCXXMemberReference(Scope *S,
4377                                          Expr *Base,
4378                                          SourceLocation OpLoc,
4379                                          tok::TokenKind OpKind,
4380                                          ParsedType &ObjectType,
4381                                          bool &MayBePseudoDestructor);
4382
4383  ExprResult DiagnoseDtorReference(SourceLocation NameLoc, Expr *MemExpr);
4384
4385  ExprResult BuildPseudoDestructorExpr(Expr *Base,
4386                                       SourceLocation OpLoc,
4387                                       tok::TokenKind OpKind,
4388                                       const CXXScopeSpec &SS,
4389                                       TypeSourceInfo *ScopeType,
4390                                       SourceLocation CCLoc,
4391                                       SourceLocation TildeLoc,
4392                                     PseudoDestructorTypeStorage DestroyedType,
4393                                       bool HasTrailingLParen);
4394
4395  ExprResult ActOnPseudoDestructorExpr(Scope *S, Expr *Base,
4396                                       SourceLocation OpLoc,
4397                                       tok::TokenKind OpKind,
4398                                       CXXScopeSpec &SS,
4399                                       UnqualifiedId &FirstTypeName,
4400                                       SourceLocation CCLoc,
4401                                       SourceLocation TildeLoc,
4402                                       UnqualifiedId &SecondTypeName,
4403                                       bool HasTrailingLParen);
4404
4405  ExprResult ActOnPseudoDestructorExpr(Scope *S, Expr *Base,
4406                                       SourceLocation OpLoc,
4407                                       tok::TokenKind OpKind,
4408                                       SourceLocation TildeLoc,
4409                                       const DeclSpec& DS,
4410                                       bool HasTrailingLParen);
4411
4412  /// MaybeCreateExprWithCleanups - If the current full-expression
4413  /// requires any cleanups, surround it with a ExprWithCleanups node.
4414  /// Otherwise, just returns the passed-in expression.
4415  Expr *MaybeCreateExprWithCleanups(Expr *SubExpr);
4416  Stmt *MaybeCreateStmtWithCleanups(Stmt *SubStmt);
4417  ExprResult MaybeCreateExprWithCleanups(ExprResult SubExpr);
4418
4419  ExprResult ActOnFinishFullExpr(Expr *Expr) {
4420    return ActOnFinishFullExpr(Expr, Expr ? Expr->getExprLoc()
4421                                          : SourceLocation());
4422  }
4423  ExprResult ActOnFinishFullExpr(Expr *Expr, SourceLocation CC,
4424                                 bool DiscardedValue = false,
4425                                 bool IsConstexpr = false,
4426                                 bool IsLambdaInitCaptureInitializer = false);
4427  StmtResult ActOnFinishFullStmt(Stmt *Stmt);
4428
4429  // Marks SS invalid if it represents an incomplete type.
4430  bool RequireCompleteDeclContext(CXXScopeSpec &SS, DeclContext *DC);
4431
4432  DeclContext *computeDeclContext(QualType T);
4433  DeclContext *computeDeclContext(const CXXScopeSpec &SS,
4434                                  bool EnteringContext = false);
4435  bool isDependentScopeSpecifier(const CXXScopeSpec &SS);
4436  CXXRecordDecl *getCurrentInstantiationOf(NestedNameSpecifier *NNS);
4437
4438  /// \brief The parser has parsed a global nested-name-specifier '::'.
4439  ///
4440  /// \param S The scope in which this nested-name-specifier occurs.
4441  ///
4442  /// \param CCLoc The location of the '::'.
4443  ///
4444  /// \param SS The nested-name-specifier, which will be updated in-place
4445  /// to reflect the parsed nested-name-specifier.
4446  ///
4447  /// \returns true if an error occurred, false otherwise.
4448  bool ActOnCXXGlobalScopeSpecifier(Scope *S, SourceLocation CCLoc,
4449                                    CXXScopeSpec &SS);
4450
4451  bool isAcceptableNestedNameSpecifier(const NamedDecl *SD);
4452  NamedDecl *FindFirstQualifierInScope(Scope *S, NestedNameSpecifier *NNS);
4453
4454  bool isNonTypeNestedNameSpecifier(Scope *S, CXXScopeSpec &SS,
4455                                    SourceLocation IdLoc,
4456                                    IdentifierInfo &II,
4457                                    ParsedType ObjectType);
4458
4459  bool BuildCXXNestedNameSpecifier(Scope *S,
4460                                   IdentifierInfo &Identifier,
4461                                   SourceLocation IdentifierLoc,
4462                                   SourceLocation CCLoc,
4463                                   QualType ObjectType,
4464                                   bool EnteringContext,
4465                                   CXXScopeSpec &SS,
4466                                   NamedDecl *ScopeLookupResult,
4467                                   bool ErrorRecoveryLookup,
4468                                   bool *IsCorrectedToColon = nullptr);
4469
4470  /// \brief The parser has parsed a nested-name-specifier 'identifier::'.
4471  ///
4472  /// \param S The scope in which this nested-name-specifier occurs.
4473  ///
4474  /// \param Identifier The identifier preceding the '::'.
4475  ///
4476  /// \param IdentifierLoc The location of the identifier.
4477  ///
4478  /// \param CCLoc The location of the '::'.
4479  ///
4480  /// \param ObjectType The type of the object, if we're parsing
4481  /// nested-name-specifier in a member access expression.
4482  ///
4483  /// \param EnteringContext Whether we're entering the context nominated by
4484  /// this nested-name-specifier.
4485  ///
4486  /// \param SS The nested-name-specifier, which is both an input
4487  /// parameter (the nested-name-specifier before this type) and an
4488  /// output parameter (containing the full nested-name-specifier,
4489  /// including this new type).
4490  ///
4491  /// \param ErrorRecoveryLookup If true, then this method is called to improve
4492  /// error recovery. In this case do not emit error message.
4493  ///
4494  /// \param IsCorrectedToColon If not null, suggestions to replace '::' -> ':'
4495  /// are allowed.  The bool value pointed by this parameter is set to 'true'
4496  /// if the identifier is treated as if it was followed by ':', not '::'.
4497  ///
4498  /// \returns true if an error occurred, false otherwise.
4499  bool ActOnCXXNestedNameSpecifier(Scope *S,
4500                                   IdentifierInfo &Identifier,
4501                                   SourceLocation IdentifierLoc,
4502                                   SourceLocation CCLoc,
4503                                   ParsedType ObjectType,
4504                                   bool EnteringContext,
4505                                   CXXScopeSpec &SS,
4506                                   bool ErrorRecoveryLookup = false,
4507                                   bool *IsCorrectedToColon = nullptr);
4508
4509  ExprResult ActOnDecltypeExpression(Expr *E);
4510
4511  bool ActOnCXXNestedNameSpecifierDecltype(CXXScopeSpec &SS,
4512                                           const DeclSpec &DS,
4513                                           SourceLocation ColonColonLoc);
4514
4515  bool IsInvalidUnlessNestedName(Scope *S, CXXScopeSpec &SS,
4516                                 IdentifierInfo &Identifier,
4517                                 SourceLocation IdentifierLoc,
4518                                 SourceLocation ColonLoc,
4519                                 ParsedType ObjectType,
4520                                 bool EnteringContext);
4521
4522  /// \brief The parser has parsed a nested-name-specifier
4523  /// 'template[opt] template-name < template-args >::'.
4524  ///
4525  /// \param S The scope in which this nested-name-specifier occurs.
4526  ///
4527  /// \param SS The nested-name-specifier, which is both an input
4528  /// parameter (the nested-name-specifier before this type) and an
4529  /// output parameter (containing the full nested-name-specifier,
4530  /// including this new type).
4531  ///
4532  /// \param TemplateKWLoc the location of the 'template' keyword, if any.
4533  /// \param TemplateName the template name.
4534  /// \param TemplateNameLoc The location of the template name.
4535  /// \param LAngleLoc The location of the opening angle bracket  ('<').
4536  /// \param TemplateArgs The template arguments.
4537  /// \param RAngleLoc The location of the closing angle bracket  ('>').
4538  /// \param CCLoc The location of the '::'.
4539  ///
4540  /// \param EnteringContext Whether we're entering the context of the
4541  /// nested-name-specifier.
4542  ///
4543  ///
4544  /// \returns true if an error occurred, false otherwise.
4545  bool ActOnCXXNestedNameSpecifier(Scope *S,
4546                                   CXXScopeSpec &SS,
4547                                   SourceLocation TemplateKWLoc,
4548                                   TemplateTy TemplateName,
4549                                   SourceLocation TemplateNameLoc,
4550                                   SourceLocation LAngleLoc,
4551                                   ASTTemplateArgsPtr TemplateArgs,
4552                                   SourceLocation RAngleLoc,
4553                                   SourceLocation CCLoc,
4554                                   bool EnteringContext);
4555
4556  /// \brief Given a C++ nested-name-specifier, produce an annotation value
4557  /// that the parser can use later to reconstruct the given
4558  /// nested-name-specifier.
4559  ///
4560  /// \param SS A nested-name-specifier.
4561  ///
4562  /// \returns A pointer containing all of the information in the
4563  /// nested-name-specifier \p SS.
4564  void *SaveNestedNameSpecifierAnnotation(CXXScopeSpec &SS);
4565
4566  /// \brief Given an annotation pointer for a nested-name-specifier, restore
4567  /// the nested-name-specifier structure.
4568  ///
4569  /// \param Annotation The annotation pointer, produced by
4570  /// \c SaveNestedNameSpecifierAnnotation().
4571  ///
4572  /// \param AnnotationRange The source range corresponding to the annotation.
4573  ///
4574  /// \param SS The nested-name-specifier that will be updated with the contents
4575  /// of the annotation pointer.
4576  void RestoreNestedNameSpecifierAnnotation(void *Annotation,
4577                                            SourceRange AnnotationRange,
4578                                            CXXScopeSpec &SS);
4579
4580  bool ShouldEnterDeclaratorScope(Scope *S, const CXXScopeSpec &SS);
4581
4582  /// ActOnCXXEnterDeclaratorScope - Called when a C++ scope specifier (global
4583  /// scope or nested-name-specifier) is parsed, part of a declarator-id.
4584  /// After this method is called, according to [C++ 3.4.3p3], names should be
4585  /// looked up in the declarator-id's scope, until the declarator is parsed and
4586  /// ActOnCXXExitDeclaratorScope is called.
4587  /// The 'SS' should be a non-empty valid CXXScopeSpec.
4588  bool ActOnCXXEnterDeclaratorScope(Scope *S, CXXScopeSpec &SS);
4589
4590  /// ActOnCXXExitDeclaratorScope - Called when a declarator that previously
4591  /// invoked ActOnCXXEnterDeclaratorScope(), is finished. 'SS' is the same
4592  /// CXXScopeSpec that was passed to ActOnCXXEnterDeclaratorScope as well.
4593  /// Used to indicate that names should revert to being looked up in the
4594  /// defining scope.
4595  void ActOnCXXExitDeclaratorScope(Scope *S, const CXXScopeSpec &SS);
4596
4597  /// ActOnCXXEnterDeclInitializer - Invoked when we are about to parse an
4598  /// initializer for the declaration 'Dcl'.
4599  /// After this method is called, according to [C++ 3.4.1p13], if 'Dcl' is a
4600  /// static data member of class X, names should be looked up in the scope of
4601  /// class X.
4602  void ActOnCXXEnterDeclInitializer(Scope *S, Decl *Dcl);
4603
4604  /// ActOnCXXExitDeclInitializer - Invoked after we are finished parsing an
4605  /// initializer for the declaration 'Dcl'.
4606  void ActOnCXXExitDeclInitializer(Scope *S, Decl *Dcl);
4607
4608  /// \brief Create a new lambda closure type.
4609  CXXRecordDecl *createLambdaClosureType(SourceRange IntroducerRange,
4610                                         TypeSourceInfo *Info,
4611                                         bool KnownDependent,
4612                                         LambdaCaptureDefault CaptureDefault);
4613
4614  /// \brief Start the definition of a lambda expression.
4615  CXXMethodDecl *startLambdaDefinition(CXXRecordDecl *Class,
4616                                       SourceRange IntroducerRange,
4617                                       TypeSourceInfo *MethodType,
4618                                       SourceLocation EndLoc,
4619                                       ArrayRef<ParmVarDecl *> Params);
4620
4621  /// \brief Endow the lambda scope info with the relevant properties.
4622  void buildLambdaScope(sema::LambdaScopeInfo *LSI,
4623                        CXXMethodDecl *CallOperator,
4624                        SourceRange IntroducerRange,
4625                        LambdaCaptureDefault CaptureDefault,
4626                        SourceLocation CaptureDefaultLoc,
4627                        bool ExplicitParams,
4628                        bool ExplicitResultType,
4629                        bool Mutable);
4630
4631  /// \brief Perform initialization analysis of the init-capture and perform
4632  /// any implicit conversions such as an lvalue-to-rvalue conversion if
4633  /// not being used to initialize a reference.
4634  QualType performLambdaInitCaptureInitialization(SourceLocation Loc,
4635      bool ByRef, IdentifierInfo *Id, Expr *&Init);
4636  /// \brief Create a dummy variable within the declcontext of the lambda's
4637  ///  call operator, for name lookup purposes for a lambda init capture.
4638  ///
4639  ///  CodeGen handles emission of lambda captures, ignoring these dummy
4640  ///  variables appropriately.
4641  VarDecl *createLambdaInitCaptureVarDecl(SourceLocation Loc,
4642    QualType InitCaptureType, IdentifierInfo *Id, Expr *Init);
4643
4644  /// \brief Build the implicit field for an init-capture.
4645  FieldDecl *buildInitCaptureField(sema::LambdaScopeInfo *LSI, VarDecl *Var);
4646
4647  /// \brief Note that we have finished the explicit captures for the
4648  /// given lambda.
4649  void finishLambdaExplicitCaptures(sema::LambdaScopeInfo *LSI);
4650
4651  /// \brief Introduce the lambda parameters into scope.
4652  void addLambdaParameters(CXXMethodDecl *CallOperator, Scope *CurScope);
4653
4654  /// \brief Deduce a block or lambda's return type based on the return
4655  /// statements present in the body.
4656  void deduceClosureReturnType(sema::CapturingScopeInfo &CSI);
4657
4658  /// ActOnStartOfLambdaDefinition - This is called just before we start
4659  /// parsing the body of a lambda; it analyzes the explicit captures and
4660  /// arguments, and sets up various data-structures for the body of the
4661  /// lambda.
4662  void ActOnStartOfLambdaDefinition(LambdaIntroducer &Intro,
4663                                    Declarator &ParamInfo, Scope *CurScope);
4664
4665  /// ActOnLambdaError - If there is an error parsing a lambda, this callback
4666  /// is invoked to pop the information about the lambda.
4667  void ActOnLambdaError(SourceLocation StartLoc, Scope *CurScope,
4668                        bool IsInstantiation = false);
4669
4670  /// ActOnLambdaExpr - This is called when the body of a lambda expression
4671  /// was successfully completed.
4672  ExprResult ActOnLambdaExpr(SourceLocation StartLoc, Stmt *Body,
4673                             Scope *CurScope,
4674                             bool IsInstantiation = false);
4675
4676  /// \brief Define the "body" of the conversion from a lambda object to a
4677  /// function pointer.
4678  ///
4679  /// This routine doesn't actually define a sensible body; rather, it fills
4680  /// in the initialization expression needed to copy the lambda object into
4681  /// the block, and IR generation actually generates the real body of the
4682  /// block pointer conversion.
4683  void DefineImplicitLambdaToFunctionPointerConversion(
4684         SourceLocation CurrentLoc, CXXConversionDecl *Conv);
4685
4686  /// \brief Define the "body" of the conversion from a lambda object to a
4687  /// block pointer.
4688  ///
4689  /// This routine doesn't actually define a sensible body; rather, it fills
4690  /// in the initialization expression needed to copy the lambda object into
4691  /// the block, and IR generation actually generates the real body of the
4692  /// block pointer conversion.
4693  void DefineImplicitLambdaToBlockPointerConversion(SourceLocation CurrentLoc,
4694                                                    CXXConversionDecl *Conv);
4695
4696  ExprResult BuildBlockForLambdaConversion(SourceLocation CurrentLocation,
4697                                           SourceLocation ConvLocation,
4698                                           CXXConversionDecl *Conv,
4699                                           Expr *Src);
4700
4701  // ParseObjCStringLiteral - Parse Objective-C string literals.
4702  ExprResult ParseObjCStringLiteral(SourceLocation *AtLocs,
4703                                    Expr **Strings,
4704                                    unsigned NumStrings);
4705
4706  ExprResult BuildObjCStringLiteral(SourceLocation AtLoc, StringLiteral *S);
4707
4708  /// BuildObjCNumericLiteral - builds an ObjCBoxedExpr AST node for the
4709  /// numeric literal expression. Type of the expression will be "NSNumber *"
4710  /// or "id" if NSNumber is unavailable.
4711  ExprResult BuildObjCNumericLiteral(SourceLocation AtLoc, Expr *Number);
4712  ExprResult ActOnObjCBoolLiteral(SourceLocation AtLoc, SourceLocation ValueLoc,
4713                                  bool Value);
4714  ExprResult BuildObjCArrayLiteral(SourceRange SR, MultiExprArg Elements);
4715
4716  /// BuildObjCBoxedExpr - builds an ObjCBoxedExpr AST node for the
4717  /// '@' prefixed parenthesized expression. The type of the expression will
4718  /// either be "NSNumber *" or "NSString *" depending on the type of
4719  /// ValueType, which is allowed to be a built-in numeric type or
4720  /// "char *" or "const char *".
4721  ExprResult BuildObjCBoxedExpr(SourceRange SR, Expr *ValueExpr);
4722
4723  ExprResult BuildObjCSubscriptExpression(SourceLocation RB, Expr *BaseExpr,
4724                                          Expr *IndexExpr,
4725                                          ObjCMethodDecl *getterMethod,
4726                                          ObjCMethodDecl *setterMethod);
4727
4728  ExprResult BuildObjCDictionaryLiteral(SourceRange SR,
4729                                        ObjCDictionaryElement *Elements,
4730                                        unsigned NumElements);
4731
4732  ExprResult BuildObjCEncodeExpression(SourceLocation AtLoc,
4733                                  TypeSourceInfo *EncodedTypeInfo,
4734                                  SourceLocation RParenLoc);
4735  ExprResult BuildCXXMemberCallExpr(Expr *Exp, NamedDecl *FoundDecl,
4736                                    CXXConversionDecl *Method,
4737                                    bool HadMultipleCandidates);
4738
4739  ExprResult ParseObjCEncodeExpression(SourceLocation AtLoc,
4740                                       SourceLocation EncodeLoc,
4741                                       SourceLocation LParenLoc,
4742                                       ParsedType Ty,
4743                                       SourceLocation RParenLoc);
4744
4745  /// ParseObjCSelectorExpression - Build selector expression for \@selector
4746  ExprResult ParseObjCSelectorExpression(Selector Sel,
4747                                         SourceLocation AtLoc,
4748                                         SourceLocation SelLoc,
4749                                         SourceLocation LParenLoc,
4750                                         SourceLocation RParenLoc);
4751
4752  /// ParseObjCProtocolExpression - Build protocol expression for \@protocol
4753  ExprResult ParseObjCProtocolExpression(IdentifierInfo * ProtocolName,
4754                                         SourceLocation AtLoc,
4755                                         SourceLocation ProtoLoc,
4756                                         SourceLocation LParenLoc,
4757                                         SourceLocation ProtoIdLoc,
4758                                         SourceLocation RParenLoc);
4759
4760  //===--------------------------------------------------------------------===//
4761  // C++ Declarations
4762  //
4763  Decl *ActOnStartLinkageSpecification(Scope *S,
4764                                       SourceLocation ExternLoc,
4765                                       Expr *LangStr,
4766                                       SourceLocation LBraceLoc);
4767  Decl *ActOnFinishLinkageSpecification(Scope *S,
4768                                        Decl *LinkageSpec,
4769                                        SourceLocation RBraceLoc);
4770
4771
4772  //===--------------------------------------------------------------------===//
4773  // C++ Classes
4774  //
4775  bool isCurrentClassName(const IdentifierInfo &II, Scope *S,
4776                          const CXXScopeSpec *SS = nullptr);
4777  bool isCurrentClassNameTypo(IdentifierInfo *&II, const CXXScopeSpec *SS);
4778
4779  bool ActOnAccessSpecifier(AccessSpecifier Access,
4780                            SourceLocation ASLoc,
4781                            SourceLocation ColonLoc,
4782                            AttributeList *Attrs = nullptr);
4783
4784  NamedDecl *ActOnCXXMemberDeclarator(Scope *S, AccessSpecifier AS,
4785                                 Declarator &D,
4786                                 MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParameterLists,
4787                                 Expr *BitfieldWidth, const VirtSpecifiers &VS,
4788                                 InClassInitStyle InitStyle);
4789
4790  void ActOnStartCXXInClassMemberInitializer();
4791  void ActOnFinishCXXInClassMemberInitializer(Decl *VarDecl,
4792                                              SourceLocation EqualLoc,
4793                                              Expr *Init);
4794
4795  MemInitResult ActOnMemInitializer(Decl *ConstructorD,
4796                                    Scope *S,
4797                                    CXXScopeSpec &SS,
4798                                    IdentifierInfo *MemberOrBase,
4799                                    ParsedType TemplateTypeTy,
4800                                    const DeclSpec &DS,
4801                                    SourceLocation IdLoc,
4802                                    SourceLocation LParenLoc,
4803                                    ArrayRef<Expr *> Args,
4804                                    SourceLocation RParenLoc,
4805                                    SourceLocation EllipsisLoc);
4806
4807  MemInitResult ActOnMemInitializer(Decl *ConstructorD,
4808                                    Scope *S,
4809                                    CXXScopeSpec &SS,
4810                                    IdentifierInfo *MemberOrBase,
4811                                    ParsedType TemplateTypeTy,
4812                                    const DeclSpec &DS,
4813                                    SourceLocation IdLoc,
4814                                    Expr *InitList,
4815                                    SourceLocation EllipsisLoc);
4816
4817  MemInitResult BuildMemInitializer(Decl *ConstructorD,
4818                                    Scope *S,
4819                                    CXXScopeSpec &SS,
4820                                    IdentifierInfo *MemberOrBase,
4821                                    ParsedType TemplateTypeTy,
4822                                    const DeclSpec &DS,
4823                                    SourceLocation IdLoc,
4824                                    Expr *Init,
4825                                    SourceLocation EllipsisLoc);
4826
4827  MemInitResult BuildMemberInitializer(ValueDecl *Member,
4828                                       Expr *Init,
4829                                       SourceLocation IdLoc);
4830
4831  MemInitResult BuildBaseInitializer(QualType BaseType,
4832                                     TypeSourceInfo *BaseTInfo,
4833                                     Expr *Init,
4834                                     CXXRecordDecl *ClassDecl,
4835                                     SourceLocation EllipsisLoc);
4836
4837  MemInitResult BuildDelegatingInitializer(TypeSourceInfo *TInfo,
4838                                           Expr *Init,
4839                                           CXXRecordDecl *ClassDecl);
4840
4841  bool SetDelegatingInitializer(CXXConstructorDecl *Constructor,
4842                                CXXCtorInitializer *Initializer);
4843
4844  bool SetCtorInitializers(CXXConstructorDecl *Constructor, bool AnyErrors,
4845                           ArrayRef<CXXCtorInitializer *> Initializers = None);
4846
4847  void SetIvarInitializers(ObjCImplementationDecl *ObjCImplementation);
4848
4849
4850  /// MarkBaseAndMemberDestructorsReferenced - Given a record decl,
4851  /// mark all the non-trivial destructors of its members and bases as
4852  /// referenced.
4853  void MarkBaseAndMemberDestructorsReferenced(SourceLocation Loc,
4854                                              CXXRecordDecl *Record);
4855
4856  /// \brief The list of classes whose vtables have been used within
4857  /// this translation unit, and the source locations at which the
4858  /// first use occurred.
4859  typedef std::pair<CXXRecordDecl*, SourceLocation> VTableUse;
4860
4861  /// \brief The list of vtables that are required but have not yet been
4862  /// materialized.
4863  SmallVector<VTableUse, 16> VTableUses;
4864
4865  /// \brief The set of classes whose vtables have been used within
4866  /// this translation unit, and a bit that will be true if the vtable is
4867  /// required to be emitted (otherwise, it should be emitted only if needed
4868  /// by code generation).
4869  llvm::DenseMap<CXXRecordDecl *, bool> VTablesUsed;
4870
4871  /// \brief Load any externally-stored vtable uses.
4872  void LoadExternalVTableUses();
4873
4874  typedef LazyVector<CXXRecordDecl *, ExternalSemaSource,
4875                     &ExternalSemaSource::ReadDynamicClasses, 2, 2>
4876    DynamicClassesType;
4877
4878  /// \brief A list of all of the dynamic classes in this translation
4879  /// unit.
4880  DynamicClassesType DynamicClasses;
4881
4882  /// \brief Note that the vtable for the given class was used at the
4883  /// given location.
4884  void MarkVTableUsed(SourceLocation Loc, CXXRecordDecl *Class,
4885                      bool DefinitionRequired = false);
4886
4887  /// \brief Mark the exception specifications of all virtual member functions
4888  /// in the given class as needed.
4889  void MarkVirtualMemberExceptionSpecsNeeded(SourceLocation Loc,
4890                                             const CXXRecordDecl *RD);
4891
4892  /// MarkVirtualMembersReferenced - Will mark all members of the given
4893  /// CXXRecordDecl referenced.
4894  void MarkVirtualMembersReferenced(SourceLocation Loc,
4895                                    const CXXRecordDecl *RD);
4896
4897  /// \brief Define all of the vtables that have been used in this
4898  /// translation unit and reference any virtual members used by those
4899  /// vtables.
4900  ///
4901  /// \returns true if any work was done, false otherwise.
4902  bool DefineUsedVTables();
4903
4904  void AddImplicitlyDeclaredMembersToClass(CXXRecordDecl *ClassDecl);
4905
4906  void ActOnMemInitializers(Decl *ConstructorDecl,
4907                            SourceLocation ColonLoc,
4908                            ArrayRef<CXXCtorInitializer*> MemInits,
4909                            bool AnyErrors);
4910
4911  void CheckCompletedCXXClass(CXXRecordDecl *Record);
4912  void ActOnFinishCXXMemberSpecification(Scope* S, SourceLocation RLoc,
4913                                         Decl *TagDecl,
4914                                         SourceLocation LBrac,
4915                                         SourceLocation RBrac,
4916                                         AttributeList *AttrList);
4917  void ActOnFinishCXXMemberDecls();
4918
4919  void ActOnReenterCXXMethodParameter(Scope *S, ParmVarDecl *Param);
4920  unsigned ActOnReenterTemplateScope(Scope *S, Decl *Template);
4921  void ActOnStartDelayedMemberDeclarations(Scope *S, Decl *Record);
4922  void ActOnStartDelayedCXXMethodDeclaration(Scope *S, Decl *Method);
4923  void ActOnDelayedCXXMethodParameter(Scope *S, Decl *Param);
4924  void ActOnFinishDelayedMemberDeclarations(Scope *S, Decl *Record);
4925  void ActOnFinishDelayedCXXMethodDeclaration(Scope *S, Decl *Method);
4926  void ActOnFinishDelayedMemberInitializers(Decl *Record);
4927  void MarkAsLateParsedTemplate(FunctionDecl *FD, Decl *FnD,
4928                                CachedTokens &Toks);
4929  void UnmarkAsLateParsedTemplate(FunctionDecl *FD);
4930  bool IsInsideALocalClassWithinATemplateFunction();
4931
4932  Decl *ActOnStaticAssertDeclaration(SourceLocation StaticAssertLoc,
4933                                     Expr *AssertExpr,
4934                                     Expr *AssertMessageExpr,
4935                                     SourceLocation RParenLoc);
4936  Decl *BuildStaticAssertDeclaration(SourceLocation StaticAssertLoc,
4937                                     Expr *AssertExpr,
4938                                     StringLiteral *AssertMessageExpr,
4939                                     SourceLocation RParenLoc,
4940                                     bool Failed);
4941
4942  FriendDecl *CheckFriendTypeDecl(SourceLocation LocStart,
4943                                  SourceLocation FriendLoc,
4944                                  TypeSourceInfo *TSInfo);
4945  Decl *ActOnFriendTypeDecl(Scope *S, const DeclSpec &DS,
4946                            MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParams);
4947  NamedDecl *ActOnFriendFunctionDecl(Scope *S, Declarator &D,
4948                                     MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParams);
4949
4950  QualType CheckConstructorDeclarator(Declarator &D, QualType R,
4951                                      StorageClass& SC);
4952  void CheckConstructor(CXXConstructorDecl *Constructor);
4953  QualType CheckDestructorDeclarator(Declarator &D, QualType R,
4954                                     StorageClass& SC);
4955  bool CheckDestructor(CXXDestructorDecl *Destructor);
4956  void CheckConversionDeclarator(Declarator &D, QualType &R,
4957                                 StorageClass& SC);
4958  Decl *ActOnConversionDeclarator(CXXConversionDecl *Conversion);
4959
4960  void CheckExplicitlyDefaultedSpecialMember(CXXMethodDecl *MD);
4961  void CheckExplicitlyDefaultedMemberExceptionSpec(CXXMethodDecl *MD,
4962                                                   const FunctionProtoType *T);
4963  void CheckDelayedMemberExceptionSpecs();
4964
4965  //===--------------------------------------------------------------------===//
4966  // C++ Derived Classes
4967  //
4968
4969  /// ActOnBaseSpecifier - Parsed a base specifier
4970  CXXBaseSpecifier *CheckBaseSpecifier(CXXRecordDecl *Class,
4971                                       SourceRange SpecifierRange,
4972                                       bool Virtual, AccessSpecifier Access,
4973                                       TypeSourceInfo *TInfo,
4974                                       SourceLocation EllipsisLoc);
4975
4976  BaseResult ActOnBaseSpecifier(Decl *classdecl,
4977                                SourceRange SpecifierRange,
4978                                ParsedAttributes &Attrs,
4979                                bool Virtual, AccessSpecifier Access,
4980                                ParsedType basetype,
4981                                SourceLocation BaseLoc,
4982                                SourceLocation EllipsisLoc);
4983
4984  bool AttachBaseSpecifiers(CXXRecordDecl *Class, CXXBaseSpecifier **Bases,
4985                            unsigned NumBases);
4986  void ActOnBaseSpecifiers(Decl *ClassDecl, CXXBaseSpecifier **Bases,
4987                           unsigned NumBases);
4988
4989  bool IsDerivedFrom(QualType Derived, QualType Base);
4990  bool IsDerivedFrom(QualType Derived, QualType Base, CXXBasePaths &Paths);
4991
4992  // FIXME: I don't like this name.
4993  void BuildBasePathArray(const CXXBasePaths &Paths, CXXCastPath &BasePath);
4994
4995  bool BasePathInvolvesVirtualBase(const CXXCastPath &BasePath);
4996
4997  bool CheckDerivedToBaseConversion(QualType Derived, QualType Base,
4998                                    SourceLocation Loc, SourceRange Range,
4999                                    CXXCastPath *BasePath = nullptr,
5000                                    bool IgnoreAccess = false);
5001  bool CheckDerivedToBaseConversion(QualType Derived, QualType Base,
5002                                    unsigned InaccessibleBaseID,
5003                                    unsigned AmbigiousBaseConvID,
5004                                    SourceLocation Loc, SourceRange Range,
5005                                    DeclarationName Name,
5006                                    CXXCastPath *BasePath);
5007
5008  std::string getAmbiguousPathsDisplayString(CXXBasePaths &Paths);
5009
5010  bool CheckOverridingFunctionAttributes(const CXXMethodDecl *New,
5011                                         const CXXMethodDecl *Old);
5012
5013  /// CheckOverridingFunctionReturnType - Checks whether the return types are
5014  /// covariant, according to C++ [class.virtual]p5.
5015  bool CheckOverridingFunctionReturnType(const CXXMethodDecl *New,
5016                                         const CXXMethodDecl *Old);
5017
5018  /// CheckOverridingFunctionExceptionSpec - Checks whether the exception
5019  /// spec is a subset of base spec.
5020  bool CheckOverridingFunctionExceptionSpec(const CXXMethodDecl *New,
5021                                            const CXXMethodDecl *Old);
5022
5023  bool CheckPureMethod(CXXMethodDecl *Method, SourceRange InitRange);
5024
5025  /// CheckOverrideControl - Check C++11 override control semantics.
5026  void CheckOverrideControl(NamedDecl *D);
5027
5028  /// CheckForFunctionMarkedFinal - Checks whether a virtual member function
5029  /// overrides a virtual member function marked 'final', according to
5030  /// C++11 [class.virtual]p4.
5031  bool CheckIfOverriddenFunctionIsMarkedFinal(const CXXMethodDecl *New,
5032                                              const CXXMethodDecl *Old);
5033
5034
5035  //===--------------------------------------------------------------------===//
5036  // C++ Access Control
5037  //
5038
5039  enum AccessResult {
5040    AR_accessible,
5041    AR_inaccessible,
5042    AR_dependent,
5043    AR_delayed
5044  };
5045
5046  bool SetMemberAccessSpecifier(NamedDecl *MemberDecl,
5047                                NamedDecl *PrevMemberDecl,
5048                                AccessSpecifier LexicalAS);
5049
5050  AccessResult CheckUnresolvedMemberAccess(UnresolvedMemberExpr *E,
5051                                           DeclAccessPair FoundDecl);
5052  AccessResult CheckUnresolvedLookupAccess(UnresolvedLookupExpr *E,
5053                                           DeclAccessPair FoundDecl);
5054  AccessResult CheckAllocationAccess(SourceLocation OperatorLoc,
5055                                     SourceRange PlacementRange,
5056                                     CXXRecordDecl *NamingClass,
5057                                     DeclAccessPair FoundDecl,
5058                                     bool Diagnose = true);
5059  AccessResult CheckConstructorAccess(SourceLocation Loc,
5060                                      CXXConstructorDecl *D,
5061                                      const InitializedEntity &Entity,
5062                                      AccessSpecifier Access,
5063                                      bool IsCopyBindingRefToTemp = false);
5064  AccessResult CheckConstructorAccess(SourceLocation Loc,
5065                                      CXXConstructorDecl *D,
5066                                      const InitializedEntity &Entity,
5067                                      AccessSpecifier Access,
5068                                      const PartialDiagnostic &PDiag);
5069  AccessResult CheckDestructorAccess(SourceLocation Loc,
5070                                     CXXDestructorDecl *Dtor,
5071                                     const PartialDiagnostic &PDiag,
5072                                     QualType objectType = QualType());
5073  AccessResult CheckFriendAccess(NamedDecl *D);
5074  AccessResult CheckMemberAccess(SourceLocation UseLoc,
5075                                 CXXRecordDecl *NamingClass,
5076                                 DeclAccessPair Found);
5077  AccessResult CheckMemberOperatorAccess(SourceLocation Loc,
5078                                         Expr *ObjectExpr,
5079                                         Expr *ArgExpr,
5080                                         DeclAccessPair FoundDecl);
5081  AccessResult CheckAddressOfMemberAccess(Expr *OvlExpr,
5082                                          DeclAccessPair FoundDecl);
5083  AccessResult CheckBaseClassAccess(SourceLocation AccessLoc,
5084                                    QualType Base, QualType Derived,
5085                                    const CXXBasePath &Path,
5086                                    unsigned DiagID,
5087                                    bool ForceCheck = false,
5088                                    bool ForceUnprivileged = false);
5089  void CheckLookupAccess(const LookupResult &R);
5090  bool IsSimplyAccessible(NamedDecl *decl, DeclContext *Ctx);
5091  bool isSpecialMemberAccessibleForDeletion(CXXMethodDecl *decl,
5092                                            AccessSpecifier access,
5093                                            QualType objectType);
5094
5095  void HandleDependentAccessCheck(const DependentDiagnostic &DD,
5096                         const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs);
5097  void PerformDependentDiagnostics(const DeclContext *Pattern,
5098                        const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs);
5099
5100  void HandleDelayedAccessCheck(sema::DelayedDiagnostic &DD, Decl *Ctx);
5101
5102  /// \brief When true, access checking violations are treated as SFINAE
5103  /// failures rather than hard errors.
5104  bool AccessCheckingSFINAE;
5105
5106  enum AbstractDiagSelID {
5107    AbstractNone = -1,
5108    AbstractReturnType,
5109    AbstractParamType,
5110    AbstractVariableType,
5111    AbstractFieldType,
5112    AbstractIvarType,
5113    AbstractSynthesizedIvarType,
5114    AbstractArrayType
5115  };
5116
5117  bool RequireNonAbstractType(SourceLocation Loc, QualType T,
5118                              TypeDiagnoser &Diagnoser);
5119  template<typename T1>
5120  bool RequireNonAbstractType(SourceLocation Loc, QualType T,
5121                              unsigned DiagID,
5122                              const T1 &Arg1) {
5123    BoundTypeDiagnoser1<T1> Diagnoser(DiagID, Arg1);
5124    return RequireNonAbstractType(Loc, T, Diagnoser);
5125  }
5126
5127  template<typename T1, typename T2>
5128  bool RequireNonAbstractType(SourceLocation Loc, QualType T,
5129                              unsigned DiagID,
5130                              const T1 &Arg1, const T2 &Arg2) {
5131    BoundTypeDiagnoser2<T1, T2> Diagnoser(DiagID, Arg1, Arg2);
5132    return RequireNonAbstractType(Loc, T, Diagnoser);
5133  }
5134
5135  template<typename T1, typename T2, typename T3>
5136  bool RequireNonAbstractType(SourceLocation Loc, QualType T,
5137                              unsigned DiagID,
5138                              const T1 &Arg1, const T2 &Arg2, const T3 &Arg3) {
5139    BoundTypeDiagnoser3<T1, T2, T3> Diagnoser(DiagID, Arg1, Arg2, Arg3);
5140    return RequireNonAbstractType(Loc, T, Diagnoser);
5141  }
5142
5143  void DiagnoseAbstractType(const CXXRecordDecl *RD);
5144
5145  bool RequireNonAbstractType(SourceLocation Loc, QualType T, unsigned DiagID,
5146                              AbstractDiagSelID SelID = AbstractNone);
5147
5148  //===--------------------------------------------------------------------===//
5149  // C++ Overloaded Operators [C++ 13.5]
5150  //
5151
5152  bool CheckOverloadedOperatorDeclaration(FunctionDecl *FnDecl);
5153
5154  bool CheckLiteralOperatorDeclaration(FunctionDecl *FnDecl);
5155
5156  //===--------------------------------------------------------------------===//
5157  // C++ Templates [C++ 14]
5158  //
5159  void FilterAcceptableTemplateNames(LookupResult &R,
5160                                     bool AllowFunctionTemplates = true);
5161  bool hasAnyAcceptableTemplateNames(LookupResult &R,
5162                                     bool AllowFunctionTemplates = true);
5163
5164  void LookupTemplateName(LookupResult &R, Scope *S, CXXScopeSpec &SS,
5165                          QualType ObjectType, bool EnteringContext,
5166                          bool &MemberOfUnknownSpecialization);
5167
5168  TemplateNameKind isTemplateName(Scope *S,
5169                                  CXXScopeSpec &SS,
5170                                  bool hasTemplateKeyword,
5171                                  UnqualifiedId &Name,
5172                                  ParsedType ObjectType,
5173                                  bool EnteringContext,
5174                                  TemplateTy &Template,
5175                                  bool &MemberOfUnknownSpecialization);
5176
5177  bool DiagnoseUnknownTemplateName(const IdentifierInfo &II,
5178                                   SourceLocation IILoc,
5179                                   Scope *S,
5180                                   const CXXScopeSpec *SS,
5181                                   TemplateTy &SuggestedTemplate,
5182                                   TemplateNameKind &SuggestedKind);
5183
5184  void DiagnoseTemplateParameterShadow(SourceLocation Loc, Decl *PrevDecl);
5185  TemplateDecl *AdjustDeclIfTemplate(Decl *&Decl);
5186
5187  Decl *ActOnTypeParameter(Scope *S, bool Typename, bool Ellipsis,
5188                           SourceLocation EllipsisLoc,
5189                           SourceLocation KeyLoc,
5190                           IdentifierInfo *ParamName,
5191                           SourceLocation ParamNameLoc,
5192                           unsigned Depth, unsigned Position,
5193                           SourceLocation EqualLoc,
5194                           ParsedType DefaultArg);
5195
5196  QualType CheckNonTypeTemplateParameterType(QualType T, SourceLocation Loc);
5197  Decl *ActOnNonTypeTemplateParameter(Scope *S, Declarator &D,
5198                                      unsigned Depth,
5199                                      unsigned Position,
5200                                      SourceLocation EqualLoc,
5201                                      Expr *DefaultArg);
5202  Decl *ActOnTemplateTemplateParameter(Scope *S,
5203                                       SourceLocation TmpLoc,
5204                                       TemplateParameterList *Params,
5205                                       SourceLocation EllipsisLoc,
5206                                       IdentifierInfo *ParamName,
5207                                       SourceLocation ParamNameLoc,
5208                                       unsigned Depth,
5209                                       unsigned Position,
5210                                       SourceLocation EqualLoc,
5211                                       ParsedTemplateArgument DefaultArg);
5212
5213  TemplateParameterList *
5214  ActOnTemplateParameterList(unsigned Depth,
5215                             SourceLocation ExportLoc,
5216                             SourceLocation TemplateLoc,
5217                             SourceLocation LAngleLoc,
5218                             Decl **Params, unsigned NumParams,
5219                             SourceLocation RAngleLoc);
5220
5221  /// \brief The context in which we are checking a template parameter list.
5222  enum TemplateParamListContext {
5223    TPC_ClassTemplate,
5224    TPC_VarTemplate,
5225    TPC_FunctionTemplate,
5226    TPC_ClassTemplateMember,
5227    TPC_FriendClassTemplate,
5228    TPC_FriendFunctionTemplate,
5229    TPC_FriendFunctionTemplateDefinition,
5230    TPC_TypeAliasTemplate
5231  };
5232
5233  bool CheckTemplateParameterList(TemplateParameterList *NewParams,
5234                                  TemplateParameterList *OldParams,
5235                                  TemplateParamListContext TPC);
5236  TemplateParameterList *MatchTemplateParametersToScopeSpecifier(
5237      SourceLocation DeclStartLoc, SourceLocation DeclLoc,
5238      const CXXScopeSpec &SS, TemplateIdAnnotation *TemplateId,
5239      ArrayRef<TemplateParameterList *> ParamLists,
5240      bool IsFriend, bool &IsExplicitSpecialization, bool &Invalid);
5241
5242  DeclResult CheckClassTemplate(Scope *S, unsigned TagSpec, TagUseKind TUK,
5243                                SourceLocation KWLoc, CXXScopeSpec &SS,
5244                                IdentifierInfo *Name, SourceLocation NameLoc,
5245                                AttributeList *Attr,
5246                                TemplateParameterList *TemplateParams,
5247                                AccessSpecifier AS,
5248                                SourceLocation ModulePrivateLoc,
5249                                unsigned NumOuterTemplateParamLists,
5250                            TemplateParameterList **OuterTemplateParamLists);
5251
5252  void translateTemplateArguments(const ASTTemplateArgsPtr &In,
5253                                  TemplateArgumentListInfo &Out);
5254
5255  void NoteAllFoundTemplates(TemplateName Name);
5256
5257  QualType CheckTemplateIdType(TemplateName Template,
5258                               SourceLocation TemplateLoc,
5259                              TemplateArgumentListInfo &TemplateArgs);
5260
5261  TypeResult
5262  ActOnTemplateIdType(CXXScopeSpec &SS, SourceLocation TemplateKWLoc,
5263                      TemplateTy Template, SourceLocation TemplateLoc,
5264                      SourceLocation LAngleLoc,
5265                      ASTTemplateArgsPtr TemplateArgs,
5266                      SourceLocation RAngleLoc,
5267                      bool IsCtorOrDtorName = false);
5268
5269  /// \brief Parsed an elaborated-type-specifier that refers to a template-id,
5270  /// such as \c class T::template apply<U>.
5271  TypeResult ActOnTagTemplateIdType(TagUseKind TUK,
5272                                    TypeSpecifierType TagSpec,
5273                                    SourceLocation TagLoc,
5274                                    CXXScopeSpec &SS,
5275                                    SourceLocation TemplateKWLoc,
5276                                    TemplateTy TemplateD,
5277                                    SourceLocation TemplateLoc,
5278                                    SourceLocation LAngleLoc,
5279                                    ASTTemplateArgsPtr TemplateArgsIn,
5280                                    SourceLocation RAngleLoc);
5281
5282  DeclResult ActOnVarTemplateSpecialization(
5283      Scope *S, Declarator &D, TypeSourceInfo *DI,
5284      SourceLocation TemplateKWLoc, TemplateParameterList *TemplateParams,
5285      StorageClass SC, bool IsPartialSpecialization);
5286
5287  DeclResult CheckVarTemplateId(VarTemplateDecl *Template,
5288                                SourceLocation TemplateLoc,
5289                                SourceLocation TemplateNameLoc,
5290                                const TemplateArgumentListInfo &TemplateArgs);
5291
5292  ExprResult CheckVarTemplateId(const CXXScopeSpec &SS,
5293                                const DeclarationNameInfo &NameInfo,
5294                                VarTemplateDecl *Template,
5295                                SourceLocation TemplateLoc,
5296                                const TemplateArgumentListInfo *TemplateArgs);
5297
5298  ExprResult BuildTemplateIdExpr(const CXXScopeSpec &SS,
5299                                 SourceLocation TemplateKWLoc,
5300                                 LookupResult &R,
5301                                 bool RequiresADL,
5302                               const TemplateArgumentListInfo *TemplateArgs);
5303
5304  ExprResult BuildQualifiedTemplateIdExpr(CXXScopeSpec &SS,
5305                                          SourceLocation TemplateKWLoc,
5306                               const DeclarationNameInfo &NameInfo,
5307                               const TemplateArgumentListInfo *TemplateArgs);
5308
5309  TemplateNameKind ActOnDependentTemplateName(Scope *S,
5310                                              CXXScopeSpec &SS,
5311                                              SourceLocation TemplateKWLoc,
5312                                              UnqualifiedId &Name,
5313                                              ParsedType ObjectType,
5314                                              bool EnteringContext,
5315                                              TemplateTy &Template);
5316
5317  DeclResult
5318  ActOnClassTemplateSpecialization(Scope *S, unsigned TagSpec, TagUseKind TUK,
5319                                   SourceLocation KWLoc,
5320                                   SourceLocation ModulePrivateLoc,
5321                                   TemplateIdAnnotation &TemplateId,
5322                                   AttributeList *Attr,
5323                                 MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParameterLists);
5324
5325  Decl *ActOnTemplateDeclarator(Scope *S,
5326                                MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParameterLists,
5327                                Declarator &D);
5328
5329  Decl *ActOnStartOfFunctionTemplateDef(Scope *FnBodyScope,
5330                                  MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParameterLists,
5331                                        Declarator &D);
5332
5333  bool
5334  CheckSpecializationInstantiationRedecl(SourceLocation NewLoc,
5335                                         TemplateSpecializationKind NewTSK,
5336                                         NamedDecl *PrevDecl,
5337                                         TemplateSpecializationKind PrevTSK,
5338                                         SourceLocation PrevPtOfInstantiation,
5339                                         bool &SuppressNew);
5340
5341  bool CheckDependentFunctionTemplateSpecialization(FunctionDecl *FD,
5342                    const TemplateArgumentListInfo &ExplicitTemplateArgs,
5343                                                    LookupResult &Previous);
5344
5345  bool CheckFunctionTemplateSpecialization(FunctionDecl *FD,
5346                         TemplateArgumentListInfo *ExplicitTemplateArgs,
5347                                           LookupResult &Previous);
5348  bool CheckMemberSpecialization(NamedDecl *Member, LookupResult &Previous);
5349
5350  DeclResult
5351  ActOnExplicitInstantiation(Scope *S,
5352                             SourceLocation ExternLoc,
5353                             SourceLocation TemplateLoc,
5354                             unsigned TagSpec,
5355                             SourceLocation KWLoc,
5356                             const CXXScopeSpec &SS,
5357                             TemplateTy Template,
5358                             SourceLocation TemplateNameLoc,
5359                             SourceLocation LAngleLoc,
5360                             ASTTemplateArgsPtr TemplateArgs,
5361                             SourceLocation RAngleLoc,
5362                             AttributeList *Attr);
5363
5364  DeclResult
5365  ActOnExplicitInstantiation(Scope *S,
5366                             SourceLocation ExternLoc,
5367                             SourceLocation TemplateLoc,
5368                             unsigned TagSpec,
5369                             SourceLocation KWLoc,
5370                             CXXScopeSpec &SS,
5371                             IdentifierInfo *Name,
5372                             SourceLocation NameLoc,
5373                             AttributeList *Attr);
5374
5375  DeclResult ActOnExplicitInstantiation(Scope *S,
5376                                        SourceLocation ExternLoc,
5377                                        SourceLocation TemplateLoc,
5378                                        Declarator &D);
5379
5380  TemplateArgumentLoc
5381  SubstDefaultTemplateArgumentIfAvailable(TemplateDecl *Template,
5382                                          SourceLocation TemplateLoc,
5383                                          SourceLocation RAngleLoc,
5384                                          Decl *Param,
5385                                          SmallVectorImpl<TemplateArgument>
5386                                            &Converted,
5387                                          bool &HasDefaultArg);
5388
5389  /// \brief Specifies the context in which a particular template
5390  /// argument is being checked.
5391  enum CheckTemplateArgumentKind {
5392    /// \brief The template argument was specified in the code or was
5393    /// instantiated with some deduced template arguments.
5394    CTAK_Specified,
5395
5396    /// \brief The template argument was deduced via template argument
5397    /// deduction.
5398    CTAK_Deduced,
5399
5400    /// \brief The template argument was deduced from an array bound
5401    /// via template argument deduction.
5402    CTAK_DeducedFromArrayBound
5403  };
5404
5405  bool CheckTemplateArgument(NamedDecl *Param,
5406                             const TemplateArgumentLoc &Arg,
5407                             NamedDecl *Template,
5408                             SourceLocation TemplateLoc,
5409                             SourceLocation RAngleLoc,
5410                             unsigned ArgumentPackIndex,
5411                           SmallVectorImpl<TemplateArgument> &Converted,
5412                             CheckTemplateArgumentKind CTAK = CTAK_Specified);
5413
5414  /// \brief Check that the given template arguments can be be provided to
5415  /// the given template, converting the arguments along the way.
5416  ///
5417  /// \param Template The template to which the template arguments are being
5418  /// provided.
5419  ///
5420  /// \param TemplateLoc The location of the template name in the source.
5421  ///
5422  /// \param TemplateArgs The list of template arguments. If the template is
5423  /// a template template parameter, this function may extend the set of
5424  /// template arguments to also include substituted, defaulted template
5425  /// arguments.
5426  ///
5427  /// \param PartialTemplateArgs True if the list of template arguments is
5428  /// intentionally partial, e.g., because we're checking just the initial
5429  /// set of template arguments.
5430  ///
5431  /// \param Converted Will receive the converted, canonicalized template
5432  /// arguments.
5433  ///
5434  /// \returns true if an error occurred, false otherwise.
5435  bool CheckTemplateArgumentList(TemplateDecl *Template,
5436                                 SourceLocation TemplateLoc,
5437                                 TemplateArgumentListInfo &TemplateArgs,
5438                                 bool PartialTemplateArgs,
5439                           SmallVectorImpl<TemplateArgument> &Converted);
5440
5441  bool CheckTemplateTypeArgument(TemplateTypeParmDecl *Param,
5442                                 const TemplateArgumentLoc &Arg,
5443                           SmallVectorImpl<TemplateArgument> &Converted);
5444
5445  bool CheckTemplateArgument(TemplateTypeParmDecl *Param,
5446                             TypeSourceInfo *Arg);
5447  ExprResult CheckTemplateArgument(NonTypeTemplateParmDecl *Param,
5448                                   QualType InstantiatedParamType, Expr *Arg,
5449                                   TemplateArgument &Converted,
5450                               CheckTemplateArgumentKind CTAK = CTAK_Specified);
5451  bool CheckTemplateArgument(TemplateTemplateParmDecl *Param,
5452                             const TemplateArgumentLoc &Arg,
5453                             unsigned ArgumentPackIndex);
5454
5455  ExprResult
5456  BuildExpressionFromDeclTemplateArgument(const TemplateArgument &Arg,
5457                                          QualType ParamType,
5458                                          SourceLocation Loc);
5459  ExprResult
5460  BuildExpressionFromIntegralTemplateArgument(const TemplateArgument &Arg,
5461                                              SourceLocation Loc);
5462
5463  /// \brief Enumeration describing how template parameter lists are compared
5464  /// for equality.
5465  enum TemplateParameterListEqualKind {
5466    /// \brief We are matching the template parameter lists of two templates
5467    /// that might be redeclarations.
5468    ///
5469    /// \code
5470    /// template<typename T> struct X;
5471    /// template<typename T> struct X;
5472    /// \endcode
5473    TPL_TemplateMatch,
5474
5475    /// \brief We are matching the template parameter lists of two template
5476    /// template parameters as part of matching the template parameter lists
5477    /// of two templates that might be redeclarations.
5478    ///
5479    /// \code
5480    /// template<template<int I> class TT> struct X;
5481    /// template<template<int Value> class Other> struct X;
5482    /// \endcode
5483    TPL_TemplateTemplateParmMatch,
5484
5485    /// \brief We are matching the template parameter lists of a template
5486    /// template argument against the template parameter lists of a template
5487    /// template parameter.
5488    ///
5489    /// \code
5490    /// template<template<int Value> class Metafun> struct X;
5491    /// template<int Value> struct integer_c;
5492    /// X<integer_c> xic;
5493    /// \endcode
5494    TPL_TemplateTemplateArgumentMatch
5495  };
5496
5497  bool TemplateParameterListsAreEqual(TemplateParameterList *New,
5498                                      TemplateParameterList *Old,
5499                                      bool Complain,
5500                                      TemplateParameterListEqualKind Kind,
5501                                      SourceLocation TemplateArgLoc
5502                                        = SourceLocation());
5503
5504  bool CheckTemplateDeclScope(Scope *S, TemplateParameterList *TemplateParams);
5505
5506  /// \brief Called when the parser has parsed a C++ typename
5507  /// specifier, e.g., "typename T::type".
5508  ///
5509  /// \param S The scope in which this typename type occurs.
5510  /// \param TypenameLoc the location of the 'typename' keyword
5511  /// \param SS the nested-name-specifier following the typename (e.g., 'T::').
5512  /// \param II the identifier we're retrieving (e.g., 'type' in the example).
5513  /// \param IdLoc the location of the identifier.
5514  TypeResult
5515  ActOnTypenameType(Scope *S, SourceLocation TypenameLoc,
5516                    const CXXScopeSpec &SS, const IdentifierInfo &II,
5517                    SourceLocation IdLoc);
5518
5519  /// \brief Called when the parser has parsed a C++ typename
5520  /// specifier that ends in a template-id, e.g.,
5521  /// "typename MetaFun::template apply<T1, T2>".
5522  ///
5523  /// \param S The scope in which this typename type occurs.
5524  /// \param TypenameLoc the location of the 'typename' keyword
5525  /// \param SS the nested-name-specifier following the typename (e.g., 'T::').
5526  /// \param TemplateLoc the location of the 'template' keyword, if any.
5527  /// \param TemplateName The template name.
5528  /// \param TemplateNameLoc The location of the template name.
5529  /// \param LAngleLoc The location of the opening angle bracket  ('<').
5530  /// \param TemplateArgs The template arguments.
5531  /// \param RAngleLoc The location of the closing angle bracket  ('>').
5532  TypeResult
5533  ActOnTypenameType(Scope *S, SourceLocation TypenameLoc,
5534                    const CXXScopeSpec &SS,
5535                    SourceLocation TemplateLoc,
5536                    TemplateTy TemplateName,
5537                    SourceLocation TemplateNameLoc,
5538                    SourceLocation LAngleLoc,
5539                    ASTTemplateArgsPtr TemplateArgs,
5540                    SourceLocation RAngleLoc);
5541
5542  QualType CheckTypenameType(ElaboratedTypeKeyword Keyword,
5543                             SourceLocation KeywordLoc,
5544                             NestedNameSpecifierLoc QualifierLoc,
5545                             const IdentifierInfo &II,
5546                             SourceLocation IILoc);
5547
5548  TypeSourceInfo *RebuildTypeInCurrentInstantiation(TypeSourceInfo *T,
5549                                                    SourceLocation Loc,
5550                                                    DeclarationName Name);
5551  bool RebuildNestedNameSpecifierInCurrentInstantiation(CXXScopeSpec &SS);
5552
5553  ExprResult RebuildExprInCurrentInstantiation(Expr *E);
5554  bool RebuildTemplateParamsInCurrentInstantiation(
5555                                                TemplateParameterList *Params);
5556
5557  std::string
5558  getTemplateArgumentBindingsText(const TemplateParameterList *Params,
5559                                  const TemplateArgumentList &Args);
5560
5561  std::string
5562  getTemplateArgumentBindingsText(const TemplateParameterList *Params,
5563                                  const TemplateArgument *Args,
5564                                  unsigned NumArgs);
5565
5566  //===--------------------------------------------------------------------===//
5567  // C++ Variadic Templates (C++0x [temp.variadic])
5568  //===--------------------------------------------------------------------===//
5569
5570  /// \brief The context in which an unexpanded parameter pack is
5571  /// being diagnosed.
5572  ///
5573  /// Note that the values of this enumeration line up with the first
5574  /// argument to the \c err_unexpanded_parameter_pack diagnostic.
5575  enum UnexpandedParameterPackContext {
5576    /// \brief An arbitrary expression.
5577    UPPC_Expression = 0,
5578
5579    /// \brief The base type of a class type.
5580    UPPC_BaseType,
5581
5582    /// \brief The type of an arbitrary declaration.
5583    UPPC_DeclarationType,
5584
5585    /// \brief The type of a data member.
5586    UPPC_DataMemberType,
5587
5588    /// \brief The size of a bit-field.
5589    UPPC_BitFieldWidth,
5590
5591    /// \brief The expression in a static assertion.
5592    UPPC_StaticAssertExpression,
5593
5594    /// \brief The fixed underlying type of an enumeration.
5595    UPPC_FixedUnderlyingType,
5596
5597    /// \brief The enumerator value.
5598    UPPC_EnumeratorValue,
5599
5600    /// \brief A using declaration.
5601    UPPC_UsingDeclaration,
5602
5603    /// \brief A friend declaration.
5604    UPPC_FriendDeclaration,
5605
5606    /// \brief A declaration qualifier.
5607    UPPC_DeclarationQualifier,
5608
5609    /// \brief An initializer.
5610    UPPC_Initializer,
5611
5612    /// \brief A default argument.
5613    UPPC_DefaultArgument,
5614
5615    /// \brief The type of a non-type template parameter.
5616    UPPC_NonTypeTemplateParameterType,
5617
5618    /// \brief The type of an exception.
5619    UPPC_ExceptionType,
5620
5621    /// \brief Partial specialization.
5622    UPPC_PartialSpecialization,
5623
5624    /// \brief Microsoft __if_exists.
5625    UPPC_IfExists,
5626
5627    /// \brief Microsoft __if_not_exists.
5628    UPPC_IfNotExists,
5629
5630    /// \brief Lambda expression.
5631    UPPC_Lambda,
5632
5633    /// \brief Block expression,
5634    UPPC_Block
5635  };
5636
5637  /// \brief Diagnose unexpanded parameter packs.
5638  ///
5639  /// \param Loc The location at which we should emit the diagnostic.
5640  ///
5641  /// \param UPPC The context in which we are diagnosing unexpanded
5642  /// parameter packs.
5643  ///
5644  /// \param Unexpanded the set of unexpanded parameter packs.
5645  ///
5646  /// \returns true if an error occurred, false otherwise.
5647  bool DiagnoseUnexpandedParameterPacks(SourceLocation Loc,
5648                                        UnexpandedParameterPackContext UPPC,
5649                                  ArrayRef<UnexpandedParameterPack> Unexpanded);
5650
5651  /// \brief If the given type contains an unexpanded parameter pack,
5652  /// diagnose the error.
5653  ///
5654  /// \param Loc The source location where a diagnostc should be emitted.
5655  ///
5656  /// \param T The type that is being checked for unexpanded parameter
5657  /// packs.
5658  ///
5659  /// \returns true if an error occurred, false otherwise.
5660  bool DiagnoseUnexpandedParameterPack(SourceLocation Loc, TypeSourceInfo *T,
5661                                       UnexpandedParameterPackContext UPPC);
5662
5663  /// \brief If the given expression contains an unexpanded parameter
5664  /// pack, diagnose the error.
5665  ///
5666  /// \param E The expression that is being checked for unexpanded
5667  /// parameter packs.
5668  ///
5669  /// \returns true if an error occurred, false otherwise.
5670  bool DiagnoseUnexpandedParameterPack(Expr *E,
5671                       UnexpandedParameterPackContext UPPC = UPPC_Expression);
5672
5673  /// \brief If the given nested-name-specifier contains an unexpanded
5674  /// parameter pack, diagnose the error.
5675  ///
5676  /// \param SS The nested-name-specifier that is being checked for
5677  /// unexpanded parameter packs.
5678  ///
5679  /// \returns true if an error occurred, false otherwise.
5680  bool DiagnoseUnexpandedParameterPack(const CXXScopeSpec &SS,
5681                                       UnexpandedParameterPackContext UPPC);
5682
5683  /// \brief If the given name contains an unexpanded parameter pack,
5684  /// diagnose the error.
5685  ///
5686  /// \param NameInfo The name (with source location information) that
5687  /// is being checked for unexpanded parameter packs.
5688  ///
5689  /// \returns true if an error occurred, false otherwise.
5690  bool DiagnoseUnexpandedParameterPack(const DeclarationNameInfo &NameInfo,
5691                                       UnexpandedParameterPackContext UPPC);
5692
5693  /// \brief If the given template name contains an unexpanded parameter pack,
5694  /// diagnose the error.
5695  ///
5696  /// \param Loc The location of the template name.
5697  ///
5698  /// \param Template The template name that is being checked for unexpanded
5699  /// parameter packs.
5700  ///
5701  /// \returns true if an error occurred, false otherwise.
5702  bool DiagnoseUnexpandedParameterPack(SourceLocation Loc,
5703                                       TemplateName Template,
5704                                       UnexpandedParameterPackContext UPPC);
5705
5706  /// \brief If the given template argument contains an unexpanded parameter
5707  /// pack, diagnose the error.
5708  ///
5709  /// \param Arg The template argument that is being checked for unexpanded
5710  /// parameter packs.
5711  ///
5712  /// \returns true if an error occurred, false otherwise.
5713  bool DiagnoseUnexpandedParameterPack(TemplateArgumentLoc Arg,
5714                                       UnexpandedParameterPackContext UPPC);
5715
5716  /// \brief Collect the set of unexpanded parameter packs within the given
5717  /// template argument.
5718  ///
5719  /// \param Arg The template argument that will be traversed to find
5720  /// unexpanded parameter packs.
5721  void collectUnexpandedParameterPacks(TemplateArgument Arg,
5722                   SmallVectorImpl<UnexpandedParameterPack> &Unexpanded);
5723
5724  /// \brief Collect the set of unexpanded parameter packs within the given
5725  /// template argument.
5726  ///
5727  /// \param Arg The template argument that will be traversed to find
5728  /// unexpanded parameter packs.
5729  void collectUnexpandedParameterPacks(TemplateArgumentLoc Arg,
5730                    SmallVectorImpl<UnexpandedParameterPack> &Unexpanded);
5731
5732  /// \brief Collect the set of unexpanded parameter packs within the given
5733  /// type.
5734  ///
5735  /// \param T The type that will be traversed to find
5736  /// unexpanded parameter packs.
5737  void collectUnexpandedParameterPacks(QualType T,
5738                   SmallVectorImpl<UnexpandedParameterPack> &Unexpanded);
5739
5740  /// \brief Collect the set of unexpanded parameter packs within the given
5741  /// type.
5742  ///
5743  /// \param TL The type that will be traversed to find
5744  /// unexpanded parameter packs.
5745  void collectUnexpandedParameterPacks(TypeLoc TL,
5746                   SmallVectorImpl<UnexpandedParameterPack> &Unexpanded);
5747
5748  /// \brief Collect the set of unexpanded parameter packs within the given
5749  /// nested-name-specifier.
5750  ///
5751  /// \param SS The nested-name-specifier that will be traversed to find
5752  /// unexpanded parameter packs.
5753  void collectUnexpandedParameterPacks(CXXScopeSpec &SS,
5754                         SmallVectorImpl<UnexpandedParameterPack> &Unexpanded);
5755
5756  /// \brief Collect the set of unexpanded parameter packs within the given
5757  /// name.
5758  ///
5759  /// \param NameInfo The name that will be traversed to find
5760  /// unexpanded parameter packs.
5761  void collectUnexpandedParameterPacks(const DeclarationNameInfo &NameInfo,
5762                         SmallVectorImpl<UnexpandedParameterPack> &Unexpanded);
5763
5764  /// \brief Invoked when parsing a template argument followed by an
5765  /// ellipsis, which creates a pack expansion.
5766  ///
5767  /// \param Arg The template argument preceding the ellipsis, which
5768  /// may already be invalid.
5769  ///
5770  /// \param EllipsisLoc The location of the ellipsis.
5771  ParsedTemplateArgument ActOnPackExpansion(const ParsedTemplateArgument &Arg,
5772                                            SourceLocation EllipsisLoc);
5773
5774  /// \brief Invoked when parsing a type followed by an ellipsis, which
5775  /// creates a pack expansion.
5776  ///
5777  /// \param Type The type preceding the ellipsis, which will become
5778  /// the pattern of the pack expansion.
5779  ///
5780  /// \param EllipsisLoc The location of the ellipsis.
5781  TypeResult ActOnPackExpansion(ParsedType Type, SourceLocation EllipsisLoc);
5782
5783  /// \brief Construct a pack expansion type from the pattern of the pack
5784  /// expansion.
5785  TypeSourceInfo *CheckPackExpansion(TypeSourceInfo *Pattern,
5786                                     SourceLocation EllipsisLoc,
5787                                     Optional<unsigned> NumExpansions);
5788
5789  /// \brief Construct a pack expansion type from the pattern of the pack
5790  /// expansion.
5791  QualType CheckPackExpansion(QualType Pattern,
5792                              SourceRange PatternRange,
5793                              SourceLocation EllipsisLoc,
5794                              Optional<unsigned> NumExpansions);
5795
5796  /// \brief Invoked when parsing an expression followed by an ellipsis, which
5797  /// creates a pack expansion.
5798  ///
5799  /// \param Pattern The expression preceding the ellipsis, which will become
5800  /// the pattern of the pack expansion.
5801  ///
5802  /// \param EllipsisLoc The location of the ellipsis.
5803  ExprResult ActOnPackExpansion(Expr *Pattern, SourceLocation EllipsisLoc);
5804
5805  /// \brief Invoked when parsing an expression followed by an ellipsis, which
5806  /// creates a pack expansion.
5807  ///
5808  /// \param Pattern The expression preceding the ellipsis, which will become
5809  /// the pattern of the pack expansion.
5810  ///
5811  /// \param EllipsisLoc The location of the ellipsis.
5812  ExprResult CheckPackExpansion(Expr *Pattern, SourceLocation EllipsisLoc,
5813                                Optional<unsigned> NumExpansions);
5814
5815  /// \brief Determine whether we could expand a pack expansion with the
5816  /// given set of parameter packs into separate arguments by repeatedly
5817  /// transforming the pattern.
5818  ///
5819  /// \param EllipsisLoc The location of the ellipsis that identifies the
5820  /// pack expansion.
5821  ///
5822  /// \param PatternRange The source range that covers the entire pattern of
5823  /// the pack expansion.
5824  ///
5825  /// \param Unexpanded The set of unexpanded parameter packs within the
5826  /// pattern.
5827  ///
5828  /// \param ShouldExpand Will be set to \c true if the transformer should
5829  /// expand the corresponding pack expansions into separate arguments. When
5830  /// set, \c NumExpansions must also be set.
5831  ///
5832  /// \param RetainExpansion Whether the caller should add an unexpanded
5833  /// pack expansion after all of the expanded arguments. This is used
5834  /// when extending explicitly-specified template argument packs per
5835  /// C++0x [temp.arg.explicit]p9.
5836  ///
5837  /// \param NumExpansions The number of separate arguments that will be in
5838  /// the expanded form of the corresponding pack expansion. This is both an
5839  /// input and an output parameter, which can be set by the caller if the
5840  /// number of expansions is known a priori (e.g., due to a prior substitution)
5841  /// and will be set by the callee when the number of expansions is known.
5842  /// The callee must set this value when \c ShouldExpand is \c true; it may
5843  /// set this value in other cases.
5844  ///
5845  /// \returns true if an error occurred (e.g., because the parameter packs
5846  /// are to be instantiated with arguments of different lengths), false
5847  /// otherwise. If false, \c ShouldExpand (and possibly \c NumExpansions)
5848  /// must be set.
5849  bool CheckParameterPacksForExpansion(SourceLocation EllipsisLoc,
5850                                       SourceRange PatternRange,
5851                             ArrayRef<UnexpandedParameterPack> Unexpanded,
5852                             const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs,
5853                                       bool &ShouldExpand,
5854                                       bool &RetainExpansion,
5855                                       Optional<unsigned> &NumExpansions);
5856
5857  /// \brief Determine the number of arguments in the given pack expansion
5858  /// type.
5859  ///
5860  /// This routine assumes that the number of arguments in the expansion is
5861  /// consistent across all of the unexpanded parameter packs in its pattern.
5862  ///
5863  /// Returns an empty Optional if the type can't be expanded.
5864  Optional<unsigned> getNumArgumentsInExpansion(QualType T,
5865      const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs);
5866
5867  /// \brief Determine whether the given declarator contains any unexpanded
5868  /// parameter packs.
5869  ///
5870  /// This routine is used by the parser to disambiguate function declarators
5871  /// with an ellipsis prior to the ')', e.g.,
5872  ///
5873  /// \code
5874  ///   void f(T...);
5875  /// \endcode
5876  ///
5877  /// To determine whether we have an (unnamed) function parameter pack or
5878  /// a variadic function.
5879  ///
5880  /// \returns true if the declarator contains any unexpanded parameter packs,
5881  /// false otherwise.
5882  bool containsUnexpandedParameterPacks(Declarator &D);
5883
5884  /// \brief Returns the pattern of the pack expansion for a template argument.
5885  ///
5886  /// \param OrigLoc The template argument to expand.
5887  ///
5888  /// \param Ellipsis Will be set to the location of the ellipsis.
5889  ///
5890  /// \param NumExpansions Will be set to the number of expansions that will
5891  /// be generated from this pack expansion, if known a priori.
5892  TemplateArgumentLoc getTemplateArgumentPackExpansionPattern(
5893      TemplateArgumentLoc OrigLoc,
5894      SourceLocation &Ellipsis,
5895      Optional<unsigned> &NumExpansions) const;
5896
5897  //===--------------------------------------------------------------------===//
5898  // C++ Template Argument Deduction (C++ [temp.deduct])
5899  //===--------------------------------------------------------------------===//
5900
5901  QualType adjustCCAndNoReturn(QualType ArgFunctionType, QualType FunctionType);
5902
5903  /// \brief Describes the result of template argument deduction.
5904  ///
5905  /// The TemplateDeductionResult enumeration describes the result of
5906  /// template argument deduction, as returned from
5907  /// DeduceTemplateArguments(). The separate TemplateDeductionInfo
5908  /// structure provides additional information about the results of
5909  /// template argument deduction, e.g., the deduced template argument
5910  /// list (if successful) or the specific template parameters or
5911  /// deduced arguments that were involved in the failure.
5912  enum TemplateDeductionResult {
5913    /// \brief Template argument deduction was successful.
5914    TDK_Success = 0,
5915    /// \brief The declaration was invalid; do nothing.
5916    TDK_Invalid,
5917    /// \brief Template argument deduction exceeded the maximum template
5918    /// instantiation depth (which has already been diagnosed).
5919    TDK_InstantiationDepth,
5920    /// \brief Template argument deduction did not deduce a value
5921    /// for every template parameter.
5922    TDK_Incomplete,
5923    /// \brief Template argument deduction produced inconsistent
5924    /// deduced values for the given template parameter.
5925    TDK_Inconsistent,
5926    /// \brief Template argument deduction failed due to inconsistent
5927    /// cv-qualifiers on a template parameter type that would
5928    /// otherwise be deduced, e.g., we tried to deduce T in "const T"
5929    /// but were given a non-const "X".
5930    TDK_Underqualified,
5931    /// \brief Substitution of the deduced template argument values
5932    /// resulted in an error.
5933    TDK_SubstitutionFailure,
5934    /// \brief A non-depnedent component of the parameter did not match the
5935    /// corresponding component of the argument.
5936    TDK_NonDeducedMismatch,
5937    /// \brief When performing template argument deduction for a function
5938    /// template, there were too many call arguments.
5939    TDK_TooManyArguments,
5940    /// \brief When performing template argument deduction for a function
5941    /// template, there were too few call arguments.
5942    TDK_TooFewArguments,
5943    /// \brief The explicitly-specified template arguments were not valid
5944    /// template arguments for the given template.
5945    TDK_InvalidExplicitArguments,
5946    /// \brief The arguments included an overloaded function name that could
5947    /// not be resolved to a suitable function.
5948    TDK_FailedOverloadResolution,
5949    /// \brief Deduction failed; that's all we know.
5950    TDK_MiscellaneousDeductionFailure
5951  };
5952
5953  TemplateDeductionResult
5954  DeduceTemplateArguments(ClassTemplatePartialSpecializationDecl *Partial,
5955                          const TemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs,
5956                          sema::TemplateDeductionInfo &Info);
5957
5958  TemplateDeductionResult
5959  DeduceTemplateArguments(VarTemplatePartialSpecializationDecl *Partial,
5960                          const TemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs,
5961                          sema::TemplateDeductionInfo &Info);
5962
5963  TemplateDeductionResult SubstituteExplicitTemplateArguments(
5964      FunctionTemplateDecl *FunctionTemplate,
5965      TemplateArgumentListInfo &ExplicitTemplateArgs,
5966      SmallVectorImpl<DeducedTemplateArgument> &Deduced,
5967      SmallVectorImpl<QualType> &ParamTypes, QualType *FunctionType,
5968      sema::TemplateDeductionInfo &Info);
5969
5970  /// brief A function argument from which we performed template argument
5971  // deduction for a call.
5972  struct OriginalCallArg {
5973    OriginalCallArg(QualType OriginalParamType,
5974                    unsigned ArgIdx,
5975                    QualType OriginalArgType)
5976      : OriginalParamType(OriginalParamType), ArgIdx(ArgIdx),
5977        OriginalArgType(OriginalArgType) { }
5978
5979    QualType OriginalParamType;
5980    unsigned ArgIdx;
5981    QualType OriginalArgType;
5982  };
5983
5984  TemplateDeductionResult
5985  FinishTemplateArgumentDeduction(FunctionTemplateDecl *FunctionTemplate,
5986                      SmallVectorImpl<DeducedTemplateArgument> &Deduced,
5987                                  unsigned NumExplicitlySpecified,
5988                                  FunctionDecl *&Specialization,
5989                                  sema::TemplateDeductionInfo &Info,
5990           SmallVectorImpl<OriginalCallArg> const *OriginalCallArgs = nullptr);
5991
5992  TemplateDeductionResult
5993  DeduceTemplateArguments(FunctionTemplateDecl *FunctionTemplate,
5994                          TemplateArgumentListInfo *ExplicitTemplateArgs,
5995                          ArrayRef<Expr *> Args,
5996                          FunctionDecl *&Specialization,
5997                          sema::TemplateDeductionInfo &Info);
5998
5999  TemplateDeductionResult
6000  DeduceTemplateArguments(FunctionTemplateDecl *FunctionTemplate,
6001                          TemplateArgumentListInfo *ExplicitTemplateArgs,
6002                          QualType ArgFunctionType,
6003                          FunctionDecl *&Specialization,
6004                          sema::TemplateDeductionInfo &Info,
6005                          bool InOverloadResolution = false);
6006
6007  TemplateDeductionResult
6008  DeduceTemplateArguments(FunctionTemplateDecl *FunctionTemplate,
6009                          QualType ToType,
6010                          CXXConversionDecl *&Specialization,
6011                          sema::TemplateDeductionInfo &Info);
6012
6013  TemplateDeductionResult
6014  DeduceTemplateArguments(FunctionTemplateDecl *FunctionTemplate,
6015                          TemplateArgumentListInfo *ExplicitTemplateArgs,
6016                          FunctionDecl *&Specialization,
6017                          sema::TemplateDeductionInfo &Info,
6018                          bool InOverloadResolution = false);
6019
6020  /// \brief Substitute Replacement for \p auto in \p TypeWithAuto
6021  QualType SubstAutoType(QualType TypeWithAuto, QualType Replacement);
6022  /// \brief Substitute Replacement for auto in TypeWithAuto
6023  TypeSourceInfo* SubstAutoTypeSourceInfo(TypeSourceInfo *TypeWithAuto,
6024                                          QualType Replacement);
6025
6026  /// \brief Result type of DeduceAutoType.
6027  enum DeduceAutoResult {
6028    DAR_Succeeded,
6029    DAR_Failed,
6030    DAR_FailedAlreadyDiagnosed
6031  };
6032
6033  DeduceAutoResult DeduceAutoType(TypeSourceInfo *AutoType, Expr *&Initializer,
6034                                  QualType &Result);
6035  DeduceAutoResult DeduceAutoType(TypeLoc AutoTypeLoc, Expr *&Initializer,
6036                                  QualType &Result);
6037  void DiagnoseAutoDeductionFailure(VarDecl *VDecl, Expr *Init);
6038  bool DeduceReturnType(FunctionDecl *FD, SourceLocation Loc,
6039                        bool Diagnose = true);
6040
6041  bool DeduceFunctionTypeFromReturnExpr(FunctionDecl *FD,
6042                                        SourceLocation ReturnLoc,
6043                                        Expr *&RetExpr, AutoType *AT);
6044
6045  FunctionTemplateDecl *getMoreSpecializedTemplate(FunctionTemplateDecl *FT1,
6046                                                   FunctionTemplateDecl *FT2,
6047                                                   SourceLocation Loc,
6048                                           TemplatePartialOrderingContext TPOC,
6049                                                   unsigned NumCallArguments1,
6050                                                   unsigned NumCallArguments2);
6051  UnresolvedSetIterator
6052  getMostSpecialized(UnresolvedSetIterator SBegin, UnresolvedSetIterator SEnd,
6053                     TemplateSpecCandidateSet &FailedCandidates,
6054                     SourceLocation Loc,
6055                     const PartialDiagnostic &NoneDiag,
6056                     const PartialDiagnostic &AmbigDiag,
6057                     const PartialDiagnostic &CandidateDiag,
6058                     bool Complain = true, QualType TargetType = QualType());
6059
6060  ClassTemplatePartialSpecializationDecl *
6061  getMoreSpecializedPartialSpecialization(
6062                                  ClassTemplatePartialSpecializationDecl *PS1,
6063                                  ClassTemplatePartialSpecializationDecl *PS2,
6064                                  SourceLocation Loc);
6065
6066  VarTemplatePartialSpecializationDecl *getMoreSpecializedPartialSpecialization(
6067      VarTemplatePartialSpecializationDecl *PS1,
6068      VarTemplatePartialSpecializationDecl *PS2, SourceLocation Loc);
6069
6070  void MarkUsedTemplateParameters(const TemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs,
6071                                  bool OnlyDeduced,
6072                                  unsigned Depth,
6073                                  llvm::SmallBitVector &Used);
6074  void MarkDeducedTemplateParameters(
6075                                  const FunctionTemplateDecl *FunctionTemplate,
6076                                  llvm::SmallBitVector &Deduced) {
6077    return MarkDeducedTemplateParameters(Context, FunctionTemplate, Deduced);
6078  }
6079  static void MarkDeducedTemplateParameters(ASTContext &Ctx,
6080                                  const FunctionTemplateDecl *FunctionTemplate,
6081                                  llvm::SmallBitVector &Deduced);
6082
6083  //===--------------------------------------------------------------------===//
6084  // C++ Template Instantiation
6085  //
6086
6087  MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList
6088  getTemplateInstantiationArgs(NamedDecl *D,
6089                               const TemplateArgumentList *Innermost = nullptr,
6090                               bool RelativeToPrimary = false,
6091                               const FunctionDecl *Pattern = nullptr);
6092
6093  /// \brief A template instantiation that is currently in progress.
6094  struct ActiveTemplateInstantiation {
6095    /// \brief The kind of template instantiation we are performing
6096    enum InstantiationKind {
6097      /// We are instantiating a template declaration. The entity is
6098      /// the declaration we're instantiating (e.g., a CXXRecordDecl).
6099      TemplateInstantiation,
6100
6101      /// We are instantiating a default argument for a template
6102      /// parameter. The Entity is the template, and
6103      /// TemplateArgs/NumTemplateArguments provides the template
6104      /// arguments as specified.
6105      /// FIXME: Use a TemplateArgumentList
6106      DefaultTemplateArgumentInstantiation,
6107
6108      /// We are instantiating a default argument for a function.
6109      /// The Entity is the ParmVarDecl, and TemplateArgs/NumTemplateArgs
6110      /// provides the template arguments as specified.
6111      DefaultFunctionArgumentInstantiation,
6112
6113      /// We are substituting explicit template arguments provided for
6114      /// a function template. The entity is a FunctionTemplateDecl.
6115      ExplicitTemplateArgumentSubstitution,
6116
6117      /// We are substituting template argument determined as part of
6118      /// template argument deduction for either a class template
6119      /// partial specialization or a function template. The
6120      /// Entity is either a ClassTemplatePartialSpecializationDecl or
6121      /// a FunctionTemplateDecl.
6122      DeducedTemplateArgumentSubstitution,
6123
6124      /// We are substituting prior template arguments into a new
6125      /// template parameter. The template parameter itself is either a
6126      /// NonTypeTemplateParmDecl or a TemplateTemplateParmDecl.
6127      PriorTemplateArgumentSubstitution,
6128
6129      /// We are checking the validity of a default template argument that
6130      /// has been used when naming a template-id.
6131      DefaultTemplateArgumentChecking,
6132
6133      /// We are instantiating the exception specification for a function
6134      /// template which was deferred until it was needed.
6135      ExceptionSpecInstantiation
6136    } Kind;
6137
6138    /// \brief The point of instantiation within the source code.
6139    SourceLocation PointOfInstantiation;
6140
6141    /// \brief The template (or partial specialization) in which we are
6142    /// performing the instantiation, for substitutions of prior template
6143    /// arguments.
6144    NamedDecl *Template;
6145
6146    /// \brief The entity that is being instantiated.
6147    Decl *Entity;
6148
6149    /// \brief The list of template arguments we are substituting, if they
6150    /// are not part of the entity.
6151    const TemplateArgument *TemplateArgs;
6152
6153    /// \brief The number of template arguments in TemplateArgs.
6154    unsigned NumTemplateArgs;
6155
6156    /// \brief The template deduction info object associated with the
6157    /// substitution or checking of explicit or deduced template arguments.
6158    sema::TemplateDeductionInfo *DeductionInfo;
6159
6160    /// \brief The source range that covers the construct that cause
6161    /// the instantiation, e.g., the template-id that causes a class
6162    /// template instantiation.
6163    SourceRange InstantiationRange;
6164
6165    ActiveTemplateInstantiation()
6166      : Kind(TemplateInstantiation), Template(nullptr), Entity(nullptr),
6167        TemplateArgs(nullptr), NumTemplateArgs(0), DeductionInfo(nullptr) {}
6168
6169    /// \brief Determines whether this template is an actual instantiation
6170    /// that should be counted toward the maximum instantiation depth.
6171    bool isInstantiationRecord() const;
6172
6173    friend bool operator==(const ActiveTemplateInstantiation &X,
6174                           const ActiveTemplateInstantiation &Y) {
6175      if (X.Kind != Y.Kind)
6176        return false;
6177
6178      if (X.Entity != Y.Entity)
6179        return false;
6180
6181      switch (X.Kind) {
6182      case TemplateInstantiation:
6183      case ExceptionSpecInstantiation:
6184        return true;
6185
6186      case PriorTemplateArgumentSubstitution:
6187      case DefaultTemplateArgumentChecking:
6188        return X.Template == Y.Template && X.TemplateArgs == Y.TemplateArgs;
6189
6190      case DefaultTemplateArgumentInstantiation:
6191      case ExplicitTemplateArgumentSubstitution:
6192      case DeducedTemplateArgumentSubstitution:
6193      case DefaultFunctionArgumentInstantiation:
6194        return X.TemplateArgs == Y.TemplateArgs;
6195
6196      }
6197
6198      llvm_unreachable("Invalid InstantiationKind!");
6199    }
6200
6201    friend bool operator!=(const ActiveTemplateInstantiation &X,
6202                           const ActiveTemplateInstantiation &Y) {
6203      return !(X == Y);
6204    }
6205  };
6206
6207  /// \brief List of active template instantiations.
6208  ///
6209  /// This vector is treated as a stack. As one template instantiation
6210  /// requires another template instantiation, additional
6211  /// instantiations are pushed onto the stack up to a
6212  /// user-configurable limit LangOptions::InstantiationDepth.
6213  SmallVector<ActiveTemplateInstantiation, 16>
6214    ActiveTemplateInstantiations;
6215
6216  /// \brief Extra modules inspected when performing a lookup during a template
6217  /// instantiation. Computed lazily.
6218  SmallVector<Module*, 16> ActiveTemplateInstantiationLookupModules;
6219
6220  /// \brief Cache of additional modules that should be used for name lookup
6221  /// within the current template instantiation. Computed lazily; use
6222  /// getLookupModules() to get a complete set.
6223  llvm::DenseSet<Module*> LookupModulesCache;
6224
6225  /// \brief Get the set of additional modules that should be checked during
6226  /// name lookup. A module and its imports become visible when instanting a
6227  /// template defined within it.
6228  llvm::DenseSet<Module*> &getLookupModules();
6229
6230  /// \brief Whether we are in a SFINAE context that is not associated with
6231  /// template instantiation.
6232  ///
6233  /// This is used when setting up a SFINAE trap (\c see SFINAETrap) outside
6234  /// of a template instantiation or template argument deduction.
6235  bool InNonInstantiationSFINAEContext;
6236
6237  /// \brief The number of ActiveTemplateInstantiation entries in
6238  /// \c ActiveTemplateInstantiations that are not actual instantiations and,
6239  /// therefore, should not be counted as part of the instantiation depth.
6240  unsigned NonInstantiationEntries;
6241
6242  /// \brief The last template from which a template instantiation
6243  /// error or warning was produced.
6244  ///
6245  /// This value is used to suppress printing of redundant template
6246  /// instantiation backtraces when there are multiple errors in the
6247  /// same instantiation. FIXME: Does this belong in Sema? It's tough
6248  /// to implement it anywhere else.
6249  ActiveTemplateInstantiation LastTemplateInstantiationErrorContext;
6250
6251  /// \brief The current index into pack expansion arguments that will be
6252  /// used for substitution of parameter packs.
6253  ///
6254  /// The pack expansion index will be -1 to indicate that parameter packs
6255  /// should be instantiated as themselves. Otherwise, the index specifies
6256  /// which argument within the parameter pack will be used for substitution.
6257  int ArgumentPackSubstitutionIndex;
6258
6259  /// \brief RAII object used to change the argument pack substitution index
6260  /// within a \c Sema object.
6261  ///
6262  /// See \c ArgumentPackSubstitutionIndex for more information.
6263  class ArgumentPackSubstitutionIndexRAII {
6264    Sema &Self;
6265    int OldSubstitutionIndex;
6266
6267  public:
6268    ArgumentPackSubstitutionIndexRAII(Sema &Self, int NewSubstitutionIndex)
6269      : Self(Self), OldSubstitutionIndex(Self.ArgumentPackSubstitutionIndex) {
6270      Self.ArgumentPackSubstitutionIndex = NewSubstitutionIndex;
6271    }
6272
6273    ~ArgumentPackSubstitutionIndexRAII() {
6274      Self.ArgumentPackSubstitutionIndex = OldSubstitutionIndex;
6275    }
6276  };
6277
6278  friend class ArgumentPackSubstitutionRAII;
6279
6280  /// \brief The stack of calls expression undergoing template instantiation.
6281  ///
6282  /// The top of this stack is used by a fixit instantiating unresolved
6283  /// function calls to fix the AST to match the textual change it prints.
6284  SmallVector<CallExpr *, 8> CallsUndergoingInstantiation;
6285
6286  /// \brief For each declaration that involved template argument deduction, the
6287  /// set of diagnostics that were suppressed during that template argument
6288  /// deduction.
6289  ///
6290  /// FIXME: Serialize this structure to the AST file.
6291  typedef llvm::DenseMap<Decl *, SmallVector<PartialDiagnosticAt, 1> >
6292    SuppressedDiagnosticsMap;
6293  SuppressedDiagnosticsMap SuppressedDiagnostics;
6294
6295  /// \brief A stack object to be created when performing template
6296  /// instantiation.
6297  ///
6298  /// Construction of an object of type \c InstantiatingTemplate
6299  /// pushes the current instantiation onto the stack of active
6300  /// instantiations. If the size of this stack exceeds the maximum
6301  /// number of recursive template instantiations, construction
6302  /// produces an error and evaluates true.
6303  ///
6304  /// Destruction of this object will pop the named instantiation off
6305  /// the stack.
6306  struct InstantiatingTemplate {
6307    /// \brief Note that we are instantiating a class template,
6308    /// function template, or a member thereof.
6309    InstantiatingTemplate(Sema &SemaRef, SourceLocation PointOfInstantiation,
6310                          Decl *Entity,
6311                          SourceRange InstantiationRange = SourceRange());
6312
6313    struct ExceptionSpecification {};
6314    /// \brief Note that we are instantiating an exception specification
6315    /// of a function template.
6316    InstantiatingTemplate(Sema &SemaRef, SourceLocation PointOfInstantiation,
6317                          FunctionDecl *Entity, ExceptionSpecification,
6318                          SourceRange InstantiationRange = SourceRange());
6319
6320    /// \brief Note that we are instantiating a default argument in a
6321    /// template-id.
6322    InstantiatingTemplate(Sema &SemaRef, SourceLocation PointOfInstantiation,
6323                          TemplateDecl *Template,
6324                          ArrayRef<TemplateArgument> TemplateArgs,
6325                          SourceRange InstantiationRange = SourceRange());
6326
6327    /// \brief Note that we are instantiating a default argument in a
6328    /// template-id.
6329    InstantiatingTemplate(Sema &SemaRef, SourceLocation PointOfInstantiation,
6330                          FunctionTemplateDecl *FunctionTemplate,
6331                          ArrayRef<TemplateArgument> TemplateArgs,
6332                          ActiveTemplateInstantiation::InstantiationKind Kind,
6333                          sema::TemplateDeductionInfo &DeductionInfo,
6334                          SourceRange InstantiationRange = SourceRange());
6335
6336    /// \brief Note that we are instantiating as part of template
6337    /// argument deduction for a class template partial
6338    /// specialization.
6339    InstantiatingTemplate(Sema &SemaRef, SourceLocation PointOfInstantiation,
6340                          ClassTemplatePartialSpecializationDecl *PartialSpec,
6341                          ArrayRef<TemplateArgument> TemplateArgs,
6342                          sema::TemplateDeductionInfo &DeductionInfo,
6343                          SourceRange InstantiationRange = SourceRange());
6344
6345    /// \brief Note that we are instantiating as part of template
6346    /// argument deduction for a variable template partial
6347    /// specialization.
6348    InstantiatingTemplate(Sema &SemaRef, SourceLocation PointOfInstantiation,
6349                          VarTemplatePartialSpecializationDecl *PartialSpec,
6350                          ArrayRef<TemplateArgument> TemplateArgs,
6351                          sema::TemplateDeductionInfo &DeductionInfo,
6352                          SourceRange InstantiationRange = SourceRange());
6353
6354    InstantiatingTemplate(Sema &SemaRef, SourceLocation PointOfInstantiation,
6355                          ParmVarDecl *Param,
6356                          ArrayRef<TemplateArgument> TemplateArgs,
6357                          SourceRange InstantiationRange = SourceRange());
6358
6359    /// \brief Note that we are substituting prior template arguments into a
6360    /// non-type parameter.
6361    InstantiatingTemplate(Sema &SemaRef, SourceLocation PointOfInstantiation,
6362                          NamedDecl *Template,
6363                          NonTypeTemplateParmDecl *Param,
6364                          ArrayRef<TemplateArgument> TemplateArgs,
6365                          SourceRange InstantiationRange);
6366
6367    /// \brief Note that we are substituting prior template arguments into a
6368    /// template template parameter.
6369    InstantiatingTemplate(Sema &SemaRef, SourceLocation PointOfInstantiation,
6370                          NamedDecl *Template,
6371                          TemplateTemplateParmDecl *Param,
6372                          ArrayRef<TemplateArgument> TemplateArgs,
6373                          SourceRange InstantiationRange);
6374
6375    /// \brief Note that we are checking the default template argument
6376    /// against the template parameter for a given template-id.
6377    InstantiatingTemplate(Sema &SemaRef, SourceLocation PointOfInstantiation,
6378                          TemplateDecl *Template,
6379                          NamedDecl *Param,
6380                          ArrayRef<TemplateArgument> TemplateArgs,
6381                          SourceRange InstantiationRange);
6382
6383
6384    /// \brief Note that we have finished instantiating this template.
6385    void Clear();
6386
6387    ~InstantiatingTemplate() { Clear(); }
6388
6389    /// \brief Determines whether we have exceeded the maximum
6390    /// recursive template instantiations.
6391    bool isInvalid() const { return Invalid; }
6392
6393  private:
6394    Sema &SemaRef;
6395    bool Invalid;
6396    bool SavedInNonInstantiationSFINAEContext;
6397    bool CheckInstantiationDepth(SourceLocation PointOfInstantiation,
6398                                 SourceRange InstantiationRange);
6399
6400    // FIXME: Replace this with a constructor once we can use delegating
6401    // constructors in llvm.
6402    void Initialize(
6403        ActiveTemplateInstantiation::InstantiationKind Kind,
6404        SourceLocation PointOfInstantiation, SourceRange InstantiationRange,
6405        Decl *Entity, NamedDecl *Template = nullptr,
6406        ArrayRef<TemplateArgument> TemplateArgs = ArrayRef<TemplateArgument>(),
6407        sema::TemplateDeductionInfo *DeductionInfo = nullptr);
6408
6409    InstantiatingTemplate(const InstantiatingTemplate&) LLVM_DELETED_FUNCTION;
6410
6411    InstantiatingTemplate&
6412    operator=(const InstantiatingTemplate&) LLVM_DELETED_FUNCTION;
6413  };
6414
6415  void PrintInstantiationStack();
6416
6417  /// \brief Determines whether we are currently in a context where
6418  /// template argument substitution failures are not considered
6419  /// errors.
6420  ///
6421  /// \returns An empty \c Optional if we're not in a SFINAE context.
6422  /// Otherwise, contains a pointer that, if non-NULL, contains the nearest
6423  /// template-deduction context object, which can be used to capture
6424  /// diagnostics that will be suppressed.
6425  Optional<sema::TemplateDeductionInfo *> isSFINAEContext() const;
6426
6427  /// \brief Determines whether we are currently in a context that
6428  /// is not evaluated as per C++ [expr] p5.
6429  bool isUnevaluatedContext() const {
6430    assert(!ExprEvalContexts.empty() &&
6431           "Must be in an expression evaluation context");
6432    return ExprEvalContexts.back().isUnevaluated();
6433  }
6434
6435  /// \brief RAII class used to determine whether SFINAE has
6436  /// trapped any errors that occur during template argument
6437  /// deduction.
6438  class SFINAETrap {
6439    Sema &SemaRef;
6440    unsigned PrevSFINAEErrors;
6441    bool PrevInNonInstantiationSFINAEContext;
6442    bool PrevAccessCheckingSFINAE;
6443
6444  public:
6445    explicit SFINAETrap(Sema &SemaRef, bool AccessCheckingSFINAE = false)
6446      : SemaRef(SemaRef), PrevSFINAEErrors(SemaRef.NumSFINAEErrors),
6447        PrevInNonInstantiationSFINAEContext(
6448                                      SemaRef.InNonInstantiationSFINAEContext),
6449        PrevAccessCheckingSFINAE(SemaRef.AccessCheckingSFINAE)
6450    {
6451      if (!SemaRef.isSFINAEContext())
6452        SemaRef.InNonInstantiationSFINAEContext = true;
6453      SemaRef.AccessCheckingSFINAE = AccessCheckingSFINAE;
6454    }
6455
6456    ~SFINAETrap() {
6457      SemaRef.NumSFINAEErrors = PrevSFINAEErrors;
6458      SemaRef.InNonInstantiationSFINAEContext
6459        = PrevInNonInstantiationSFINAEContext;
6460      SemaRef.AccessCheckingSFINAE = PrevAccessCheckingSFINAE;
6461    }
6462
6463    /// \brief Determine whether any SFINAE errors have been trapped.
6464    bool hasErrorOccurred() const {
6465      return SemaRef.NumSFINAEErrors > PrevSFINAEErrors;
6466    }
6467  };
6468
6469  /// \brief RAII class used to indicate that we are performing provisional
6470  /// semantic analysis to determine the validity of a construct, so
6471  /// typo-correction and diagnostics in the immediate context (not within
6472  /// implicitly-instantiated templates) should be suppressed.
6473  class TentativeAnalysisScope {
6474    Sema &SemaRef;
6475    // FIXME: Using a SFINAETrap for this is a hack.
6476    SFINAETrap Trap;
6477    bool PrevDisableTypoCorrection;
6478  public:
6479    explicit TentativeAnalysisScope(Sema &SemaRef)
6480        : SemaRef(SemaRef), Trap(SemaRef, true),
6481          PrevDisableTypoCorrection(SemaRef.DisableTypoCorrection) {
6482      SemaRef.DisableTypoCorrection = true;
6483    }
6484    ~TentativeAnalysisScope() {
6485      SemaRef.DisableTypoCorrection = PrevDisableTypoCorrection;
6486    }
6487  };
6488
6489  /// \brief The current instantiation scope used to store local
6490  /// variables.
6491  LocalInstantiationScope *CurrentInstantiationScope;
6492
6493  /// \brief Tracks whether we are in a context where typo correction is
6494  /// disabled.
6495  bool DisableTypoCorrection;
6496
6497  /// \brief The number of typos corrected by CorrectTypo.
6498  unsigned TyposCorrected;
6499
6500  typedef llvm::DenseMap<IdentifierInfo *, TypoCorrection>
6501    UnqualifiedTyposCorrectedMap;
6502
6503  /// \brief A cache containing the results of typo correction for unqualified
6504  /// name lookup.
6505  ///
6506  /// The string is the string that we corrected to (which may be empty, if
6507  /// there was no correction), while the boolean will be true when the
6508  /// string represents a keyword.
6509  UnqualifiedTyposCorrectedMap UnqualifiedTyposCorrected;
6510
6511  typedef llvm::SmallSet<SourceLocation, 2> SrcLocSet;
6512  typedef llvm::DenseMap<IdentifierInfo *, SrcLocSet> IdentifierSourceLocations;
6513
6514  /// \brief A cache containing identifiers for which typo correction failed and
6515  /// their locations, so that repeated attempts to correct an identifier in a
6516  /// given location are ignored if typo correction already failed for it.
6517  IdentifierSourceLocations TypoCorrectionFailures;
6518
6519  /// \brief Worker object for performing CFG-based warnings.
6520  sema::AnalysisBasedWarnings AnalysisWarnings;
6521
6522  /// \brief An entity for which implicit template instantiation is required.
6523  ///
6524  /// The source location associated with the declaration is the first place in
6525  /// the source code where the declaration was "used". It is not necessarily
6526  /// the point of instantiation (which will be either before or after the
6527  /// namespace-scope declaration that triggered this implicit instantiation),
6528  /// However, it is the location that diagnostics should generally refer to,
6529  /// because users will need to know what code triggered the instantiation.
6530  typedef std::pair<ValueDecl *, SourceLocation> PendingImplicitInstantiation;
6531
6532  /// \brief The queue of implicit template instantiations that are required
6533  /// but have not yet been performed.
6534  std::deque<PendingImplicitInstantiation> PendingInstantiations;
6535
6536  /// \brief The queue of implicit template instantiations that are required
6537  /// and must be performed within the current local scope.
6538  ///
6539  /// This queue is only used for member functions of local classes in
6540  /// templates, which must be instantiated in the same scope as their
6541  /// enclosing function, so that they can reference function-local
6542  /// types, static variables, enumerators, etc.
6543  std::deque<PendingImplicitInstantiation> PendingLocalImplicitInstantiations;
6544
6545  class SavePendingLocalImplicitInstantiationsRAII {
6546  public:
6547    SavePendingLocalImplicitInstantiationsRAII(Sema &S): S(S) {
6548      SavedPendingLocalImplicitInstantiations.swap(
6549          S.PendingLocalImplicitInstantiations);
6550    }
6551
6552    ~SavePendingLocalImplicitInstantiationsRAII() {
6553      assert(S.PendingLocalImplicitInstantiations.empty() &&
6554             "there shouldn't be any pending local implicit instantiations");
6555      SavedPendingLocalImplicitInstantiations.swap(
6556          S.PendingLocalImplicitInstantiations);
6557    }
6558
6559  private:
6560    Sema &S;
6561    std::deque<PendingImplicitInstantiation>
6562    SavedPendingLocalImplicitInstantiations;
6563  };
6564
6565  void PerformPendingInstantiations(bool LocalOnly = false);
6566
6567  TypeSourceInfo *SubstType(TypeSourceInfo *T,
6568                            const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs,
6569                            SourceLocation Loc, DeclarationName Entity);
6570
6571  QualType SubstType(QualType T,
6572                     const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs,
6573                     SourceLocation Loc, DeclarationName Entity);
6574
6575  TypeSourceInfo *SubstType(TypeLoc TL,
6576                            const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs,
6577                            SourceLocation Loc, DeclarationName Entity);
6578
6579  TypeSourceInfo *SubstFunctionDeclType(TypeSourceInfo *T,
6580                            const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs,
6581                                        SourceLocation Loc,
6582                                        DeclarationName Entity,
6583                                        CXXRecordDecl *ThisContext,
6584                                        unsigned ThisTypeQuals);
6585  ParmVarDecl *SubstParmVarDecl(ParmVarDecl *D,
6586                            const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs,
6587                                int indexAdjustment,
6588                                Optional<unsigned> NumExpansions,
6589                                bool ExpectParameterPack);
6590  bool SubstParmTypes(SourceLocation Loc,
6591                      ParmVarDecl **Params, unsigned NumParams,
6592                      const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs,
6593                      SmallVectorImpl<QualType> &ParamTypes,
6594                      SmallVectorImpl<ParmVarDecl *> *OutParams = nullptr);
6595  ExprResult SubstExpr(Expr *E,
6596                       const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs);
6597
6598  /// \brief Substitute the given template arguments into a list of
6599  /// expressions, expanding pack expansions if required.
6600  ///
6601  /// \param Exprs The list of expressions to substitute into.
6602  ///
6603  /// \param NumExprs The number of expressions in \p Exprs.
6604  ///
6605  /// \param IsCall Whether this is some form of call, in which case
6606  /// default arguments will be dropped.
6607  ///
6608  /// \param TemplateArgs The set of template arguments to substitute.
6609  ///
6610  /// \param Outputs Will receive all of the substituted arguments.
6611  ///
6612  /// \returns true if an error occurred, false otherwise.
6613  bool SubstExprs(Expr **Exprs, unsigned NumExprs, bool IsCall,
6614                  const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs,
6615                  SmallVectorImpl<Expr *> &Outputs);
6616
6617  StmtResult SubstStmt(Stmt *S,
6618                       const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs);
6619
6620  Decl *SubstDecl(Decl *D, DeclContext *Owner,
6621                  const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs);
6622
6623  ExprResult SubstInitializer(Expr *E,
6624                       const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs,
6625                       bool CXXDirectInit);
6626
6627  bool
6628  SubstBaseSpecifiers(CXXRecordDecl *Instantiation,
6629                      CXXRecordDecl *Pattern,
6630                      const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs);
6631
6632  bool
6633  InstantiateClass(SourceLocation PointOfInstantiation,
6634                   CXXRecordDecl *Instantiation, CXXRecordDecl *Pattern,
6635                   const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs,
6636                   TemplateSpecializationKind TSK,
6637                   bool Complain = true);
6638
6639  bool InstantiateEnum(SourceLocation PointOfInstantiation,
6640                       EnumDecl *Instantiation, EnumDecl *Pattern,
6641                       const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs,
6642                       TemplateSpecializationKind TSK);
6643
6644  struct LateInstantiatedAttribute {
6645    const Attr *TmplAttr;
6646    LocalInstantiationScope *Scope;
6647    Decl *NewDecl;
6648
6649    LateInstantiatedAttribute(const Attr *A, LocalInstantiationScope *S,
6650                              Decl *D)
6651      : TmplAttr(A), Scope(S), NewDecl(D)
6652    { }
6653  };
6654  typedef SmallVector<LateInstantiatedAttribute, 16> LateInstantiatedAttrVec;
6655
6656  void InstantiateAttrs(const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs,
6657                        const Decl *Pattern, Decl *Inst,
6658                        LateInstantiatedAttrVec *LateAttrs = nullptr,
6659                        LocalInstantiationScope *OuterMostScope = nullptr);
6660
6661  bool
6662  InstantiateClassTemplateSpecialization(SourceLocation PointOfInstantiation,
6663                           ClassTemplateSpecializationDecl *ClassTemplateSpec,
6664                           TemplateSpecializationKind TSK,
6665                           bool Complain = true);
6666
6667  void InstantiateClassMembers(SourceLocation PointOfInstantiation,
6668                               CXXRecordDecl *Instantiation,
6669                            const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs,
6670                               TemplateSpecializationKind TSK);
6671
6672  void InstantiateClassTemplateSpecializationMembers(
6673                                          SourceLocation PointOfInstantiation,
6674                           ClassTemplateSpecializationDecl *ClassTemplateSpec,
6675                                                TemplateSpecializationKind TSK);
6676
6677  NestedNameSpecifierLoc
6678  SubstNestedNameSpecifierLoc(NestedNameSpecifierLoc NNS,
6679                           const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs);
6680
6681  DeclarationNameInfo
6682  SubstDeclarationNameInfo(const DeclarationNameInfo &NameInfo,
6683                           const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs);
6684  TemplateName
6685  SubstTemplateName(NestedNameSpecifierLoc QualifierLoc, TemplateName Name,
6686                    SourceLocation Loc,
6687                    const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs);
6688  bool Subst(const TemplateArgumentLoc *Args, unsigned NumArgs,
6689             TemplateArgumentListInfo &Result,
6690             const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs);
6691
6692  void InstantiateExceptionSpec(SourceLocation PointOfInstantiation,
6693                                FunctionDecl *Function);
6694  void InstantiateFunctionDefinition(SourceLocation PointOfInstantiation,
6695                                     FunctionDecl *Function,
6696                                     bool Recursive = false,
6697                                     bool DefinitionRequired = false);
6698  VarTemplateSpecializationDecl *BuildVarTemplateInstantiation(
6699      VarTemplateDecl *VarTemplate, VarDecl *FromVar,
6700      const TemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgList,
6701      const TemplateArgumentListInfo &TemplateArgsInfo,
6702      SmallVectorImpl<TemplateArgument> &Converted,
6703      SourceLocation PointOfInstantiation, void *InsertPos,
6704      LateInstantiatedAttrVec *LateAttrs = nullptr,
6705      LocalInstantiationScope *StartingScope = nullptr);
6706  VarTemplateSpecializationDecl *CompleteVarTemplateSpecializationDecl(
6707      VarTemplateSpecializationDecl *VarSpec, VarDecl *PatternDecl,
6708      const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs);
6709  void
6710  BuildVariableInstantiation(VarDecl *NewVar, VarDecl *OldVar,
6711                             const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs,
6712                             LateInstantiatedAttrVec *LateAttrs,
6713                             DeclContext *Owner,
6714                             LocalInstantiationScope *StartingScope,
6715                             bool InstantiatingVarTemplate = false);
6716  void InstantiateVariableInitializer(
6717      VarDecl *Var, VarDecl *OldVar,
6718      const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs);
6719  void InstantiateVariableDefinition(SourceLocation PointOfInstantiation,
6720                                     VarDecl *Var, bool Recursive = false,
6721                                     bool DefinitionRequired = false);
6722  void InstantiateStaticDataMemberDefinition(
6723                                     SourceLocation PointOfInstantiation,
6724                                     VarDecl *Var,
6725                                     bool Recursive = false,
6726                                     bool DefinitionRequired = false);
6727
6728  void InstantiateMemInitializers(CXXConstructorDecl *New,
6729                                  const CXXConstructorDecl *Tmpl,
6730                            const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs);
6731
6732  NamedDecl *FindInstantiatedDecl(SourceLocation Loc, NamedDecl *D,
6733                          const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs);
6734  DeclContext *FindInstantiatedContext(SourceLocation Loc, DeclContext *DC,
6735                          const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs);
6736
6737  // Objective-C declarations.
6738  enum ObjCContainerKind {
6739    OCK_None = -1,
6740    OCK_Interface = 0,
6741    OCK_Protocol,
6742    OCK_Category,
6743    OCK_ClassExtension,
6744    OCK_Implementation,
6745    OCK_CategoryImplementation
6746  };
6747  ObjCContainerKind getObjCContainerKind() const;
6748
6749  Decl *ActOnStartClassInterface(SourceLocation AtInterfaceLoc,
6750                                 IdentifierInfo *ClassName,
6751                                 SourceLocation ClassLoc,
6752                                 IdentifierInfo *SuperName,
6753                                 SourceLocation SuperLoc,
6754                                 Decl * const *ProtoRefs,
6755                                 unsigned NumProtoRefs,
6756                                 const SourceLocation *ProtoLocs,
6757                                 SourceLocation EndProtoLoc,
6758                                 AttributeList *AttrList);
6759
6760  void ActOnTypedefedProtocols(SmallVectorImpl<Decl *> &ProtocolRefs,
6761                               IdentifierInfo *SuperName,
6762                               SourceLocation SuperLoc);
6763
6764  Decl *ActOnCompatibilityAlias(
6765                    SourceLocation AtCompatibilityAliasLoc,
6766                    IdentifierInfo *AliasName,  SourceLocation AliasLocation,
6767                    IdentifierInfo *ClassName, SourceLocation ClassLocation);
6768
6769  bool CheckForwardProtocolDeclarationForCircularDependency(
6770    IdentifierInfo *PName,
6771    SourceLocation &PLoc, SourceLocation PrevLoc,
6772    const ObjCList<ObjCProtocolDecl> &PList);
6773
6774  Decl *ActOnStartProtocolInterface(
6775                    SourceLocation AtProtoInterfaceLoc,
6776                    IdentifierInfo *ProtocolName, SourceLocation ProtocolLoc,
6777                    Decl * const *ProtoRefNames, unsigned NumProtoRefs,
6778                    const SourceLocation *ProtoLocs,
6779                    SourceLocation EndProtoLoc,
6780                    AttributeList *AttrList);
6781
6782  Decl *ActOnStartCategoryInterface(SourceLocation AtInterfaceLoc,
6783                                    IdentifierInfo *ClassName,
6784                                    SourceLocation ClassLoc,
6785                                    IdentifierInfo *CategoryName,
6786                                    SourceLocation CategoryLoc,
6787                                    Decl * const *ProtoRefs,
6788                                    unsigned NumProtoRefs,
6789                                    const SourceLocation *ProtoLocs,
6790                                    SourceLocation EndProtoLoc);
6791
6792  Decl *ActOnStartClassImplementation(
6793                    SourceLocation AtClassImplLoc,
6794                    IdentifierInfo *ClassName, SourceLocation ClassLoc,
6795                    IdentifierInfo *SuperClassname,
6796                    SourceLocation SuperClassLoc);
6797
6798  Decl *ActOnStartCategoryImplementation(SourceLocation AtCatImplLoc,
6799                                         IdentifierInfo *ClassName,
6800                                         SourceLocation ClassLoc,
6801                                         IdentifierInfo *CatName,
6802                                         SourceLocation CatLoc);
6803
6804  DeclGroupPtrTy ActOnFinishObjCImplementation(Decl *ObjCImpDecl,
6805                                               ArrayRef<Decl *> Decls);
6806
6807  DeclGroupPtrTy ActOnForwardClassDeclaration(SourceLocation Loc,
6808                                     IdentifierInfo **IdentList,
6809                                     SourceLocation *IdentLocs,
6810                                     unsigned NumElts);
6811
6812  DeclGroupPtrTy ActOnForwardProtocolDeclaration(SourceLocation AtProtoclLoc,
6813                                        const IdentifierLocPair *IdentList,
6814                                        unsigned NumElts,
6815                                        AttributeList *attrList);
6816
6817  void FindProtocolDeclaration(bool WarnOnDeclarations,
6818                               const IdentifierLocPair *ProtocolId,
6819                               unsigned NumProtocols,
6820                               SmallVectorImpl<Decl *> &Protocols);
6821
6822  /// Ensure attributes are consistent with type.
6823  /// \param [in, out] Attributes The attributes to check; they will
6824  /// be modified to be consistent with \p PropertyTy.
6825  void CheckObjCPropertyAttributes(Decl *PropertyPtrTy,
6826                                   SourceLocation Loc,
6827                                   unsigned &Attributes,
6828                                   bool propertyInPrimaryClass);
6829
6830  /// Process the specified property declaration and create decls for the
6831  /// setters and getters as needed.
6832  /// \param property The property declaration being processed
6833  /// \param CD The semantic container for the property
6834  /// \param redeclaredProperty Declaration for property if redeclared
6835  ///        in class extension.
6836  /// \param lexicalDC Container for redeclaredProperty.
6837  void ProcessPropertyDecl(ObjCPropertyDecl *property,
6838                           ObjCContainerDecl *CD,
6839                           ObjCPropertyDecl *redeclaredProperty = nullptr,
6840                           ObjCContainerDecl *lexicalDC = nullptr);
6841
6842
6843  void DiagnosePropertyMismatch(ObjCPropertyDecl *Property,
6844                                ObjCPropertyDecl *SuperProperty,
6845                                const IdentifierInfo *Name,
6846                                bool OverridingProtocolProperty);
6847
6848  void DiagnoseClassExtensionDupMethods(ObjCCategoryDecl *CAT,
6849                                        ObjCInterfaceDecl *ID);
6850
6851  Decl *ActOnAtEnd(Scope *S, SourceRange AtEnd,
6852                   ArrayRef<Decl *> allMethods = None,
6853                   ArrayRef<DeclGroupPtrTy> allTUVars = None);
6854
6855  Decl *ActOnProperty(Scope *S, SourceLocation AtLoc,
6856                      SourceLocation LParenLoc,
6857                      FieldDeclarator &FD, ObjCDeclSpec &ODS,
6858                      Selector GetterSel, Selector SetterSel,
6859                      bool *OverridingProperty,
6860                      tok::ObjCKeywordKind MethodImplKind,
6861                      DeclContext *lexicalDC = nullptr);
6862
6863  Decl *ActOnPropertyImplDecl(Scope *S,
6864                              SourceLocation AtLoc,
6865                              SourceLocation PropertyLoc,
6866                              bool ImplKind,
6867                              IdentifierInfo *PropertyId,
6868                              IdentifierInfo *PropertyIvar,
6869                              SourceLocation PropertyIvarLoc);
6870
6871  enum ObjCSpecialMethodKind {
6872    OSMK_None,
6873    OSMK_Alloc,
6874    OSMK_New,
6875    OSMK_Copy,
6876    OSMK_RetainingInit,
6877    OSMK_NonRetainingInit
6878  };
6879
6880  struct ObjCArgInfo {
6881    IdentifierInfo *Name;
6882    SourceLocation NameLoc;
6883    // The Type is null if no type was specified, and the DeclSpec is invalid
6884    // in this case.
6885    ParsedType Type;
6886    ObjCDeclSpec DeclSpec;
6887
6888    /// ArgAttrs - Attribute list for this argument.
6889    AttributeList *ArgAttrs;
6890  };
6891
6892  Decl *ActOnMethodDeclaration(
6893    Scope *S,
6894    SourceLocation BeginLoc, // location of the + or -.
6895    SourceLocation EndLoc,   // location of the ; or {.
6896    tok::TokenKind MethodType,
6897    ObjCDeclSpec &ReturnQT, ParsedType ReturnType,
6898    ArrayRef<SourceLocation> SelectorLocs, Selector Sel,
6899    // optional arguments. The number of types/arguments is obtained
6900    // from the Sel.getNumArgs().
6901    ObjCArgInfo *ArgInfo,
6902    DeclaratorChunk::ParamInfo *CParamInfo, unsigned CNumArgs, // c-style args
6903    AttributeList *AttrList, tok::ObjCKeywordKind MethodImplKind,
6904    bool isVariadic, bool MethodDefinition);
6905
6906  ObjCMethodDecl *LookupMethodInQualifiedType(Selector Sel,
6907                                              const ObjCObjectPointerType *OPT,
6908                                              bool IsInstance);
6909  ObjCMethodDecl *LookupMethodInObjectType(Selector Sel, QualType Ty,
6910                                           bool IsInstance);
6911
6912  bool CheckARCMethodDecl(ObjCMethodDecl *method);
6913  bool inferObjCARCLifetime(ValueDecl *decl);
6914
6915  ExprResult
6916  HandleExprPropertyRefExpr(const ObjCObjectPointerType *OPT,
6917                            Expr *BaseExpr,
6918                            SourceLocation OpLoc,
6919                            DeclarationName MemberName,
6920                            SourceLocation MemberLoc,
6921                            SourceLocation SuperLoc, QualType SuperType,
6922                            bool Super);
6923
6924  ExprResult
6925  ActOnClassPropertyRefExpr(IdentifierInfo &receiverName,
6926                            IdentifierInfo &propertyName,
6927                            SourceLocation receiverNameLoc,
6928                            SourceLocation propertyNameLoc);
6929
6930  ObjCMethodDecl *tryCaptureObjCSelf(SourceLocation Loc);
6931
6932  /// \brief Describes the kind of message expression indicated by a message
6933  /// send that starts with an identifier.
6934  enum ObjCMessageKind {
6935    /// \brief The message is sent to 'super'.
6936    ObjCSuperMessage,
6937    /// \brief The message is an instance message.
6938    ObjCInstanceMessage,
6939    /// \brief The message is a class message, and the identifier is a type
6940    /// name.
6941    ObjCClassMessage
6942  };
6943
6944  ObjCMessageKind getObjCMessageKind(Scope *S,
6945                                     IdentifierInfo *Name,
6946                                     SourceLocation NameLoc,
6947                                     bool IsSuper,
6948                                     bool HasTrailingDot,
6949                                     ParsedType &ReceiverType);
6950
6951  ExprResult ActOnSuperMessage(Scope *S, SourceLocation SuperLoc,
6952                               Selector Sel,
6953                               SourceLocation LBracLoc,
6954                               ArrayRef<SourceLocation> SelectorLocs,
6955                               SourceLocation RBracLoc,
6956                               MultiExprArg Args);
6957
6958  ExprResult BuildClassMessage(TypeSourceInfo *ReceiverTypeInfo,
6959                               QualType ReceiverType,
6960                               SourceLocation SuperLoc,
6961                               Selector Sel,
6962                               ObjCMethodDecl *Method,
6963                               SourceLocation LBracLoc,
6964                               ArrayRef<SourceLocation> SelectorLocs,
6965                               SourceLocation RBracLoc,
6966                               MultiExprArg Args,
6967                               bool isImplicit = false);
6968
6969  ExprResult BuildClassMessageImplicit(QualType ReceiverType,
6970                                       bool isSuperReceiver,
6971                                       SourceLocation Loc,
6972                                       Selector Sel,
6973                                       ObjCMethodDecl *Method,
6974                                       MultiExprArg Args);
6975
6976  ExprResult ActOnClassMessage(Scope *S,
6977                               ParsedType Receiver,
6978                               Selector Sel,
6979                               SourceLocation LBracLoc,
6980                               ArrayRef<SourceLocation> SelectorLocs,
6981                               SourceLocation RBracLoc,
6982                               MultiExprArg Args);
6983
6984  ExprResult BuildInstanceMessage(Expr *Receiver,
6985                                  QualType ReceiverType,
6986                                  SourceLocation SuperLoc,
6987                                  Selector Sel,
6988                                  ObjCMethodDecl *Method,
6989                                  SourceLocation LBracLoc,
6990                                  ArrayRef<SourceLocation> SelectorLocs,
6991                                  SourceLocation RBracLoc,
6992                                  MultiExprArg Args,
6993                                  bool isImplicit = false);
6994
6995  ExprResult BuildInstanceMessageImplicit(Expr *Receiver,
6996                                          QualType ReceiverType,
6997                                          SourceLocation Loc,
6998                                          Selector Sel,
6999                                          ObjCMethodDecl *Method,
7000                                          MultiExprArg Args);
7001
7002  ExprResult ActOnInstanceMessage(Scope *S,
7003                                  Expr *Receiver,
7004                                  Selector Sel,
7005                                  SourceLocation LBracLoc,
7006                                  ArrayRef<SourceLocation> SelectorLocs,
7007                                  SourceLocation RBracLoc,
7008                                  MultiExprArg Args);
7009
7010  ExprResult BuildObjCBridgedCast(SourceLocation LParenLoc,
7011                                  ObjCBridgeCastKind Kind,
7012                                  SourceLocation BridgeKeywordLoc,
7013                                  TypeSourceInfo *TSInfo,
7014                                  Expr *SubExpr);
7015
7016  ExprResult ActOnObjCBridgedCast(Scope *S,
7017                                  SourceLocation LParenLoc,
7018                                  ObjCBridgeCastKind Kind,
7019                                  SourceLocation BridgeKeywordLoc,
7020                                  ParsedType Type,
7021                                  SourceLocation RParenLoc,
7022                                  Expr *SubExpr);
7023
7024  void CheckTollFreeBridgeCast(QualType castType, Expr *castExpr);
7025
7026  bool CheckTollFreeBridgeStaticCast(QualType castType, Expr *castExpr,
7027                                     CastKind &Kind);
7028
7029  bool checkObjCBridgeRelatedComponents(SourceLocation Loc,
7030                                        QualType DestType, QualType SrcType,
7031                                        ObjCInterfaceDecl *&RelatedClass,
7032                                        ObjCMethodDecl *&ClassMethod,
7033                                        ObjCMethodDecl *&InstanceMethod,
7034                                        TypedefNameDecl *&TDNDecl,
7035                                        bool CfToNs);
7036
7037  bool CheckObjCBridgeRelatedConversions(SourceLocation Loc,
7038                                         QualType DestType, QualType SrcType,
7039                                         Expr *&SrcExpr);
7040
7041  bool ConversionToObjCStringLiteralCheck(QualType DstType, Expr *&SrcExpr);
7042
7043  bool checkInitMethod(ObjCMethodDecl *method, QualType receiverTypeIfCall);
7044
7045  /// \brief Check whether the given new method is a valid override of the
7046  /// given overridden method, and set any properties that should be inherited.
7047  void CheckObjCMethodOverride(ObjCMethodDecl *NewMethod,
7048                               const ObjCMethodDecl *Overridden);
7049
7050  /// \brief Describes the compatibility of a result type with its method.
7051  enum ResultTypeCompatibilityKind {
7052    RTC_Compatible,
7053    RTC_Incompatible,
7054    RTC_Unknown
7055  };
7056
7057  void CheckObjCMethodOverrides(ObjCMethodDecl *ObjCMethod,
7058                                ObjCInterfaceDecl *CurrentClass,
7059                                ResultTypeCompatibilityKind RTC);
7060
7061  enum PragmaOptionsAlignKind {
7062    POAK_Native,  // #pragma options align=native
7063    POAK_Natural, // #pragma options align=natural
7064    POAK_Packed,  // #pragma options align=packed
7065    POAK_Power,   // #pragma options align=power
7066    POAK_Mac68k,  // #pragma options align=mac68k
7067    POAK_Reset    // #pragma options align=reset
7068  };
7069
7070  /// ActOnPragmaOptionsAlign - Called on well formed \#pragma options align.
7071  void ActOnPragmaOptionsAlign(PragmaOptionsAlignKind Kind,
7072                               SourceLocation PragmaLoc);
7073
7074  enum PragmaPackKind {
7075    PPK_Default, // #pragma pack([n])
7076    PPK_Show,    // #pragma pack(show), only supported by MSVC.
7077    PPK_Push,    // #pragma pack(push, [identifier], [n])
7078    PPK_Pop      // #pragma pack(pop, [identifier], [n])
7079  };
7080
7081  enum PragmaMSStructKind {
7082    PMSST_OFF,  // #pragms ms_struct off
7083    PMSST_ON    // #pragms ms_struct on
7084  };
7085
7086  enum PragmaMSCommentKind {
7087    PCK_Unknown,
7088    PCK_Linker,   // #pragma comment(linker, ...)
7089    PCK_Lib,      // #pragma comment(lib, ...)
7090    PCK_Compiler, // #pragma comment(compiler, ...)
7091    PCK_ExeStr,   // #pragma comment(exestr, ...)
7092    PCK_User      // #pragma comment(user, ...)
7093  };
7094
7095  /// ActOnPragmaPack - Called on well formed \#pragma pack(...).
7096  void ActOnPragmaPack(PragmaPackKind Kind,
7097                       IdentifierInfo *Name,
7098                       Expr *Alignment,
7099                       SourceLocation PragmaLoc,
7100                       SourceLocation LParenLoc,
7101                       SourceLocation RParenLoc);
7102
7103  /// ActOnPragmaMSStruct - Called on well formed \#pragma ms_struct [on|off].
7104  void ActOnPragmaMSStruct(PragmaMSStructKind Kind);
7105
7106  /// ActOnPragmaMSComment - Called on well formed
7107  /// \#pragma comment(kind, "arg").
7108  void ActOnPragmaMSComment(PragmaMSCommentKind Kind, StringRef Arg);
7109
7110  /// ActOnPragmaMSPointersToMembers - called on well formed \#pragma
7111  /// pointers_to_members(representation method[, general purpose
7112  /// representation]).
7113  void ActOnPragmaMSPointersToMembers(
7114      LangOptions::PragmaMSPointersToMembersKind Kind,
7115      SourceLocation PragmaLoc);
7116
7117  /// \brief Called on well formed \#pragma vtordisp().
7118  void ActOnPragmaMSVtorDisp(PragmaVtorDispKind Kind, SourceLocation PragmaLoc,
7119                             MSVtorDispAttr::Mode Value);
7120
7121  enum PragmaSectionKind {
7122    PSK_DataSeg,
7123    PSK_BSSSeg,
7124    PSK_ConstSeg,
7125    PSK_CodeSeg,
7126  };
7127
7128  enum PragmaSectionFlag : unsigned {
7129    PSF_None = 0,
7130    PSF_Read = 0x1,
7131    PSF_Write = 0x2,
7132    PSF_Execute = 0x4,
7133    PSF_Implicit = 0x8,
7134    PSF_Invalid = 0x80000000U,
7135  };
7136
7137  struct SectionInfo {
7138    DeclaratorDecl *Decl;
7139    SourceLocation PragmaSectionLocation;
7140    int SectionFlags;
7141    SectionInfo() {}
7142    SectionInfo(DeclaratorDecl *Decl,
7143                SourceLocation PragmaSectionLocation,
7144                int SectionFlags)
7145      : Decl(Decl),
7146        PragmaSectionLocation(PragmaSectionLocation),
7147        SectionFlags(SectionFlags) {}
7148  };
7149
7150  llvm::StringMap<SectionInfo> SectionInfos;
7151  bool UnifySection(const StringRef &SectionName,
7152                    int SectionFlags,
7153                    DeclaratorDecl *TheDecl);
7154  bool UnifySection(const StringRef &SectionName,
7155                    int SectionFlags,
7156                    SourceLocation PragmaSectionLocation);
7157
7158  /// \brief Called on well formed \#pragma bss_seg/data_seg/const_seg/code_seg.
7159  void ActOnPragmaMSSeg(SourceLocation PragmaLocation,
7160                        PragmaMsStackAction Action,
7161                        llvm::StringRef StackSlotLabel,
7162                        StringLiteral *SegmentName,
7163                        llvm::StringRef PragmaName);
7164
7165  /// \brief Called on well formed \#pragma section().
7166  void ActOnPragmaMSSection(SourceLocation PragmaLocation,
7167                            int SectionFlags, StringLiteral *SegmentName);
7168
7169  /// ActOnPragmaDetectMismatch - Call on well-formed \#pragma detect_mismatch
7170  void ActOnPragmaDetectMismatch(StringRef Name, StringRef Value);
7171
7172  /// ActOnPragmaUnused - Called on well-formed '\#pragma unused'.
7173  void ActOnPragmaUnused(const Token &Identifier,
7174                         Scope *curScope,
7175                         SourceLocation PragmaLoc);
7176
7177  /// ActOnPragmaVisibility - Called on well formed \#pragma GCC visibility... .
7178  void ActOnPragmaVisibility(const IdentifierInfo* VisType,
7179                             SourceLocation PragmaLoc);
7180
7181  NamedDecl *DeclClonePragmaWeak(NamedDecl *ND, IdentifierInfo *II,
7182                                 SourceLocation Loc);
7183  void DeclApplyPragmaWeak(Scope *S, NamedDecl *ND, WeakInfo &W);
7184
7185  /// ActOnPragmaWeakID - Called on well formed \#pragma weak ident.
7186  void ActOnPragmaWeakID(IdentifierInfo* WeakName,
7187                         SourceLocation PragmaLoc,
7188                         SourceLocation WeakNameLoc);
7189
7190  /// ActOnPragmaRedefineExtname - Called on well formed
7191  /// \#pragma redefine_extname oldname newname.
7192  void ActOnPragmaRedefineExtname(IdentifierInfo* WeakName,
7193                                  IdentifierInfo* AliasName,
7194                                  SourceLocation PragmaLoc,
7195                                  SourceLocation WeakNameLoc,
7196                                  SourceLocation AliasNameLoc);
7197
7198  /// ActOnPragmaWeakAlias - Called on well formed \#pragma weak ident = ident.
7199  void ActOnPragmaWeakAlias(IdentifierInfo* WeakName,
7200                            IdentifierInfo* AliasName,
7201                            SourceLocation PragmaLoc,
7202                            SourceLocation WeakNameLoc,
7203                            SourceLocation AliasNameLoc);
7204
7205  /// ActOnPragmaFPContract - Called on well formed
7206  /// \#pragma {STDC,OPENCL} FP_CONTRACT
7207  void ActOnPragmaFPContract(tok::OnOffSwitch OOS);
7208
7209  /// AddAlignmentAttributesForRecord - Adds any needed alignment attributes to
7210  /// a the record decl, to handle '\#pragma pack' and '\#pragma options align'.
7211  void AddAlignmentAttributesForRecord(RecordDecl *RD);
7212
7213  /// AddMsStructLayoutForRecord - Adds ms_struct layout attribute to record.
7214  void AddMsStructLayoutForRecord(RecordDecl *RD);
7215
7216  /// FreePackedContext - Deallocate and null out PackContext.
7217  void FreePackedContext();
7218
7219  /// PushNamespaceVisibilityAttr - Note that we've entered a
7220  /// namespace with a visibility attribute.
7221  void PushNamespaceVisibilityAttr(const VisibilityAttr *Attr,
7222                                   SourceLocation Loc);
7223
7224  /// AddPushedVisibilityAttribute - If '\#pragma GCC visibility' was used,
7225  /// add an appropriate visibility attribute.
7226  void AddPushedVisibilityAttribute(Decl *RD);
7227
7228  /// PopPragmaVisibility - Pop the top element of the visibility stack; used
7229  /// for '\#pragma GCC visibility' and visibility attributes on namespaces.
7230  void PopPragmaVisibility(bool IsNamespaceEnd, SourceLocation EndLoc);
7231
7232  /// FreeVisContext - Deallocate and null out VisContext.
7233  void FreeVisContext();
7234
7235  /// AddCFAuditedAttribute - Check whether we're currently within
7236  /// '\#pragma clang arc_cf_code_audited' and, if so, consider adding
7237  /// the appropriate attribute.
7238  void AddCFAuditedAttribute(Decl *D);
7239
7240  /// \brief Called on well formed \#pragma clang optimize.
7241  void ActOnPragmaOptimize(bool On, SourceLocation PragmaLoc);
7242
7243  /// \brief Get the location for the currently active "\#pragma clang optimize
7244  /// off". If this location is invalid, then the state of the pragma is "on".
7245  SourceLocation getOptimizeOffPragmaLocation() const {
7246    return OptimizeOffPragmaLocation;
7247  }
7248
7249  /// \brief Only called on function definitions; if there is a pragma in scope
7250  /// with the effect of a range-based optnone, consider marking the function
7251  /// with attribute optnone.
7252  void AddRangeBasedOptnone(FunctionDecl *FD);
7253
7254  /// \brief Adds the 'optnone' attribute to the function declaration if there
7255  /// are no conflicts; Loc represents the location causing the 'optnone'
7256  /// attribute to be added (usually because of a pragma).
7257  void AddOptnoneAttributeIfNoConflicts(FunctionDecl *FD, SourceLocation Loc);
7258
7259  /// AddAlignedAttr - Adds an aligned attribute to a particular declaration.
7260  void AddAlignedAttr(SourceRange AttrRange, Decl *D, Expr *E,
7261                      unsigned SpellingListIndex, bool IsPackExpansion);
7262  void AddAlignedAttr(SourceRange AttrRange, Decl *D, TypeSourceInfo *T,
7263                      unsigned SpellingListIndex, bool IsPackExpansion);
7264
7265  // OpenMP directives and clauses.
7266private:
7267  void *VarDataSharingAttributesStack;
7268  /// \brief Initialization of data-sharing attributes stack.
7269  void InitDataSharingAttributesStack();
7270  void DestroyDataSharingAttributesStack();
7271  ExprResult PerformImplicitIntegerConversion(SourceLocation OpLoc, Expr *Op);
7272  ExprResult VerifyPositiveIntegerConstantInClause(Expr *Op,
7273                                                   OpenMPClauseKind CKind);
7274public:
7275  /// \brief Called on start of new data sharing attribute block.
7276  void StartOpenMPDSABlock(OpenMPDirectiveKind K,
7277                           const DeclarationNameInfo &DirName,
7278                           Scope *CurScope);
7279  /// \brief Called on end of data sharing attribute block.
7280  void EndOpenMPDSABlock(Stmt *CurDirective);
7281
7282  // OpenMP directives and clauses.
7283  /// \brief Called on correct id-expression from the '#pragma omp
7284  /// threadprivate'.
7285  ExprResult ActOnOpenMPIdExpression(Scope *CurScope,
7286                                     CXXScopeSpec &ScopeSpec,
7287                                     const DeclarationNameInfo &Id);
7288  /// \brief Called on well-formed '#pragma omp threadprivate'.
7289  DeclGroupPtrTy ActOnOpenMPThreadprivateDirective(
7290                                     SourceLocation Loc,
7291                                     ArrayRef<Expr *> VarList);
7292  // \brief Builds a new OpenMPThreadPrivateDecl and checks its correctness.
7293  OMPThreadPrivateDecl *CheckOMPThreadPrivateDecl(
7294                                     SourceLocation Loc,
7295                                     ArrayRef<Expr *> VarList);
7296
7297  // brief Initialization of captured region for OpenMP parallel region.
7298  void ActOnOpenMPRegionStart(OpenMPDirectiveKind DKind, SourceLocation Loc,
7299                              Scope *CurScope);
7300  StmtResult ActOnOpenMPExecutableDirective(OpenMPDirectiveKind Kind,
7301                                            ArrayRef<OMPClause *> Clauses,
7302                                            Stmt *AStmt,
7303                                            SourceLocation StartLoc,
7304                                            SourceLocation EndLoc);
7305  /// \brief Called on well-formed '\#pragma omp parallel' after parsing
7306  /// of the  associated statement.
7307  StmtResult ActOnOpenMPParallelDirective(ArrayRef<OMPClause *> Clauses,
7308                                          Stmt *AStmt,
7309                                          SourceLocation StartLoc,
7310                                          SourceLocation EndLoc);
7311  /// \brief Called on well-formed '\#pragma omp simd' after parsing
7312  /// of the associated statement.
7313  StmtResult ActOnOpenMPSimdDirective(ArrayRef<OMPClause *> Clauses,
7314                                      Stmt *AStmt,
7315                                      SourceLocation StartLoc,
7316                                      SourceLocation EndLoc);
7317
7318  OMPClause *ActOnOpenMPSingleExprClause(OpenMPClauseKind Kind,
7319                                         Expr *Expr,
7320                                         SourceLocation StartLoc,
7321                                         SourceLocation LParenLoc,
7322                                         SourceLocation EndLoc);
7323  /// \brief Called on well-formed 'if' clause.
7324  OMPClause *ActOnOpenMPIfClause(Expr *Condition, SourceLocation StartLoc,
7325                                 SourceLocation LParenLoc,
7326                                 SourceLocation EndLoc);
7327  /// \brief Called on well-formed 'num_threads' clause.
7328  OMPClause *ActOnOpenMPNumThreadsClause(Expr *NumThreads,
7329                                         SourceLocation StartLoc,
7330                                         SourceLocation LParenLoc,
7331                                         SourceLocation EndLoc);
7332  /// \brief Called on well-formed 'safelen' clause.
7333  OMPClause *ActOnOpenMPSafelenClause(Expr *Length,
7334                                      SourceLocation StartLoc,
7335                                      SourceLocation LParenLoc,
7336                                      SourceLocation EndLoc);
7337  /// \brief Called on well-formed 'collapse' clause.
7338  OMPClause *ActOnOpenMPCollapseClause(Expr *Num, SourceLocation StartLoc,
7339                                       SourceLocation LParenLoc,
7340                                       SourceLocation EndLoc);
7341
7342  OMPClause *ActOnOpenMPSimpleClause(OpenMPClauseKind Kind,
7343                                     unsigned Argument,
7344                                     SourceLocation ArgumentLoc,
7345                                     SourceLocation StartLoc,
7346                                     SourceLocation LParenLoc,
7347                                     SourceLocation EndLoc);
7348  /// \brief Called on well-formed 'default' clause.
7349  OMPClause *ActOnOpenMPDefaultClause(OpenMPDefaultClauseKind Kind,
7350                                      SourceLocation KindLoc,
7351                                      SourceLocation StartLoc,
7352                                      SourceLocation LParenLoc,
7353                                      SourceLocation EndLoc);
7354  /// \brief Called on well-formed 'proc_bind' clause.
7355  OMPClause *ActOnOpenMPProcBindClause(OpenMPProcBindClauseKind Kind,
7356                                       SourceLocation KindLoc,
7357                                       SourceLocation StartLoc,
7358                                       SourceLocation LParenLoc,
7359                                       SourceLocation EndLoc);
7360
7361  OMPClause *ActOnOpenMPVarListClause(OpenMPClauseKind Kind,
7362                                      ArrayRef<Expr *> Vars,
7363                                      Expr *TailExpr,
7364                                      SourceLocation StartLoc,
7365                                      SourceLocation LParenLoc,
7366                                      SourceLocation ColonLoc,
7367                                      SourceLocation EndLoc);
7368  /// \brief Called on well-formed 'private' clause.
7369  OMPClause *ActOnOpenMPPrivateClause(ArrayRef<Expr *> VarList,
7370                                      SourceLocation StartLoc,
7371                                      SourceLocation LParenLoc,
7372                                      SourceLocation EndLoc);
7373  /// \brief Called on well-formed 'firstprivate' clause.
7374  OMPClause *ActOnOpenMPFirstprivateClause(ArrayRef<Expr *> VarList,
7375                                           SourceLocation StartLoc,
7376                                           SourceLocation LParenLoc,
7377                                           SourceLocation EndLoc);
7378  /// \brief Called on well-formed 'shared' clause.
7379  OMPClause *ActOnOpenMPSharedClause(ArrayRef<Expr *> VarList,
7380                                     SourceLocation StartLoc,
7381                                     SourceLocation LParenLoc,
7382                                     SourceLocation EndLoc);
7383  /// \brief Called on well-formed 'linear' clause.
7384  OMPClause *ActOnOpenMPLinearClause(ArrayRef<Expr *> VarList,
7385                                     Expr *Step,
7386                                     SourceLocation StartLoc,
7387                                     SourceLocation LParenLoc,
7388                                     SourceLocation ColonLoc,
7389                                     SourceLocation EndLoc);
7390  /// \brief Called on well-formed 'copyin' clause.
7391  OMPClause *ActOnOpenMPCopyinClause(ArrayRef<Expr *> VarList,
7392                                     SourceLocation StartLoc,
7393                                     SourceLocation LParenLoc,
7394                                     SourceLocation EndLoc);
7395
7396  /// \brief The kind of conversion being performed.
7397  enum CheckedConversionKind {
7398    /// \brief An implicit conversion.
7399    CCK_ImplicitConversion,
7400    /// \brief A C-style cast.
7401    CCK_CStyleCast,
7402    /// \brief A functional-style cast.
7403    CCK_FunctionalCast,
7404    /// \brief A cast other than a C-style cast.
7405    CCK_OtherCast
7406  };
7407
7408  /// ImpCastExprToType - If Expr is not of type 'Type', insert an implicit
7409  /// cast.  If there is already an implicit cast, merge into the existing one.
7410  /// If isLvalue, the result of the cast is an lvalue.
7411  ExprResult ImpCastExprToType(Expr *E, QualType Type, CastKind CK,
7412                               ExprValueKind VK = VK_RValue,
7413                               const CXXCastPath *BasePath = nullptr,
7414                               CheckedConversionKind CCK
7415                                  = CCK_ImplicitConversion);
7416
7417  /// ScalarTypeToBooleanCastKind - Returns the cast kind corresponding
7418  /// to the conversion from scalar type ScalarTy to the Boolean type.
7419  static CastKind ScalarTypeToBooleanCastKind(QualType ScalarTy);
7420
7421  /// IgnoredValueConversions - Given that an expression's result is
7422  /// syntactically ignored, perform any conversions that are
7423  /// required.
7424  ExprResult IgnoredValueConversions(Expr *E);
7425
7426  // UsualUnaryConversions - promotes integers (C99 6.3.1.1p2) and converts
7427  // functions and arrays to their respective pointers (C99 6.3.2.1).
7428  ExprResult UsualUnaryConversions(Expr *E);
7429
7430  /// CallExprUnaryConversions - a special case of an unary conversion
7431  /// performed on a function designator of a call expression.
7432  ExprResult CallExprUnaryConversions(Expr *E);
7433
7434  // DefaultFunctionArrayConversion - converts functions and arrays
7435  // to their respective pointers (C99 6.3.2.1).
7436  ExprResult DefaultFunctionArrayConversion(Expr *E);
7437
7438  // DefaultFunctionArrayLvalueConversion - converts functions and
7439  // arrays to their respective pointers and performs the
7440  // lvalue-to-rvalue conversion.
7441  ExprResult DefaultFunctionArrayLvalueConversion(Expr *E);
7442
7443  // DefaultLvalueConversion - performs lvalue-to-rvalue conversion on
7444  // the operand.  This is DefaultFunctionArrayLvalueConversion,
7445  // except that it assumes the operand isn't of function or array
7446  // type.
7447  ExprResult DefaultLvalueConversion(Expr *E);
7448
7449  // DefaultArgumentPromotion (C99 6.5.2.2p6). Used for function calls that
7450  // do not have a prototype. Integer promotions are performed on each
7451  // argument, and arguments that have type float are promoted to double.
7452  ExprResult DefaultArgumentPromotion(Expr *E);
7453
7454  // Used for emitting the right warning by DefaultVariadicArgumentPromotion
7455  enum VariadicCallType {
7456    VariadicFunction,
7457    VariadicBlock,
7458    VariadicMethod,
7459    VariadicConstructor,
7460    VariadicDoesNotApply
7461  };
7462
7463  VariadicCallType getVariadicCallType(FunctionDecl *FDecl,
7464                                       const FunctionProtoType *Proto,
7465                                       Expr *Fn);
7466
7467  // Used for determining in which context a type is allowed to be passed to a
7468  // vararg function.
7469  enum VarArgKind {
7470    VAK_Valid,
7471    VAK_ValidInCXX11,
7472    VAK_Undefined,
7473    VAK_Invalid
7474  };
7475
7476  // Determines which VarArgKind fits an expression.
7477  VarArgKind isValidVarArgType(const QualType &Ty);
7478
7479  /// Check to see if the given expression is a valid argument to a variadic
7480  /// function, issuing a diagnostic if not.
7481  void checkVariadicArgument(const Expr *E, VariadicCallType CT);
7482
7483  /// Check to see if a given expression could have '.c_str()' called on it.
7484  bool hasCStrMethod(const Expr *E);
7485
7486  /// GatherArgumentsForCall - Collector argument expressions for various
7487  /// form of call prototypes.
7488  bool GatherArgumentsForCall(SourceLocation CallLoc, FunctionDecl *FDecl,
7489                              const FunctionProtoType *Proto,
7490                              unsigned FirstParam, ArrayRef<Expr *> Args,
7491                              SmallVectorImpl<Expr *> &AllArgs,
7492                              VariadicCallType CallType = VariadicDoesNotApply,
7493                              bool AllowExplicit = false,
7494                              bool IsListInitialization = false);
7495
7496  // DefaultVariadicArgumentPromotion - Like DefaultArgumentPromotion, but
7497  // will create a runtime trap if the resulting type is not a POD type.
7498  ExprResult DefaultVariadicArgumentPromotion(Expr *E, VariadicCallType CT,
7499                                              FunctionDecl *FDecl);
7500
7501  // UsualArithmeticConversions - performs the UsualUnaryConversions on it's
7502  // operands and then handles various conversions that are common to binary
7503  // operators (C99 6.3.1.8). If both operands aren't arithmetic, this
7504  // routine returns the first non-arithmetic type found. The client is
7505  // responsible for emitting appropriate error diagnostics.
7506  QualType UsualArithmeticConversions(ExprResult &LHS, ExprResult &RHS,
7507                                      bool IsCompAssign = false);
7508
7509  /// AssignConvertType - All of the 'assignment' semantic checks return this
7510  /// enum to indicate whether the assignment was allowed.  These checks are
7511  /// done for simple assignments, as well as initialization, return from
7512  /// function, argument passing, etc.  The query is phrased in terms of a
7513  /// source and destination type.
7514  enum AssignConvertType {
7515    /// Compatible - the types are compatible according to the standard.
7516    Compatible,
7517
7518    /// PointerToInt - The assignment converts a pointer to an int, which we
7519    /// accept as an extension.
7520    PointerToInt,
7521
7522    /// IntToPointer - The assignment converts an int to a pointer, which we
7523    /// accept as an extension.
7524    IntToPointer,
7525
7526    /// FunctionVoidPointer - The assignment is between a function pointer and
7527    /// void*, which the standard doesn't allow, but we accept as an extension.
7528    FunctionVoidPointer,
7529
7530    /// IncompatiblePointer - The assignment is between two pointers types that
7531    /// are not compatible, but we accept them as an extension.
7532    IncompatiblePointer,
7533
7534    /// IncompatiblePointer - The assignment is between two pointers types which
7535    /// point to integers which have a different sign, but are otherwise
7536    /// identical. This is a subset of the above, but broken out because it's by
7537    /// far the most common case of incompatible pointers.
7538    IncompatiblePointerSign,
7539
7540    /// CompatiblePointerDiscardsQualifiers - The assignment discards
7541    /// c/v/r qualifiers, which we accept as an extension.
7542    CompatiblePointerDiscardsQualifiers,
7543
7544    /// IncompatiblePointerDiscardsQualifiers - The assignment
7545    /// discards qualifiers that we don't permit to be discarded,
7546    /// like address spaces.
7547    IncompatiblePointerDiscardsQualifiers,
7548
7549    /// IncompatibleNestedPointerQualifiers - The assignment is between two
7550    /// nested pointer types, and the qualifiers other than the first two
7551    /// levels differ e.g. char ** -> const char **, but we accept them as an
7552    /// extension.
7553    IncompatibleNestedPointerQualifiers,
7554
7555    /// IncompatibleVectors - The assignment is between two vector types that
7556    /// have the same size, which we accept as an extension.
7557    IncompatibleVectors,
7558
7559    /// IntToBlockPointer - The assignment converts an int to a block
7560    /// pointer. We disallow this.
7561    IntToBlockPointer,
7562
7563    /// IncompatibleBlockPointer - The assignment is between two block
7564    /// pointers types that are not compatible.
7565    IncompatibleBlockPointer,
7566
7567    /// IncompatibleObjCQualifiedId - The assignment is between a qualified
7568    /// id type and something else (that is incompatible with it). For example,
7569    /// "id <XXX>" = "Foo *", where "Foo *" doesn't implement the XXX protocol.
7570    IncompatibleObjCQualifiedId,
7571
7572    /// IncompatibleObjCWeakRef - Assigning a weak-unavailable object to an
7573    /// object with __weak qualifier.
7574    IncompatibleObjCWeakRef,
7575
7576    /// Incompatible - We reject this conversion outright, it is invalid to
7577    /// represent it in the AST.
7578    Incompatible
7579  };
7580
7581  /// DiagnoseAssignmentResult - Emit a diagnostic, if required, for the
7582  /// assignment conversion type specified by ConvTy.  This returns true if the
7583  /// conversion was invalid or false if the conversion was accepted.
7584  bool DiagnoseAssignmentResult(AssignConvertType ConvTy,
7585                                SourceLocation Loc,
7586                                QualType DstType, QualType SrcType,
7587                                Expr *SrcExpr, AssignmentAction Action,
7588                                bool *Complained = nullptr);
7589
7590  /// DiagnoseAssignmentEnum - Warn if assignment to enum is a constant
7591  /// integer not in the range of enum values.
7592  void DiagnoseAssignmentEnum(QualType DstType, QualType SrcType,
7593                              Expr *SrcExpr);
7594
7595  /// CheckAssignmentConstraints - Perform type checking for assignment,
7596  /// argument passing, variable initialization, and function return values.
7597  /// C99 6.5.16.
7598  AssignConvertType CheckAssignmentConstraints(SourceLocation Loc,
7599                                               QualType LHSType,
7600                                               QualType RHSType);
7601
7602  /// Check assignment constraints and prepare for a conversion of the
7603  /// RHS to the LHS type.
7604  AssignConvertType CheckAssignmentConstraints(QualType LHSType,
7605                                               ExprResult &RHS,
7606                                               CastKind &Kind);
7607
7608  // CheckSingleAssignmentConstraints - Currently used by
7609  // CheckAssignmentOperands, and ActOnReturnStmt. Prior to type checking,
7610  // this routine performs the default function/array converions.
7611  AssignConvertType CheckSingleAssignmentConstraints(QualType LHSType,
7612                                                     ExprResult &RHS,
7613                                                     bool Diagnose = true,
7614                                                     bool DiagnoseCFAudited = false);
7615
7616  // \brief If the lhs type is a transparent union, check whether we
7617  // can initialize the transparent union with the given expression.
7618  AssignConvertType CheckTransparentUnionArgumentConstraints(QualType ArgType,
7619                                                             ExprResult &RHS);
7620
7621  bool IsStringLiteralToNonConstPointerConversion(Expr *From, QualType ToType);
7622
7623  bool CheckExceptionSpecCompatibility(Expr *From, QualType ToType);
7624
7625  ExprResult PerformImplicitConversion(Expr *From, QualType ToType,
7626                                       AssignmentAction Action,
7627                                       bool AllowExplicit = false);
7628  ExprResult PerformImplicitConversion(Expr *From, QualType ToType,
7629                                       AssignmentAction Action,
7630                                       bool AllowExplicit,
7631                                       ImplicitConversionSequence& ICS);
7632  ExprResult PerformImplicitConversion(Expr *From, QualType ToType,
7633                                       const ImplicitConversionSequence& ICS,
7634                                       AssignmentAction Action,
7635                                       CheckedConversionKind CCK
7636                                          = CCK_ImplicitConversion);
7637  ExprResult PerformImplicitConversion(Expr *From, QualType ToType,
7638                                       const StandardConversionSequence& SCS,
7639                                       AssignmentAction Action,
7640                                       CheckedConversionKind CCK);
7641
7642  /// the following "Check" methods will return a valid/converted QualType
7643  /// or a null QualType (indicating an error diagnostic was issued).
7644
7645  /// type checking binary operators (subroutines of CreateBuiltinBinOp).
7646  QualType InvalidOperands(SourceLocation Loc, ExprResult &LHS,
7647                           ExprResult &RHS);
7648  QualType CheckPointerToMemberOperands( // C++ 5.5
7649    ExprResult &LHS, ExprResult &RHS, ExprValueKind &VK,
7650    SourceLocation OpLoc, bool isIndirect);
7651  QualType CheckMultiplyDivideOperands( // C99 6.5.5
7652    ExprResult &LHS, ExprResult &RHS, SourceLocation Loc, bool IsCompAssign,
7653    bool IsDivide);
7654  QualType CheckRemainderOperands( // C99 6.5.5
7655    ExprResult &LHS, ExprResult &RHS, SourceLocation Loc,
7656    bool IsCompAssign = false);
7657  QualType CheckAdditionOperands( // C99 6.5.6
7658    ExprResult &LHS, ExprResult &RHS, SourceLocation Loc, unsigned Opc,
7659    QualType* CompLHSTy = nullptr);
7660  QualType CheckSubtractionOperands( // C99 6.5.6
7661    ExprResult &LHS, ExprResult &RHS, SourceLocation Loc,
7662    QualType* CompLHSTy = nullptr);
7663  QualType CheckShiftOperands( // C99 6.5.7
7664    ExprResult &LHS, ExprResult &RHS, SourceLocation Loc, unsigned Opc,
7665    bool IsCompAssign = false);
7666  QualType CheckCompareOperands( // C99 6.5.8/9
7667    ExprResult &LHS, ExprResult &RHS, SourceLocation Loc, unsigned OpaqueOpc,
7668                                bool isRelational);
7669  QualType CheckBitwiseOperands( // C99 6.5.[10...12]
7670    ExprResult &LHS, ExprResult &RHS, SourceLocation Loc,
7671    bool IsCompAssign = false);
7672  QualType CheckLogicalOperands( // C99 6.5.[13,14]
7673    ExprResult &LHS, ExprResult &RHS, SourceLocation Loc, unsigned Opc);
7674  // CheckAssignmentOperands is used for both simple and compound assignment.
7675  // For simple assignment, pass both expressions and a null converted type.
7676  // For compound assignment, pass both expressions and the converted type.
7677  QualType CheckAssignmentOperands( // C99 6.5.16.[1,2]
7678    Expr *LHSExpr, ExprResult &RHS, SourceLocation Loc, QualType CompoundType);
7679
7680  ExprResult checkPseudoObjectIncDec(Scope *S, SourceLocation OpLoc,
7681                                     UnaryOperatorKind Opcode, Expr *Op);
7682  ExprResult checkPseudoObjectAssignment(Scope *S, SourceLocation OpLoc,
7683                                         BinaryOperatorKind Opcode,
7684                                         Expr *LHS, Expr *RHS);
7685  ExprResult checkPseudoObjectRValue(Expr *E);
7686  Expr *recreateSyntacticForm(PseudoObjectExpr *E);
7687
7688  QualType CheckConditionalOperands( // C99 6.5.15
7689    ExprResult &Cond, ExprResult &LHS, ExprResult &RHS,
7690    ExprValueKind &VK, ExprObjectKind &OK, SourceLocation QuestionLoc);
7691  QualType CXXCheckConditionalOperands( // C++ 5.16
7692    ExprResult &cond, ExprResult &lhs, ExprResult &rhs,
7693    ExprValueKind &VK, ExprObjectKind &OK, SourceLocation questionLoc);
7694  QualType FindCompositePointerType(SourceLocation Loc, Expr *&E1, Expr *&E2,
7695                                    bool *NonStandardCompositeType = nullptr);
7696  QualType FindCompositePointerType(SourceLocation Loc,
7697                                    ExprResult &E1, ExprResult &E2,
7698                                    bool *NonStandardCompositeType = nullptr) {
7699    Expr *E1Tmp = E1.take(), *E2Tmp = E2.take();
7700    QualType Composite = FindCompositePointerType(Loc, E1Tmp, E2Tmp,
7701                                                  NonStandardCompositeType);
7702    E1 = Owned(E1Tmp);
7703    E2 = Owned(E2Tmp);
7704    return Composite;
7705  }
7706
7707  QualType FindCompositeObjCPointerType(ExprResult &LHS, ExprResult &RHS,
7708                                        SourceLocation QuestionLoc);
7709
7710  bool DiagnoseConditionalForNull(Expr *LHSExpr, Expr *RHSExpr,
7711                                  SourceLocation QuestionLoc);
7712
7713  void DiagnoseAlwaysNonNullPointer(Expr *E,
7714                                    Expr::NullPointerConstantKind NullType,
7715                                    bool IsEqual, SourceRange Range);
7716
7717  /// type checking for vector binary operators.
7718  QualType CheckVectorOperands(ExprResult &LHS, ExprResult &RHS,
7719                               SourceLocation Loc, bool IsCompAssign);
7720  QualType GetSignedVectorType(QualType V);
7721  QualType CheckVectorCompareOperands(ExprResult &LHS, ExprResult &RHS,
7722                                      SourceLocation Loc, bool isRelational);
7723  QualType CheckVectorLogicalOperands(ExprResult &LHS, ExprResult &RHS,
7724                                      SourceLocation Loc);
7725
7726  bool isLaxVectorConversion(QualType srcType, QualType destType);
7727
7728  /// type checking declaration initializers (C99 6.7.8)
7729  bool CheckForConstantInitializer(Expr *e, QualType t);
7730
7731  // type checking C++ declaration initializers (C++ [dcl.init]).
7732
7733  /// ReferenceCompareResult - Expresses the result of comparing two
7734  /// types (cv1 T1 and cv2 T2) to determine their compatibility for the
7735  /// purposes of initialization by reference (C++ [dcl.init.ref]p4).
7736  enum ReferenceCompareResult {
7737    /// Ref_Incompatible - The two types are incompatible, so direct
7738    /// reference binding is not possible.
7739    Ref_Incompatible = 0,
7740    /// Ref_Related - The two types are reference-related, which means
7741    /// that their unqualified forms (T1 and T2) are either the same
7742    /// or T1 is a base class of T2.
7743    Ref_Related,
7744    /// Ref_Compatible_With_Added_Qualification - The two types are
7745    /// reference-compatible with added qualification, meaning that
7746    /// they are reference-compatible and the qualifiers on T1 (cv1)
7747    /// are greater than the qualifiers on T2 (cv2).
7748    Ref_Compatible_With_Added_Qualification,
7749    /// Ref_Compatible - The two types are reference-compatible and
7750    /// have equivalent qualifiers (cv1 == cv2).
7751    Ref_Compatible
7752  };
7753
7754  ReferenceCompareResult CompareReferenceRelationship(SourceLocation Loc,
7755                                                      QualType T1, QualType T2,
7756                                                      bool &DerivedToBase,
7757                                                      bool &ObjCConversion,
7758                                                bool &ObjCLifetimeConversion);
7759
7760  ExprResult checkUnknownAnyCast(SourceRange TypeRange, QualType CastType,
7761                                 Expr *CastExpr, CastKind &CastKind,
7762                                 ExprValueKind &VK, CXXCastPath &Path);
7763
7764  /// \brief Force an expression with unknown-type to an expression of the
7765  /// given type.
7766  ExprResult forceUnknownAnyToType(Expr *E, QualType ToType);
7767
7768  /// \brief Type-check an expression that's being passed to an
7769  /// __unknown_anytype parameter.
7770  ExprResult checkUnknownAnyArg(SourceLocation callLoc,
7771                                Expr *result, QualType &paramType);
7772
7773  // CheckVectorCast - check type constraints for vectors.
7774  // Since vectors are an extension, there are no C standard reference for this.
7775  // We allow casting between vectors and integer datatypes of the same size.
7776  // returns true if the cast is invalid
7777  bool CheckVectorCast(SourceRange R, QualType VectorTy, QualType Ty,
7778                       CastKind &Kind);
7779
7780  // CheckExtVectorCast - check type constraints for extended vectors.
7781  // Since vectors are an extension, there are no C standard reference for this.
7782  // We allow casting between vectors and integer datatypes of the same size,
7783  // or vectors and the element type of that vector.
7784  // returns the cast expr
7785  ExprResult CheckExtVectorCast(SourceRange R, QualType DestTy, Expr *CastExpr,
7786                                CastKind &Kind);
7787
7788  ExprResult BuildCXXFunctionalCastExpr(TypeSourceInfo *TInfo,
7789                                        SourceLocation LParenLoc,
7790                                        Expr *CastExpr,
7791                                        SourceLocation RParenLoc);
7792
7793  enum ARCConversionResult { ACR_okay, ACR_unbridged };
7794
7795  /// \brief Checks for invalid conversions and casts between
7796  /// retainable pointers and other pointer kinds.
7797  ARCConversionResult CheckObjCARCConversion(SourceRange castRange,
7798                                             QualType castType, Expr *&op,
7799                                             CheckedConversionKind CCK,
7800                                             bool DiagnoseCFAudited = false);
7801
7802  Expr *stripARCUnbridgedCast(Expr *e);
7803  void diagnoseARCUnbridgedCast(Expr *e);
7804
7805  bool CheckObjCARCUnavailableWeakConversion(QualType castType,
7806                                             QualType ExprType);
7807
7808  /// checkRetainCycles - Check whether an Objective-C message send
7809  /// might create an obvious retain cycle.
7810  void checkRetainCycles(ObjCMessageExpr *msg);
7811  void checkRetainCycles(Expr *receiver, Expr *argument);
7812  void checkRetainCycles(VarDecl *Var, Expr *Init);
7813
7814  /// checkUnsafeAssigns - Check whether +1 expr is being assigned
7815  /// to weak/__unsafe_unretained type.
7816  bool checkUnsafeAssigns(SourceLocation Loc, QualType LHS, Expr *RHS);
7817
7818  /// checkUnsafeExprAssigns - Check whether +1 expr is being assigned
7819  /// to weak/__unsafe_unretained expression.
7820  void checkUnsafeExprAssigns(SourceLocation Loc, Expr *LHS, Expr *RHS);
7821
7822  /// CheckMessageArgumentTypes - Check types in an Obj-C message send.
7823  /// \param Method - May be null.
7824  /// \param [out] ReturnType - The return type of the send.
7825  /// \return true iff there were any incompatible types.
7826  bool CheckMessageArgumentTypes(QualType ReceiverType,
7827                                 MultiExprArg Args, Selector Sel,
7828                                 ArrayRef<SourceLocation> SelectorLocs,
7829                                 ObjCMethodDecl *Method, bool isClassMessage,
7830                                 bool isSuperMessage,
7831                                 SourceLocation lbrac, SourceLocation rbrac,
7832                                 QualType &ReturnType, ExprValueKind &VK);
7833
7834  /// \brief Determine the result of a message send expression based on
7835  /// the type of the receiver, the method expected to receive the message,
7836  /// and the form of the message send.
7837  QualType getMessageSendResultType(QualType ReceiverType,
7838                                    ObjCMethodDecl *Method,
7839                                    bool isClassMessage, bool isSuperMessage);
7840
7841  /// \brief If the given expression involves a message send to a method
7842  /// with a related result type, emit a note describing what happened.
7843  void EmitRelatedResultTypeNote(const Expr *E);
7844
7845  /// \brief Given that we had incompatible pointer types in a return
7846  /// statement, check whether we're in a method with a related result
7847  /// type, and if so, emit a note describing what happened.
7848  void EmitRelatedResultTypeNoteForReturn(QualType destType);
7849
7850  /// CheckBooleanCondition - Diagnose problems involving the use of
7851  /// the given expression as a boolean condition (e.g. in an if
7852  /// statement).  Also performs the standard function and array
7853  /// decays, possibly changing the input variable.
7854  ///
7855  /// \param Loc - A location associated with the condition, e.g. the
7856  /// 'if' keyword.
7857  /// \return true iff there were any errors
7858  ExprResult CheckBooleanCondition(Expr *E, SourceLocation Loc);
7859
7860  ExprResult ActOnBooleanCondition(Scope *S, SourceLocation Loc,
7861                                   Expr *SubExpr);
7862
7863  /// DiagnoseAssignmentAsCondition - Given that an expression is
7864  /// being used as a boolean condition, warn if it's an assignment.
7865  void DiagnoseAssignmentAsCondition(Expr *E);
7866
7867  /// \brief Redundant parentheses over an equality comparison can indicate
7868  /// that the user intended an assignment used as condition.
7869  void DiagnoseEqualityWithExtraParens(ParenExpr *ParenE);
7870
7871  /// CheckCXXBooleanCondition - Returns true if conversion to bool is invalid.
7872  ExprResult CheckCXXBooleanCondition(Expr *CondExpr);
7873
7874  /// ConvertIntegerToTypeWarnOnOverflow - Convert the specified APInt to have
7875  /// the specified width and sign.  If an overflow occurs, detect it and emit
7876  /// the specified diagnostic.
7877  void ConvertIntegerToTypeWarnOnOverflow(llvm::APSInt &OldVal,
7878                                          unsigned NewWidth, bool NewSign,
7879                                          SourceLocation Loc, unsigned DiagID);
7880
7881  /// Checks that the Objective-C declaration is declared in the global scope.
7882  /// Emits an error and marks the declaration as invalid if it's not declared
7883  /// in the global scope.
7884  bool CheckObjCDeclScope(Decl *D);
7885
7886  /// \brief Abstract base class used for diagnosing integer constant
7887  /// expression violations.
7888  class VerifyICEDiagnoser {
7889  public:
7890    bool Suppress;
7891
7892    VerifyICEDiagnoser(bool Suppress = false) : Suppress(Suppress) { }
7893
7894    virtual void diagnoseNotICE(Sema &S, SourceLocation Loc, SourceRange SR) =0;
7895    virtual void diagnoseFold(Sema &S, SourceLocation Loc, SourceRange SR);
7896    virtual ~VerifyICEDiagnoser() { }
7897  };
7898
7899  /// VerifyIntegerConstantExpression - Verifies that an expression is an ICE,
7900  /// and reports the appropriate diagnostics. Returns false on success.
7901  /// Can optionally return the value of the expression.
7902  ExprResult VerifyIntegerConstantExpression(Expr *E, llvm::APSInt *Result,
7903                                             VerifyICEDiagnoser &Diagnoser,
7904                                             bool AllowFold = true);
7905  ExprResult VerifyIntegerConstantExpression(Expr *E, llvm::APSInt *Result,
7906                                             unsigned DiagID,
7907                                             bool AllowFold = true);
7908  ExprResult VerifyIntegerConstantExpression(Expr *E,
7909                                             llvm::APSInt *Result = nullptr);
7910
7911  /// VerifyBitField - verifies that a bit field expression is an ICE and has
7912  /// the correct width, and that the field type is valid.
7913  /// Returns false on success.
7914  /// Can optionally return whether the bit-field is of width 0
7915  ExprResult VerifyBitField(SourceLocation FieldLoc, IdentifierInfo *FieldName,
7916                            QualType FieldTy, bool IsMsStruct,
7917                            Expr *BitWidth, bool *ZeroWidth = nullptr);
7918
7919  enum CUDAFunctionTarget {
7920    CFT_Device,
7921    CFT_Global,
7922    CFT_Host,
7923    CFT_HostDevice
7924  };
7925
7926  CUDAFunctionTarget IdentifyCUDATarget(const FunctionDecl *D);
7927
7928  bool CheckCUDATarget(CUDAFunctionTarget CallerTarget,
7929                       CUDAFunctionTarget CalleeTarget);
7930
7931  bool CheckCUDATarget(const FunctionDecl *Caller, const FunctionDecl *Callee) {
7932    return CheckCUDATarget(IdentifyCUDATarget(Caller),
7933                           IdentifyCUDATarget(Callee));
7934  }
7935
7936  /// \name Code completion
7937  //@{
7938  /// \brief Describes the context in which code completion occurs.
7939  enum ParserCompletionContext {
7940    /// \brief Code completion occurs at top-level or namespace context.
7941    PCC_Namespace,
7942    /// \brief Code completion occurs within a class, struct, or union.
7943    PCC_Class,
7944    /// \brief Code completion occurs within an Objective-C interface, protocol,
7945    /// or category.
7946    PCC_ObjCInterface,
7947    /// \brief Code completion occurs within an Objective-C implementation or
7948    /// category implementation
7949    PCC_ObjCImplementation,
7950    /// \brief Code completion occurs within the list of instance variables
7951    /// in an Objective-C interface, protocol, category, or implementation.
7952    PCC_ObjCInstanceVariableList,
7953    /// \brief Code completion occurs following one or more template
7954    /// headers.
7955    PCC_Template,
7956    /// \brief Code completion occurs following one or more template
7957    /// headers within a class.
7958    PCC_MemberTemplate,
7959    /// \brief Code completion occurs within an expression.
7960    PCC_Expression,
7961    /// \brief Code completion occurs within a statement, which may
7962    /// also be an expression or a declaration.
7963    PCC_Statement,
7964    /// \brief Code completion occurs at the beginning of the
7965    /// initialization statement (or expression) in a for loop.
7966    PCC_ForInit,
7967    /// \brief Code completion occurs within the condition of an if,
7968    /// while, switch, or for statement.
7969    PCC_Condition,
7970    /// \brief Code completion occurs within the body of a function on a
7971    /// recovery path, where we do not have a specific handle on our position
7972    /// in the grammar.
7973    PCC_RecoveryInFunction,
7974    /// \brief Code completion occurs where only a type is permitted.
7975    PCC_Type,
7976    /// \brief Code completion occurs in a parenthesized expression, which
7977    /// might also be a type cast.
7978    PCC_ParenthesizedExpression,
7979    /// \brief Code completion occurs within a sequence of declaration
7980    /// specifiers within a function, method, or block.
7981    PCC_LocalDeclarationSpecifiers
7982  };
7983
7984  void CodeCompleteModuleImport(SourceLocation ImportLoc, ModuleIdPath Path);
7985  void CodeCompleteOrdinaryName(Scope *S,
7986                                ParserCompletionContext CompletionContext);
7987  void CodeCompleteDeclSpec(Scope *S, DeclSpec &DS,
7988                            bool AllowNonIdentifiers,
7989                            bool AllowNestedNameSpecifiers);
7990
7991  struct CodeCompleteExpressionData;
7992  void CodeCompleteExpression(Scope *S,
7993                              const CodeCompleteExpressionData &Data);
7994  void CodeCompleteMemberReferenceExpr(Scope *S, Expr *Base,
7995                                       SourceLocation OpLoc,
7996                                       bool IsArrow);
7997  void CodeCompletePostfixExpression(Scope *S, ExprResult LHS);
7998  void CodeCompleteTag(Scope *S, unsigned TagSpec);
7999  void CodeCompleteTypeQualifiers(DeclSpec &DS);
8000  void CodeCompleteCase(Scope *S);
8001  void CodeCompleteCall(Scope *S, Expr *Fn, ArrayRef<Expr *> Args);
8002  void CodeCompleteInitializer(Scope *S, Decl *D);
8003  void CodeCompleteReturn(Scope *S);
8004  void CodeCompleteAfterIf(Scope *S);
8005  void CodeCompleteAssignmentRHS(Scope *S, Expr *LHS);
8006
8007  void CodeCompleteQualifiedId(Scope *S, CXXScopeSpec &SS,
8008                               bool EnteringContext);
8009  void CodeCompleteUsing(Scope *S);
8010  void CodeCompleteUsingDirective(Scope *S);
8011  void CodeCompleteNamespaceDecl(Scope *S);
8012  void CodeCompleteNamespaceAliasDecl(Scope *S);
8013  void CodeCompleteOperatorName(Scope *S);
8014  void CodeCompleteConstructorInitializer(
8015                                Decl *Constructor,
8016                                ArrayRef<CXXCtorInitializer *> Initializers);
8017
8018  void CodeCompleteLambdaIntroducer(Scope *S, LambdaIntroducer &Intro,
8019                                    bool AfterAmpersand);
8020
8021  void CodeCompleteObjCAtDirective(Scope *S);
8022  void CodeCompleteObjCAtVisibility(Scope *S);
8023  void CodeCompleteObjCAtStatement(Scope *S);
8024  void CodeCompleteObjCAtExpression(Scope *S);
8025  void CodeCompleteObjCPropertyFlags(Scope *S, ObjCDeclSpec &ODS);
8026  void CodeCompleteObjCPropertyGetter(Scope *S);
8027  void CodeCompleteObjCPropertySetter(Scope *S);
8028  void CodeCompleteObjCPassingType(Scope *S, ObjCDeclSpec &DS,
8029                                   bool IsParameter);
8030  void CodeCompleteObjCMessageReceiver(Scope *S);
8031  void CodeCompleteObjCSuperMessage(Scope *S, SourceLocation SuperLoc,
8032                                    ArrayRef<IdentifierInfo *> SelIdents,
8033                                    bool AtArgumentExpression);
8034  void CodeCompleteObjCClassMessage(Scope *S, ParsedType Receiver,
8035                                    ArrayRef<IdentifierInfo *> SelIdents,
8036                                    bool AtArgumentExpression,
8037                                    bool IsSuper = false);
8038  void CodeCompleteObjCInstanceMessage(Scope *S, Expr *Receiver,
8039                                       ArrayRef<IdentifierInfo *> SelIdents,
8040                                       bool AtArgumentExpression,
8041                                       ObjCInterfaceDecl *Super = nullptr);
8042  void CodeCompleteObjCForCollection(Scope *S,
8043                                     DeclGroupPtrTy IterationVar);
8044  void CodeCompleteObjCSelector(Scope *S,
8045                                ArrayRef<IdentifierInfo *> SelIdents);
8046  void CodeCompleteObjCProtocolReferences(IdentifierLocPair *Protocols,
8047                                          unsigned NumProtocols);
8048  void CodeCompleteObjCProtocolDecl(Scope *S);
8049  void CodeCompleteObjCInterfaceDecl(Scope *S);
8050  void CodeCompleteObjCSuperclass(Scope *S,
8051                                  IdentifierInfo *ClassName,
8052                                  SourceLocation ClassNameLoc);
8053  void CodeCompleteObjCImplementationDecl(Scope *S);
8054  void CodeCompleteObjCInterfaceCategory(Scope *S,
8055                                         IdentifierInfo *ClassName,
8056                                         SourceLocation ClassNameLoc);
8057  void CodeCompleteObjCImplementationCategory(Scope *S,
8058                                              IdentifierInfo *ClassName,
8059                                              SourceLocation ClassNameLoc);
8060  void CodeCompleteObjCPropertyDefinition(Scope *S);
8061  void CodeCompleteObjCPropertySynthesizeIvar(Scope *S,
8062                                              IdentifierInfo *PropertyName);
8063  void CodeCompleteObjCMethodDecl(Scope *S,
8064                                  bool IsInstanceMethod,
8065                                  ParsedType ReturnType);
8066  void CodeCompleteObjCMethodDeclSelector(Scope *S,
8067                                          bool IsInstanceMethod,
8068                                          bool AtParameterName,
8069                                          ParsedType ReturnType,
8070                                          ArrayRef<IdentifierInfo *> SelIdents);
8071  void CodeCompletePreprocessorDirective(bool InConditional);
8072  void CodeCompleteInPreprocessorConditionalExclusion(Scope *S);
8073  void CodeCompletePreprocessorMacroName(bool IsDefinition);
8074  void CodeCompletePreprocessorExpression();
8075  void CodeCompletePreprocessorMacroArgument(Scope *S,
8076                                             IdentifierInfo *Macro,
8077                                             MacroInfo *MacroInfo,
8078                                             unsigned Argument);
8079  void CodeCompleteNaturalLanguage();
8080  void GatherGlobalCodeCompletions(CodeCompletionAllocator &Allocator,
8081                                   CodeCompletionTUInfo &CCTUInfo,
8082                  SmallVectorImpl<CodeCompletionResult> &Results);
8083  //@}
8084
8085  //===--------------------------------------------------------------------===//
8086  // Extra semantic analysis beyond the C type system
8087
8088public:
8089  SourceLocation getLocationOfStringLiteralByte(const StringLiteral *SL,
8090                                                unsigned ByteNo) const;
8091
8092private:
8093  void CheckArrayAccess(const Expr *BaseExpr, const Expr *IndexExpr,
8094                        const ArraySubscriptExpr *ASE=nullptr,
8095                        bool AllowOnePastEnd=true, bool IndexNegated=false);
8096  void CheckArrayAccess(const Expr *E);
8097  // Used to grab the relevant information from a FormatAttr and a
8098  // FunctionDeclaration.
8099  struct FormatStringInfo {
8100    unsigned FormatIdx;
8101    unsigned FirstDataArg;
8102    bool HasVAListArg;
8103  };
8104
8105  bool getFormatStringInfo(const FormatAttr *Format, bool IsCXXMember,
8106                           FormatStringInfo *FSI);
8107  bool CheckFunctionCall(FunctionDecl *FDecl, CallExpr *TheCall,
8108                         const FunctionProtoType *Proto);
8109  bool CheckObjCMethodCall(ObjCMethodDecl *Method, SourceLocation loc,
8110                           ArrayRef<const Expr *> Args);
8111  bool CheckPointerCall(NamedDecl *NDecl, CallExpr *TheCall,
8112                        const FunctionProtoType *Proto);
8113  bool CheckOtherCall(CallExpr *TheCall, const FunctionProtoType *Proto);
8114  void CheckConstructorCall(FunctionDecl *FDecl,
8115                            ArrayRef<const Expr *> Args,
8116                            const FunctionProtoType *Proto,
8117                            SourceLocation Loc);
8118
8119  void checkCall(NamedDecl *FDecl, ArrayRef<const Expr *> Args,
8120                 unsigned NumParams, bool IsMemberFunction, SourceLocation Loc,
8121                 SourceRange Range, VariadicCallType CallType);
8122
8123  bool CheckObjCString(Expr *Arg);
8124
8125  ExprResult CheckBuiltinFunctionCall(unsigned BuiltinID, CallExpr *TheCall);
8126
8127  bool CheckARMBuiltinExclusiveCall(unsigned BuiltinID, CallExpr *TheCall,
8128                                    unsigned MaxWidth);
8129  bool CheckNeonBuiltinFunctionCall(unsigned BuiltinID, CallExpr *TheCall);
8130  bool CheckARMBuiltinFunctionCall(unsigned BuiltinID, CallExpr *TheCall);
8131
8132  bool CheckAArch64BuiltinFunctionCall(unsigned BuiltinID, CallExpr *TheCall);
8133  bool CheckMipsBuiltinFunctionCall(unsigned BuiltinID, CallExpr *TheCall);
8134  bool CheckX86BuiltinFunctionCall(unsigned BuiltinID, CallExpr *TheCall);
8135
8136  bool SemaBuiltinVAStart(CallExpr *TheCall);
8137  bool SemaBuiltinUnorderedCompare(CallExpr *TheCall);
8138  bool SemaBuiltinFPClassification(CallExpr *TheCall, unsigned NumArgs);
8139
8140public:
8141  // Used by C++ template instantiation.
8142  ExprResult SemaBuiltinShuffleVector(CallExpr *TheCall);
8143  ExprResult SemaConvertVectorExpr(Expr *E, TypeSourceInfo *TInfo,
8144                                   SourceLocation BuiltinLoc,
8145                                   SourceLocation RParenLoc);
8146
8147private:
8148  bool SemaBuiltinPrefetch(CallExpr *TheCall);
8149  bool SemaBuiltinLongjmp(CallExpr *TheCall);
8150  ExprResult SemaBuiltinAtomicOverloaded(ExprResult TheCallResult);
8151  ExprResult SemaAtomicOpsOverloaded(ExprResult TheCallResult,
8152                                     AtomicExpr::AtomicOp Op);
8153  bool SemaBuiltinConstantArg(CallExpr *TheCall, int ArgNum,
8154                              llvm::APSInt &Result);
8155  bool SemaBuiltinConstantArgRange(CallExpr *TheCall, int ArgNum,
8156                                   int Low, int High);
8157
8158public:
8159  enum FormatStringType {
8160    FST_Scanf,
8161    FST_Printf,
8162    FST_NSString,
8163    FST_Strftime,
8164    FST_Strfmon,
8165    FST_Kprintf,
8166    FST_Unknown
8167  };
8168  static FormatStringType GetFormatStringType(const FormatAttr *Format);
8169
8170  void CheckFormatString(const StringLiteral *FExpr, const Expr *OrigFormatExpr,
8171                         ArrayRef<const Expr *> Args, bool HasVAListArg,
8172                         unsigned format_idx, unsigned firstDataArg,
8173                         FormatStringType Type, bool inFunctionCall,
8174                         VariadicCallType CallType,
8175                         llvm::SmallBitVector &CheckedVarArgs);
8176
8177private:
8178  bool CheckFormatArguments(const FormatAttr *Format,
8179                            ArrayRef<const Expr *> Args,
8180                            bool IsCXXMember,
8181                            VariadicCallType CallType,
8182                            SourceLocation Loc, SourceRange Range,
8183                            llvm::SmallBitVector &CheckedVarArgs);
8184  bool CheckFormatArguments(ArrayRef<const Expr *> Args,
8185                            bool HasVAListArg, unsigned format_idx,
8186                            unsigned firstDataArg, FormatStringType Type,
8187                            VariadicCallType CallType,
8188                            SourceLocation Loc, SourceRange range,
8189                            llvm::SmallBitVector &CheckedVarArgs);
8190
8191  void CheckAbsoluteValueFunction(const CallExpr *Call,
8192                                  const FunctionDecl *FDecl,
8193                                  IdentifierInfo *FnInfo);
8194
8195  void CheckMemaccessArguments(const CallExpr *Call,
8196                               unsigned BId,
8197                               IdentifierInfo *FnName);
8198
8199  void CheckStrlcpycatArguments(const CallExpr *Call,
8200                                IdentifierInfo *FnName);
8201
8202  void CheckStrncatArguments(const CallExpr *Call,
8203                             IdentifierInfo *FnName);
8204
8205  void CheckReturnValExpr(Expr *RetValExp, QualType lhsType,
8206                          SourceLocation ReturnLoc,
8207                          bool isObjCMethod = false,
8208                          const AttrVec *Attrs = nullptr,
8209                          const FunctionDecl *FD = nullptr);
8210
8211  void CheckFloatComparison(SourceLocation Loc, Expr* LHS, Expr* RHS);
8212  void CheckImplicitConversions(Expr *E, SourceLocation CC = SourceLocation());
8213  void CheckForIntOverflow(Expr *E);
8214  void CheckUnsequencedOperations(Expr *E);
8215
8216  /// \brief Perform semantic checks on a completed expression. This will either
8217  /// be a full-expression or a default argument expression.
8218  void CheckCompletedExpr(Expr *E, SourceLocation CheckLoc = SourceLocation(),
8219                          bool IsConstexpr = false);
8220
8221  void CheckBitFieldInitialization(SourceLocation InitLoc, FieldDecl *Field,
8222                                   Expr *Init);
8223
8224  /// \brief Check if the given expression contains 'break' or 'continue'
8225  /// statement that produces control flow different from GCC.
8226  void CheckBreakContinueBinding(Expr *E);
8227
8228public:
8229  /// \brief Register a magic integral constant to be used as a type tag.
8230  void RegisterTypeTagForDatatype(const IdentifierInfo *ArgumentKind,
8231                                  uint64_t MagicValue, QualType Type,
8232                                  bool LayoutCompatible, bool MustBeNull);
8233
8234  struct TypeTagData {
8235    TypeTagData() {}
8236
8237    TypeTagData(QualType Type, bool LayoutCompatible, bool MustBeNull) :
8238        Type(Type), LayoutCompatible(LayoutCompatible),
8239        MustBeNull(MustBeNull)
8240    {}
8241
8242    QualType Type;
8243
8244    /// If true, \c Type should be compared with other expression's types for
8245    /// layout-compatibility.
8246    unsigned LayoutCompatible : 1;
8247    unsigned MustBeNull : 1;
8248  };
8249
8250  /// A pair of ArgumentKind identifier and magic value.  This uniquely
8251  /// identifies the magic value.
8252  typedef std::pair<const IdentifierInfo *, uint64_t> TypeTagMagicValue;
8253
8254private:
8255  /// \brief A map from magic value to type information.
8256  std::unique_ptr<llvm::DenseMap<TypeTagMagicValue, TypeTagData>>
8257      TypeTagForDatatypeMagicValues;
8258
8259  /// \brief Peform checks on a call of a function with argument_with_type_tag
8260  /// or pointer_with_type_tag attributes.
8261  void CheckArgumentWithTypeTag(const ArgumentWithTypeTagAttr *Attr,
8262                                const Expr * const *ExprArgs);
8263
8264  /// \brief The parser's current scope.
8265  ///
8266  /// The parser maintains this state here.
8267  Scope *CurScope;
8268
8269  mutable IdentifierInfo *Ident_super;
8270  mutable IdentifierInfo *Ident___float128;
8271
8272protected:
8273  friend class Parser;
8274  friend class InitializationSequence;
8275  friend class ASTReader;
8276  friend class ASTWriter;
8277
8278public:
8279  /// \brief Retrieve the parser's current scope.
8280  ///
8281  /// This routine must only be used when it is certain that semantic analysis
8282  /// and the parser are in precisely the same context, which is not the case
8283  /// when, e.g., we are performing any kind of template instantiation.
8284  /// Therefore, the only safe places to use this scope are in the parser
8285  /// itself and in routines directly invoked from the parser and *never* from
8286  /// template substitution or instantiation.
8287  Scope *getCurScope() const { return CurScope; }
8288
8289  void incrementMSLocalManglingNumber() const {
8290    return CurScope->incrementMSLocalManglingNumber();
8291  }
8292
8293  IdentifierInfo *getSuperIdentifier() const;
8294  IdentifierInfo *getFloat128Identifier() const;
8295
8296  Decl *getObjCDeclContext() const;
8297
8298  DeclContext *getCurLexicalContext() const {
8299    return OriginalLexicalContext ? OriginalLexicalContext : CurContext;
8300  }
8301
8302  AvailabilityResult getCurContextAvailability() const;
8303
8304  const DeclContext *getCurObjCLexicalContext() const {
8305    const DeclContext *DC = getCurLexicalContext();
8306    // A category implicitly has the attribute of the interface.
8307    if (const ObjCCategoryDecl *CatD = dyn_cast<ObjCCategoryDecl>(DC))
8308      DC = CatD->getClassInterface();
8309    return DC;
8310  }
8311};
8312
8313/// \brief RAII object that enters a new expression evaluation context.
8314class EnterExpressionEvaluationContext {
8315  Sema &Actions;
8316
8317public:
8318  EnterExpressionEvaluationContext(Sema &Actions,
8319                                   Sema::ExpressionEvaluationContext NewContext,
8320                                   Decl *LambdaContextDecl = nullptr,
8321                                   bool IsDecltype = false)
8322    : Actions(Actions) {
8323    Actions.PushExpressionEvaluationContext(NewContext, LambdaContextDecl,
8324                                            IsDecltype);
8325  }
8326  EnterExpressionEvaluationContext(Sema &Actions,
8327                                   Sema::ExpressionEvaluationContext NewContext,
8328                                   Sema::ReuseLambdaContextDecl_t,
8329                                   bool IsDecltype = false)
8330    : Actions(Actions) {
8331    Actions.PushExpressionEvaluationContext(NewContext,
8332                                            Sema::ReuseLambdaContextDecl,
8333                                            IsDecltype);
8334  }
8335
8336  ~EnterExpressionEvaluationContext() {
8337    Actions.PopExpressionEvaluationContext();
8338  }
8339};
8340
8341DeductionFailureInfo
8342MakeDeductionFailureInfo(ASTContext &Context, Sema::TemplateDeductionResult TDK,
8343                         sema::TemplateDeductionInfo &Info);
8344
8345/// \brief Contains a late templated function.
8346/// Will be parsed at the end of the translation unit, used by Sema & Parser.
8347struct LateParsedTemplate {
8348  CachedTokens Toks;
8349  /// \brief The template function declaration to be late parsed.
8350  Decl *D;
8351};
8352
8353} // end namespace clang
8354
8355#endif
8356